Replace Building 26 Gym Roof at Montrose

1. SOLICITATION NO. 2. TYPE OF SOLICITATION 3. DATE ISSUED PAGE OF PAGES SOLICITATION, OFFER SEALED BID (IFB) 1 360 AND AWARD X 08-05-2009 (Construction, Alteration, or Repair) VA-243-09-IB-0288 NEGOTIATED (RFP)

IMPORTANT - The "offer" section on the reverse must be fully completed by offeror. 4. CONTRACT NO. 5. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST NO. 6. PROJECT NO. 620-07-107

7. ISSUED BY 8. ADDRESS OFFER TO

VISN 3 Network Acquisition and Logistics SAME AS BLOCK 7 Contracting Officer 10N3NAL James J. Peters VA Medical Center 130 West Kingsbridge Road, RM 9B-62 Bronx, NY 10468 NY 10468-3904

9. FOR INFORMATION A. NAME B. TELEPHONE NO. (Include area code) (NO COLLECT CALLS) CALL: SHARON F. PIERCE 718-741-4350

SOLICITATION NOTE: In sealed bid solicitations "offer" and "offeror" mean "bid" and "bidder".

10. THE GOVERNMENT REQUIRES PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THESE DOCUMENTS (Title, identifying no., date):

Project # 620-07-107, Replace Building 26 Gym Roof at the Montrose Campus of the New York Hudson Valley Health Care System. Route 9A, Montrose NY.

Scope of Work: Contractor to provide all tools, resources, and supervision to construct a retrofit metal roof structure over the existing gym roof of building 26 at the Montrose Campus of the Department of Veterans Affairs Hudson Valley Healthcare system

Completion time from NTP: 310 Calendar Days

This project is set-aside for Service Disabled Veteran Owned Small Businesses (SDVOSB's). All bidders must be registered in www.ccr.gov, www.vetbis.gov & www.orca.gov

NAICS CODE: 238160, Size Standard: $14.0 Million, Magnitude: Between $1,000,000 and 2,000,000 In order to preserve the integrity of the bidding process, all questions shall be submitted in writing to the Contracting Officer. All questions must be submitted to the contracting officer no later than 10 calendar days prior to the due date for bids.

A pre-bid conference is scheduled for August 14, 2009 at 10:00 AM in the engineering conference room at the Montrose Facility.

Award of this project is subject to the availability of funding.

10 310 11. The Contractor shall begin performance within ______calendar days and complete it within ______calendar days after receiving award, X notice to proceed. This performance period is X mandatory, negotiable. (See ______.)52.211-10

12A. THE CONTRACTOR MUST FURNISH ANY REQUIRED PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS? (If "YES," indicate within how many 12B. CALENDAR DAYS calendar days after award in Item 12B.)

TEN (10) X YES NO

13. ADDITIONAL SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS: A. Sealed offers in original and ______copies 1 to perform the work required are due at the place specified in Item 8 by ______2:00 PM (hour) local time ______09-07-2009 (date). If this is a sealed bid solicitation, offers must be publicly opened at that time. Sealed envelopes containing offers shall be marked to show the offeror's name and address, the solicitation number, the date and time offers are due

B. An offer guarantee X is, is not required. . C. All offers are subject to the (1) work requirements, and (2) other provisions and clauses incorporated in the solicitation in full text or by reference D. Offers providing less than ______120 calendar days for Government acceptance after the date offers are due will not be considered and will be rejected.

STANDARD FORM 1442 (REV. 4-85) NSN 7540-01-155-3212 Prescribed by GSA YFAR (48 CFR) 52.236-1(d)

OFFER(Must be fully completed by offeror) 14. NAME AND ADDRESS OF OFFEROR (Include ZIP Code) 15. TELEPHONE NO. (Include area code)

16. REMITTANCE ADDRESS (Include only if different than Item 14)

CODE FACILITY CODE

17. The offeror agrees to perform the work required at the prices specified below in strict accordance with the terms of the solicitation, if this offer is accepted by the Government in writing within ______calendar days after the date offers are due. (Insert any number equal to or greater than the minimum requirement stated in Item 13D. Failure to insert any number means the offeror accepts the minimum in Item 13D.)

AMOUNTS

18. The offeror agrees to furnish any required performance and payment bonds.

19. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF AMENDMENTS (The offeror acknowledges receipt of amendments to the solicitation - give number and date of each)

AMENDMENT NO.

20A. NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO SIGN OFFER 20B. SIGNATURE 20C. OFFER DATE (Type or print)

AWARD (To be completed by Government) 21. ITEMS ACCEPTED:

22. AMOUNT 23. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA

24. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS SHOWN IN ITEM 25. OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION PURSUANT TO

(4 copies unless otherwise specified) 10 U.S.C. 2304(c)( ) 41 U.S.C. 253(c) ( )

26. ADMINISTERED BY CODE 27. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY

Department of Veterans Affairs Department of Veterans Affairs James J. Peters VA Medical Center FMS-VA-1(526) Network Acquisition & Logistics (10N3NAL) Financial Services Center 130 West Kingsbridge Road PO Box 149971 Bronx NY 10468-3904 Austin TX 78714-9971

CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 28 OR 29 AS APPLICABLE

28. NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT (Contractor is required to sign this 29. AWARD (Contractor is not required to sign this document.) Your document and return ______copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees offer on this solicitation, is hereby accepted as to the items listed. This to furnish and deliver all items or perform all work, requisitions identified award consummates the contract. which consists of (a) the Government on this form and any continuation sheets for the consideration stated in solicitation and your offer, and (b) this contract award. No further cont- this contract. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract ractual document is necessary. shall be governed by (a) this contract award, (b) the solicitation, and (c) the clauses, representations, certifications, and specifications incorporated by reference in or attached to this contract. 30A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTOR OR PERSON AUTHORIZED 31A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print) TO SIGN (Type or print)

30B. SIGNATURE 30C. DATE 31B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

BY STANDARD FORM 1442(REV. 4-85)BACK BID SHEET REPLACE BUILDING 26 GYM ROOF AT MONTROSE PROJECT 620-07-107

STATEMENT OF BID ITEM(S)

1) Contractor to provide all tools, resources, and supervision to construct a retrofit metal roof structure over the existing gym roof of building 26 at the Montrose Campus of the Department of Veterans Affairs Hudson Valley Healthcare Systems. Along with the retrofit roof, the project includes demolishing and re-roofing of the flat portion of the lower roof in front of the gym. The gym roof is approximately 77ft X 114ft., the flat lower roof is approximately 9ft X 94ft. Work includes but not limited to: Gym Roof (upper roof) - The demolition of the existing built-up roof system. Insulation is to be removed in its entirety down to the concrete decking. The roof contains asbestos- contaminated roof flashing that needs to be abated to allow roof replacement. Asbestos- contaminated materials shall be abated in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 and Federal regulations as they pertain to asbestos abatement. Asbestos contaminated roof flashing on this roof is approximately 8400 square feet. The slope pitch for the retrofit roof is 4;12, The retrofit roof framing system is to resist the forces produced by the following loads: .Wind Load- In accordance with ASCE 7-02 Exposure B, Importance factor is 1.5, wind Velocity is 100MPH .Wind Uplift - Framing system shall be fastened to the existing roof structure as required to resist wind uplift forces as defined in accordance with Factory Mutual FM 1-90 .Live Load/Snow Load - 45 psi minimum (ground snow load) Contractor is responsible for verifying conditions of the existing roof system and structural supports before starting installation of the framing system. Lower Roof. - Existing built-up roof system including insulation is to be removed in its entirety down to the concrete deck. Existing roof is to be replaced with new EPDM sheet roof system. The roof contains asbestos-contaminated roof flashing that needs to be abated to allow roof replacement. Asbestos-contaminated materials shall be abated in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 and Federal regulations as they pertain to asbestos abatement. Asbestos contaminated roof flashing on this roof is approximately 735 square feet. Contractor will be responsible for providing temporary protection consisting of temporary seal and water cut-offs at the end of each day's work and when work is halted for an indefinite period of work is stopped when precipitation is imminent. ADDITIONAL WORK INCLUDES; .The demolishing and replacement of roof drains and down spouts .Installation of roof hatch, ladder, and fall protection equipment .Lighting protection a. Vertical conductors exposed on the exterior of the building, plumb and in neat workmanlike manner to elevations below the finished grade and make the ground connections to the earth outside of the building perimeter. b. Copper conductors, which pass over cast stone, cut stone, architectural concrete and masonry surfaces, shall have plastic insulation to prevent staining of the exterior surfaces. Coping stone restoration .Scraping and relining of scuppers Additional work, notes, and furnishings can be referred to in drawing. SCAFFOLDING IS TO USED DURING PROJECT WHEN NECESSARY OSHA required guardrail protection when the deck height on a scaffold exceeds 10 feet above adjacent surface. Guardrails are the preferred means of fall protection on a scaffold. If guardrails are installed, 4 inch toe-boards on all open sides should also be in place. If the openings between the scaffold and the work exceed 14 inches then an independent personal fall protection system must be utilized. OSHA requires a Competent Person to supervise all erection, alteration and dismantling of scaffolding. Fall Protection: Each employee engaged in roofing activities on low- slope roofs of less than a slope of 4 in 12 pitch, or higher pitched roofs with unprotected sides 6 feet or greater above lower levels will require guardrail systems or personal fall arrest systems, or a combination of warning line system and a guardrail system or personal fall arrest system. On low sloped roofs 50 feet or less in width, the use of a safety monitoring system alone is permitted. .Work on pitched roofs will require fall protection systems consisting of various components but not limited to lifelines, and anchorage points. To perform any maintenance or repair fall protection the anchorage point and life-support component must be set-up on the opposite side of the area where work will be performed. Procedures to set-up the lifetime must be verified by a competent person prior work commencing depending on the scope of work planned. .Work on flat roofs will required fall protections systems consisting of the same components. Anchorage points will be installed at points opposite the work area, and always at a point directly within reach upon entering the roof surface area. Anchorage points will be estimated either be a D-Ring or a cable. Both must be rated to support above 5,000 pound capacity. Completion Date: 310 Calendar days

Award of this project is subject to the availability of funding.

(310 DAYS)

BASE BID

“Products manufactured to metric dimensions will be considered on an equal basis with those using inch- pound units, providing they fall within the tolerances specified using conversion tables contained in the latest revision of Federal Standard No. 376, and all other requirements of this document are met. If a product is manufactured to metric dimensions and those dimensions exceed the tolerances specified in the inch-pound units, a request should be made to the contracting officer to determine if the product is acceptable. The contracting officer, in concert, with the contracting officer technical representative (COTR), will accept or reject the product.”

Table of Contents PART I - THE SCHEDULE...... 1

SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM...... 1 SF 1442 SOLICITATION, OFFER, AND AWARD (Construction, Alteration, or Repair) ...... 1 A.1 Continuation of SF 1442, Solicitation, Offer, and Award...... 3 A.2 Checklist for Bidders...... 8 A.3 VA NOTICE OF TOTAL SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (JUNE 2007)...... 9 INFORMATION REGARDING BIDDING MATERIAL, BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS...... 10

INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS TO BIDDERS/OFFERORS...... 12 2.1 52.211-1 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS LISTED IN THE GSA INDEX OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS, FPMR PART 101-29 (AUG 1998)...... 12 2.2 52.211-2 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS LISTED IN THE ACQUISITION STREAMLINING AND STANDARDIZATION INFORMATION SYSTEM (ASSIST) (JAN 2006) 12 2.3 52.211-6 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (AUG 1999)...... 13 2.4 52.216-1 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)...... 13 2.5 52.222-23 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR CONSTRUCTION (FEB 1999)...... 14 2.6 52.225-10 NOTICE OF BUY AMERICAN ACT REQUIREMENT --CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (FEB 2009)...... 15 2.7 52.228-1 BID GUARANTEE (SEP 1996)...... 16 2.8 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (SEP 2006)...... 17 2.9 52.236-27 SITE VISIT (CONSTRUCTION) (FEB 1995) ALTERNATE I (FEB 1995)...... 17 2.10 VAAR 852.233-70 PROTEST CONTENT/ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (JAN 2008)...... 18 2.11 VAAR 852.233-71 ALTERNATE PROTEST PROCEDURE (JAN 1998)...... 18 2.12 VAAR 852.270-1 REPRESENTATIVES OF CONTRACTING OFFICERS (JAN 2008)...... 19 2.13 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)...... 19 2.14 852.211-72 TECHNICAL INDUSTRY STANDARDS (JAN 2008)...... 19 REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS...... 20 3.1 52.204-8 ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (FEB 2009) ...... 20 GENERAL CONDITIONS...... 25 4.1 52.203-12 LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS (SEPT 2007)...... 25 4.2 52.204-7 CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION (APR 2008)...... 29 4.3 52.211-10 COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION, AND COMPLETION OF WORK (APR 1984) ALTERNATE I (APR 1984)...... 32 4.4 52.219-28 POST-AWARD SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REREPRESENTATION (APR 2009)...... 32 4.5 52.222-6 DAVIS-BACON ACT (JUL 2005)...... 34 4.6 52.222-39 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS CONCERNING PAYMENT OF UNION DUES OR FEES (DEC 2004)...... 35 4.7 52.225-9 BUY AMERICAN ACT--CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (FEB 2009) ...... 38 4.8 SUPPLEMENTAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS...... 42 4.9 VAAR 852.203-70 COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING (JAN 2008)...... 42 4.10 VAAR 852.203-71 DISPLAY OF DEPARTMENT OF VETERAN AFFAIRS HOTLINE POSTER (DEC 1992)...... 43 4.11 VAAR 852.211-73 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (JAN 2008)...... 43 4.12 VAAR 852.228-70 BOND PREMIUM ADJUSTMENT (JAN 2008)...... 44 4.13 VAAR 852.236-71 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002)...... 44 4.14 VAAR 852.236-74 INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002)...... 45 4.15 VAAR 852.236-76 CORRESPONDENCE (APR 1984)...... 45 4.16 VAAR 852.236-77 REFERENCE TO "STANDARDS" (JUL 2002)...... 45 4.17 VAAR 852.236-78 GOVERNMENT SUPERVISION (APR 1984)...... 45 4.18 VAAR 852.236-79 DAILY REPORT OF WORKERS AND MATERIAL (APR 1984)...... 46 4.19 VAAR 852.236-80 SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION (APR 1984) ALTERNATE I (JUL 2002)...... 46 4.20 VAAR 852.236-82 PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (WITHOUT NAS) (APR 1984)...... 47 4.21 VAAR 852.236-84 SCHEDULE OF WORK PROGRESS (NOV 1984)...... 50 4.22 VAAR 852.236-85 SUPPLEMENTARY LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS (APR 1984)...... 51 4.23 VAAR 852.236-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION (JAN 2008)...... 51 4.24 VAAR 852.236-87 ACCIDENT PREVENTION (SEP 1993)...... 51 4.25 VAAR 852.236-88 CONTRACT CHANGES--SUPPLEMENT (JUL 2002)...... 52 4.26 VAAR 852.236-89 BUY AMERICAN ACT (JAN 2008)...... 54 4.27 VAAR 852.236-91 SPECIAL NOTES (JUL 2002)...... 55 4.28 VAAR 852.246-74 SPECIAL WARRANTIES (JAN 2008)...... 56 4.29 VAAR 852.273-75 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR UNCLASSIFIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES (Interim - October 2008)...... 56 4.30 VAAR 852.273-76 ELECTRONIC INVOICE SUBMISSION (Interim - October 2008)...... 56 4.31 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)...... 56 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BAR CHART SCHEDULE...... 57 4.32 SECTION 00851...... 78 4.33 01010 General Requirements...... 80 4.34 OSHA Requirements-Safety and Health Regulations...... 119 4.35 01090 Reference Standards...... 4.36 01340 Samples and Shop Drawings...... 136 4.37 01568 Environmental Protection...... 141 4.38 01569 Asbestos Abatement...... 4.39 01730 Construction Waste Management...... 203 4.40 02070 Removals...... 204 4.41 04100 Mortar and Grout………………………………………… 4.42 04200 Unit Masonry...... 209 4.43 04515 Masonry Tuck Pointing...... 238 4.44 06150 Carpentry...... 241 4.45 07210 Building Insulation…………………………………….. 4.46 07220 Roof and Deck Insulation...... 244 4.47 07410 Preformed Metal Roofing...... 256 4.48 07415 Reroofing Adjustable Framing Systems...... 266 4.49 07532 EPDM Sheet Roofing...... 273 4.48 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal...... 285 4.50 07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories...... 296 4.51 07920 Sealants and Caulking...... 303 4.52 15050 Basic Methods and Requirements (Mechanical)...... 312 4.53 15400 Plumbing Systems...... 317 4.54 16450 Grounding...... 323 4.55 16670 Lightning Protection System...... 327 4.56 OSHA Standards...... 331 VA-243-09-IB-0288

CHECKLIST FOR BIDDERS IMPORTANT - PLEASE READ CAREFULLY

To insure your bid is complete, please check the following: 1. Have you rechecked your estimate? Are all items and amounts included?

2. Are bid amounts for all items entered in proper spaces provided on SF-1442,

Solicitation, offer and Award (Construction, Alteration, or Repair)?

3. Have you signed and dated accompanying documents that are to be submitted with the bid?

4. Have you acknowledged on SF-1442, receipt of all amendments (if any) issued for this solicitation?

5. Have you properly completed and checked the appropriate boxes and spaces for every bidder representation and certification in the Representations and Certifications?

6. Does your bid guarantee conform to the requirements of SF-1417, Pre-Solicitation

Notice? Did you use the prescribed Standard Form 24 for submitting the Bid Bond?

7. Have you familiarized yourself with the applicable contracting provisions covering

Utilization of Small Business Concerns and Small Disadvantaged Business Concerns? If your firm is other than a small business firm, have you carefully read FAR contract clauses 52.219-9 and 52.219-16 on subcontracting plans in the General Conditions?

8. Have you carefully read every provision in Instructions to Bidders and Notices?

9. Have you carefully read the requirements concerning the Buy American Act?

--- E N D ---

8 VA-243-09-IB-0288

VA NOTICE OF TOTAL SERVICE-DISABLED VETERAN-OWNED SMALL BUSINESS SET-ASIDE (JUNE 2007)

(a) Definition. In accordance with 38 U.S.C. 8127, for the Department of Veterans Affairs, "Service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern"-

(1) Means a small business concern-

(i) Not less than 51 percent of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans or, in the case of any publicly owned business, not less than 51 percent of the stock of which is owned by one or more service-disabled veterans (or eligible surviving spouses) (38 U.S.C. 8127(h) and (k)(2)(A)(i)); and

(ii) The management and daily business operations of which are controlled by one or more service-disabled veteran (or eligible surviving spouse) or, in the case of a service-disabled veteran with permanent and severe disability, the spouse or permanent caregiver of such veteran (38 U.S.C. 8127(h) and (k)(2)(A)(ii)); and

(iii) The business meets federal small business size standards for the applicable North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code identified in the solicitation document (38 U.S.C. 8127(k)(1)); and

(iv) The business is listed in the VetBiz.gov Vendor Information Pages, (http://www.VetBiz.gov).

(2) "Service-disabled veteran" means a veteran, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(2), with a disability that is service-connected, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(16).

(3) "Surviving Spouse" is an individual as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(3).

(b) General.

(1) Offers are solicited only from service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns. Offers received from concerns that are not service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns shall not be considered.

(2) Any award resulting from this solicitation will be made to a service-disabled veteran- owned small business concern.

(c) Agreement. A service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern agrees that, in the performance of the contract, in the case of a contract for-

9 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(1) Services (except construction), at least 50 percent of the cost of personnel for contract performance will be spent for employees of the concern or employees of other service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns;

(2) Supplies (other than acquisition from a nonmanufacturer of the supplies), at least 50 percent of the cost of manufacturing, excluding the cost of materials, will be performed by the concern or other service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns;

(3) General construction, at least 15 percent of the cost of the contract performance incurred for personnel will be spent on the concern's employees or the employees of other service- disabled veteran-owned small business concerns; or

(4) Construction by special trade contractors, at least 25 percent of the cost of the contract performance incurred for personnel will be spent on the concern's employees or the employees of other service-disabled veteran-owned small business concerns.

(d) A joint venture may be considered a service-disabled veteran owned small business concern if-

(1) At least one member of the joint venture is a service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern and makes the following representations: That it is a service-disabled veteran- owned small business concern, and that it is a small business concern under the North American Industry Classification Systems (NAICS) code assigned to the procurement;

(2) Each other concern is small under the size standard corresponding to the NAICS code assigned to the procurement;

(3) The joint venture meets the requirements of paragraph 7 of the explanation of Affiliates in 19.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation; and

(4) The joint venture meets the requirements of 13 CFR 125.15(b).

(e) Any service-disabled veteran-owned small business concern (nonmanufacturer) must meet the requirements in 19.102(f) of the Federal Acquisition Regulation to receive a benefit under this program.

10 VA-243-09-IB-0288

INFORMATION REGARDING BIDDING MATERIAL, BID GUARANTEE AND BONDS

(a) Bidding materials consisting of drawings, specifications and contract forms may be obtained on line at Fed Biz Opps, https://www.fbo.gov/

(b) Drawings and specifications may be obtained by Builders Exchanges, Chambers of Commerce, Quantity Surveyors, and trade organizations on line.

(c) A bid guarantee is required in an amount not less than 20 percent of the bid price but shall not exceed $3,000,000. Failure to furnish the required bid guarantee in the proper form and amount, by the time set for opening of bids, will require rejection of the bid in all cases except those listed in FAR 28.101-4, and may be cause for rejection even then.

(d) If the contract will exceed $100,000 (see FAR 28.102-1 for lesser amount), the bidder to whom award is made will be required to furnish two bonds, a Payment Bond, Standard Form 25A, and a Performance Bond, Standard Form 25, each in the penal sum as noted in the General Conditions of the Specification. Copies of Standard Forms 25 and 25A may be obtained upon application to the issuing office, or at http://www.gsa.gov/Portal/gsa/ep/formslibrary.do? BV_SessionID=@@@@1524001060.1238518018@@@@&BV_EngineID=ccceadeglgddldfcfj ncfigdffidhgg.0&keywords=sf&formType=ADHOC&x=24&y=7

DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Replace Building 26 Roof at Montrose.

11 VA-243-09-IB-0288

INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS TO BIDDERS/OFFERORS

2.1 52.211-1 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS LISTED IN THE GSA INDEX OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS, FPMR PART 101-29 (AUG 1998)

(a) The GSA Index of Federal Specifications, Standards and Commercial Item Descriptions, FPMR Part 101-29, and copies of specifications, standards, and commercial item descriptions cited in this solicitation may be obtained for a fee by submitting a request to--GSA Federal Supply Service, Specifications Section, Suite 8100, 470 East L'Enfant Plaza, SW, Washington, DC 20407, Telephone (202) 619-8925, Facsimile (202) 619-8978.

(b) If the General Services Administration, Department of Agriculture, or Department of Veterans Affairs issued this solicitation, a single copy of specifications, standards, and commercial item descriptions cited in this solicitation may be obtained free of charge by submitting a request to the addressee in paragraph (a) of this provision. Additional copies will be issued for a fee.

(End of Provision)

2.2 52.211-2 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS, AND DATA ITEM DESCRIPTIONS LISTED IN THE ACQUISITION STREAMLINING AND STANDARDIZATION INFORMATION SYSTEM (ASSIST) (JAN 2006)

(a) Most unclassified Defense specifications and standards may be downloaded from the following ASSIST websites:

(1) ASSIST (http://assist.daps.dla.mil);

(2) Quick Search (http://assist.daps.dla.mil/quicksearch);

(3) ASSISTdocs.com (http://assistdocs.com).

(b) Documents not available from ASSIST may be ordered from the Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DoDSSP) by-

(1) Using the ASSIST Shopping Wizard (http://assist.daps.dla.mil/wizard);

(2) Phoning the DoDSSP Customer Service Desk (215) 697-2179, Mon-Fri, 0730 to 1600 EST; or

(3) Ordering from DoDSSP, Building 4, Section D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094, Telephone (215) 697-2667/2179, Facsimile (215) 697-1462.

12 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(End of Provision)

2.3 52.211-6 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (AUG 1999)

(a) If an item in this solicitation is identified as "brand name or equal," the purchase description reflects the characteristics and level of quality that will satisfy the Government's needs. The salient physical, functional, or performance characteristics that "equal" products must meet are specified in the solicitation.

(b) To be considered for award, offers of "equal" products, including "equal" products of the brand name manufacturer, must--

(1) Meet the salient physical, functional, or performance characteristic specified in this solicitation;

(2) Clearly identify the item by--

(i) Brand name, if any; and

(ii) Make or model number;

(3) Include descriptive literature such as illustrations, drawings, or a clear reference to previously furnished descriptive data or information available to the Contracting Officer; and

(4) Clearly describe any modifications the offeror plans to make in a product to make it conform to the solicitation requirements. Mark any descriptive material to clearly show the modifications.

(c) The Contracting Officer will evaluate "equal" products on the basis of information furnished by the offeror or identified in the offer and reasonably available to the Contracting Officer. The Contracting Officer is not responsible for locating or obtaining any information not identified in the offer.

(d) Unless the offeror clearly indicates in its offer that the product being offered is an "equal" product, the offeror shall provide the brand name product referenced in the solicitation.

(End of Provision)

2.4 52.216-1 TYPE OF CONTRACT (APR 1984)

The Government contemplates award of a (Firm Fixed Price) contract resulting from this solicitation.

(End of Provision)

13 VA-243-09-IB-0288

2.5 52.222-23 NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY FOR CONSTRUCTION (FEB 1999)

(a) The offeror's attention is called to the Equal Opportunity clause and the Affirmative Action Compliance Requirements for Construction clause of this solicitation.

(b) The goals for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: ______Goals for minority participation | Goals for female participation for each trade | for each trade ______| ______| 22.6 % | 6.9 % ______| ______

These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, the Contractor shall apply the goals established for the geographical area where the work is actually performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and these notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office.

(c) The Contractor's compliance with Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4 shall be based on (1) its implementation of the Equal Opportunity clause, (2) specific affirmative action obligations required by the clause entitled "Affirmative Action Compliance Requirements for Construction," and (3) its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade. The Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor, or from project to project, for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, Executive Order 11246, as amended, and the regulations in 41 CFR 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.

(d) The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Federal Contract Compliance, U.S. Department of Labor, within 10 working days following award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the--

(1) Name, address, and telephone number of the subcontractor;

(2) Employer's identification number of the subcontractor;

14 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(3) Estimated dollar amount of the subcontract;

(4) Estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and

(5) Geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.

(e) As used in this Notice, and in any contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is Westchester County, NY

(End of Provision)

2.6 52.225-10 NOTICE OF BUY AMERICAN ACT REQUIREMENT --CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (FEB 2009)

(a) Definitions. "Commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item," "construction material," "domestic construction material," and "foreign construction material," as used in this provision, are defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled "Buy American Act--Construction Materials" (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.225-9).

Construction material, domestic construction material, and foreign construction material, as used in this provision, are defined in the clause of this solicitation entitled "Buy American Act-- Construction Materials" (Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.225-9).

(b) Requests for determinations of inapplicability. An offeror requesting a determination regarding the inapplicability of the Buy American Act should submit the request to the Contracting Officer in time to allow a determination before submission of offers. The offeror shall include the information and applicable supporting data required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 in the request. If an offeror has not requested a determination regarding the inapplicability of the Buy American Act before submitting its offer, or has not received a response to a previous request, the offeror shall include the information and supporting data in the offer.

(c) Evaluation of offers. (1) The Government will evaluate an offer requesting exception to the requirements of the Buy American Act, based on claimed unreasonable cost of domestic construction material, by adding to the offered price the appropriate percentage of the cost of such foreign construction material, as specified in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9.

(2) If evaluation results in a tie between an offeror that requested the substitution of foreign construction material based on unreasonable cost and an offeror that did not request an exception, the Contracting Officer will award to the offeror that did not request an exception based on unreasonable cost.

15 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(d) Alternate offers. (1) When an offer includes foreign construction material not listed by the Government in this solicitation in paragraph (b)(2) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9, the offeror also may submit an alternate offer based on use of equivalent domestic construction material.

(2) If an alternate offer is submitted, the offeror shall submit a separate Standard Form 1442 for the alternate offer, and a separate price comparison table prepared in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 for the offer that is based on the use of any foreign construction material for which the Government has not yet determined an exception applies.

(3) If the Government determines that a particular exception requested in accordance with paragraph (c) of the clause at FAR 52.225-9 does not apply, the Government will evaluate only those offers based on use of the equivalent domestic construction material, and the offeror shall be required to furnish such domestic construction material. An offer based on use of the foreign construction material for which an exception was requested--

(i) Will be rejected as nonresponsive if this acquisition is conducted by sealed bidding; or

(ii) May be accepted if revised during negotiations.

(End of Provision)

2.7 52.228-1 BID GUARANTEE (SEP 1996)

(a) Failure to furnish a bid guarantee in the proper form and amount, by the time set for opening of bids, may be cause for rejection of the bid.

(b) The bidder shall furnish a bid guarantee in the form of a firm commitment, e.g., bid bond supported by good and sufficient surety or sureties acceptable to the Government, postal money order, certified check, cashier's check, irrevocable letter of credit, or, under Treasury Department regulations, certain bonds or notes of the United States. The Contracting Officer will return bid guarantees, other than bid bonds, (1) to unsuccessful bidders as soon as practicable after the opening of bids, and (2) to the successful bidder upon execution of contractual documents and bonds (including any necessary coinsurance or reinsurance agreements), as required by the bid as accepted.-

(c) The amount of the bid guarantee shall be 20 percent of the bid price or, whichever is less.-

(d) If the successful bidder, upon acceptance of its bid by the Government within the period specified for acceptance, fails to execute all contractual documents or furnish executed bond(s) within 10 days after receipt of the forms by the bidder, the Contracting Officer may terminate the contract for default.

16 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(e) In the event the contract is terminated for default, the bidder is liable for any cost of acquiring the work that exceeds the amount of its bid, and the bid guarantee is available to offset the difference.

(End of Clause)

2.8 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (SEP 2006)

(a) Protests, as defined in section 33.101 of the Federal Acquisition Regulation, that are filed directly with an agency, and copies of any protests that are filed with the Government Accountability Office (GAO), shall be served on the Contracting Officer (addressed as follows) by obtaining written and dated acknowledgment of receipt from: Kathleen A. Johns

Hand-Carried Address:

SHARON F. PIERCE 9B-62 James J. Peters VA Medical Center Network Acquisition & Logistics (10N3NAL) 130 West Kingsbridge Road Bronx NY 10468-3904

Mailing Address:

SHARON F. PIERCE 9B-62 James J. Peters VA Medical Center Network Acquisition & Logistics (10N3NAL) 130 West Kingsbridge Road Bronx NY 10468-3904

(b) The copy of any protest shall be received in the office designated above within one day of filing a protest with the GAO.

(End of Provision)

2.9 52.236-27 SITE VISIT (CONSTRUCTION) (FEB 1995) ALTERNATE I (FEB 1995)

(a) The clauses at 52.236-2, Differing Site Conditions, and 52.236-3, Site Investigations and Conditions Affecting the Work, will be included in any contract awarded as a result of this solicitation. Accordingly, offerors or quoters are urged and expected to inspect the site where the work will be performed.

(b) An organized site visit has been scheduled for-

17 VA-243-09-IB-0288

AUGUST 14, 2009 AT 10:00AM

(c) Participants will meet at-

Engineering Conference Room

If contractor wants to view roof a 30 & 40 foot ladder is needed.

(End of Provision)

2.10 VAAR 852.233-70 PROTEST CONTENT/ALTERNATIVE DISPUTE RESOLUTION (JAN 2008)

(a) Any protest filed by an interested party shall:

(1) Include the name, address, fax number, and telephone number of the protester;

(2) Identify the solicitation and/or contract number;

(3) Include an original signed by the protester or the protester's representative and at least one copy;

(4) Set forth a detailed statement of the legal and factual grounds of the protest, including a description of resulting prejudice to the protester, and provide copies of relevant documents;

(5) Specifically request a ruling of the individual upon whom the protest is served;

(6) State the form of relief requested; and

(7) Provide all information establishing the timeliness of the protest.

(b) Failure to comply with the above may result in dismissal of the protest without further consideration.

(c) Bidders/offerors and contracting officers are encouraged to use alternative dispute resolution (ADR) procedures to resolve protests at any stage in the protest process. If ADR is used, the Department of Veterans Affairs will not furnish any documentation in an ADR proceeding beyond what is allowed by the Federal Acquisition Regulation.

(End of Provision)

2.11 VAAR 852.233-71 ALTERNATE PROTEST PROCEDURE (JAN 1998)

As an alternative to filing a protest with the contracting officer, an interested party may file a protest with the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Acquisition and Materiel Management, Acquisition Administration Team, Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue, NW.,

18 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Washington, DC 20420, or for solicitations issued by the Office of Construction and Facilities Management, the Director, Office of Construction and Facilities Management, 810 Vermont Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20420. The protest will not be considered if the interested party has a protest on the same or similar issues pending with the contracting officer.

(End of Provision)

2.12 VAAR 852.270-1 REPRESENTATIVES OF CONTRACTING OFFICERS (JAN 2008)

The contracting officer reserves the right to designate representatives to act for him/her in furnishing technical guidance and advice or generally monitor the work to be performed under this contract. Such designation will be in writing and will define the scope and limitation of the designee's authority. A copy of the designation shall be furnished to the contractor.

(End of Provision)

2.13 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)

This solicitation incorporates one or more solicitation provisions by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. The offeror is cautioned that the listed provisions may include blocks that must be completed by the offeror and submitted with its quotation or offer. In lieu of submitting the full text of those provisions, the offeror may identify the provision by paragraph identifier and provide the appropriate information with its quotation or offer. Also, the full text of a solicitation provision may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es):

http://www.acquisition.gov/far/index.html http://www.va.gov/oamm/oa/ars/policyreg/vaar/index.cfm

(End of Provision)

2.14 852.211-72 TECHNICAL INDUSTRY STANDARDS (JAN 2008)

The supplies or equipment required by this invitation for bid or request for proposal must conform to the standards of the and as to . The successful bidder or offeror will be required to submit proof that the item(s) he/she furnishes conforms to this requirement. This proof may be in the form of a label or seal affixed to the equipment or supplies, warranting that they have been tested in accordance with and conform to the specified standards. Proof may also be furnished in the form of a certificate from one of the above listed organizations certifying that the item(s) furnished have been tested in accordance with and conform to the specified standards.

(End of Provision)

19 VA-243-09-IB-0288

REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS 3.1 52.204-8 ANNUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS (FEB 2009)

(a)(1) The North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for this acquisition is 238160.

(2) The small business size standard is $14.0 Mil.

(3) The small business size standard for a concern which submits an offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did not itself manufacture, is 500 employees.

(b)(1) If the clause at 52.204-7, Central Contractor Registration, is included in this solicitation, paragraph (d) of this provision applies.

(2) If the clause at 52.204-7 is not included in this solicitation, and the offeror is currently registered in CCR, and has completed the ORCA electronically, the offeror may choose to use paragraph (d) of this provision instead of completing the corresponding individual representations and certifications in the solicitation. The offeror shall indicate which option applies by checking one of the following boxes:

[ ] (i) Paragraph (d) applies. [ ] (ii) Paragraph (d) does not apply and the offeror has completed the individual representations and certifications in the solicitation.

(c)(1) The following representations or certifications in ORCA are applicable to this solicitation as indicated:

(i) 52.203-2, Certificate of Independent Price Determination. This provision applies to solicitations when a firm-fixed-price contract or fixed-price contract with economic price adjustment is contemplated, unless--

(A) The acquisition is to be made under the simplified acquisition procedures in Part 13;

(B) The solicitation is a request for technical proposals under two-step sealed bidding procedures; or

(C) The solicitation is for utility services for which rates are set by law or regulation.

(ii) 52.203-11, Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions. This provision applies to solicitations expected to exceed $100,000.

(iii) 52.204-3, Taxpayer Identification. This provision applies to solicitations that do not include the clause at 52.204-7, Central Contractor Registration.

20 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(iv) 52.204-5, Women-Owned Business (Other Than Small Business). This provision applies to solicitations that--

(A) Are not set aside for small business concerns;

(B) Exceed the simplified acquisition threshold; and

(C) Are for contracts that will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas.

(v) 52.209-5, Certification Regarding Responsibility Matters. This provision applies to solicitations where the contract value is expected to exceed the simplified acquisition threshold.

(vi) 52.214-14, Place of Performance--Sealed Bidding. This provision applies to invitations for bids except those in which the place of performance is specified by the Government.

(vii) 52.215-6, Place of Performance. This provision applies to solicitations unless the place of performance is specified by the Government.

(viii) 52.219-1, Small Business Program Representations (Basic & Alternate I). This provision applies to solicitations when the contract will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas.

(A) The basic provision applies when the solicitations are issued by other than DoD, NASA, and the Coast Guard.

(B) The provision with its Alternate I applies to solicitations issued by DoD, NASA, or the Coast Guard.

(ix) 52.219-2, Equal Low Bids. This provision applies to solicitations when contracting by sealed bidding and the contract will be performed in the United States or its outlying areas.

(x) 52.222-22, Previous Contracts and Compliance Reports. This provision applies to solicitations that include the clause at 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity.

(xi) 52.222-25, Affirmative Action Compliance. This provision applies to solicitations, other than those for construction, when the solicitation includes the clause at 52.222-26, Equal Opportunity.

(xii) 52.222-38, Compliance with Veterans' Employment Reporting Requirements. This provision applies to solicitations when it is anticipated the contract award will exceed the simplified acquisition threshold and the contract is not for acquisition of commercial items.

(xiii) 52.223-1, Biobased Product Certification. This provision applies to solicitations that require the delivery or specify the use of USDA-designated items; or include the clause at

21 VA-243-09-IB-0288

52.223-2, Affirmative Procurement of Biobased Products Under Service and Construction Contracts.

(xiv) 52.223-4, Recovered Material Certification. This provision applies to solicitations that are for, or specify the use of, EPA- designated items.

(xv) 52.225-2, Buy American Act Certificate. This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-1.

(xvi) 52.225-4, Buy American Act--Free Trade Agreements--Israeli Trade Act Certificate. (Basic, Alternate I, and Alternate II) This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-3.

(A) If the acquisition value is less than $25,000, the basic provision applies.

(B) If the acquisition value is $25,000 or more but is less than $50,000, the provision with its Alternate I applies.

(C) If the acquisition value is $50,000 or more but is less than $67,826, the provision with its Alternate II applies.

(xvii) 52.225-6, Trade Agreements Certificate. This provision applies to solicitations containing the clause at 52.225-5.

(xviii) 52.225-20, Prohibition on Conducting Restricted Business Operations in Sudan-- Certification.

(xix) 52.226-2, Historically Black College or University and Minority Institution Representation. This provision applies to--

(A) Solicitations for research, studies, supplies, or services of the type normally acquired from higher educational institutions; and

(B) For DoD, NASA, and Coast Guard acquisitions, solicitations that contain the clause at 52.219-23, Notice of Price Evaluation Adjustment for Small Disadvantaged Business Concerns.

(2) The following certifications are applicable as indicated by the Contracting Officer:

[ ](i) 52.219-19, Small Business Concern Representation for the Small Business Competitiveness Demonstration Program.

[ ](ii) 52.219-21, Small Business Size Representation for Targeted Industry Categories Under the Small Business Competitiveness Demonstration Program.

[ ](iii) 52.219-22, Small Disadvantaged Business Status.

22 VA-243-09-IB-0288

[ ](A) Basic.

[ ](B) Alternate I.

[ ](iv) 52.222-18, Certification Regarding Knowledge of Child Labor for Listed End Products.

[ ](v) 52.222-48, Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Maintenance, Calibration, or Repair of Certain Equipment Certification.

[ ](vi) 52.222-52 Exemption from Application of the Service Contract Act to Contracts for Certain Services--Certification.

[ ](vii) 52.223-9, with its Alternate I, Estimate of Percentage of Recovered Material Content for EPA-Designated Products (Alternate I only).

[ ](viii) 52.223-13, Certification of Toxic Chemical Release Reporting.

[ ](ix) 52.227-6, Royalty Information.

[ ](A) Basic.

[ ](B) Alternate I.

[ ](x) 52.227-15, Representation of Limited Rights Data and Restricted Computer Software.

(d) The offeror has completed the annual representations and certifications electronically via the Online Representations and Certifications Application (ORCA) website at http://orca.bpn.gov. After reviewing the ORCA database information, the offeror verifies by submission of the offer that the representations and certifications currently posted electronically that apply to this solicitation as indicated in paragraph (c) of this provision have been entered or updated within the last 12 months, are current, accurate, complete, and applicable to this solicitation (including the business size standard applicable to the NAICS code referenced for this solicitation), as of the date of this offer and are incorporated in this offer by reference (see FAR 4.1201); except for the changes identified below [offeror to insert changes, identifying change by clause number, title, date]. These amended representation(s) and/or certification(s) are also incorporated in this offer and are current, accurate, and complete as of the date of this offer.

------FAR Clause # Title Date Change ------

Any changes provided by the offeror are applicable to this solicitation only, and do not result in an update to the representations and certifications posted on ORCA.

23 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(End of Provision)

24 VA-243-09-IB-0288

GENERAL CONDITIONS

4.1 52.203-12 LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS (SEPT 2007)

(a) Definitions. As used in this clause--

"Agency" means executive agency as defined in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 2.101.

"Covered Federal action" means any of the following actions:

(1) Awarding any Federal contract.

(2) Making any Federal grant.

(3) Making any Federal loan.

(4) Entering into any cooperative agreement.

(5) Extending, continuing, renewing, amending, or modifying any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.

"Indian tribe" and "tribal organization" have the meaning provided in section 4 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b) and include Alaskan Natives.

"Influencing or attempting to influence" means making, with the intent to influence, any communication to or appearance before an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any covered Federal action.

"Local government" means a unit of government in a State and, if chartered, established, or otherwise recognized by a State for the performance of a governmental duty, including a local public authority, a special district, an intrastate district, a council of governments, a sponsor group representative organization, and any other instrumentality of a local government.

"Officer or employee of an agency" includes the following individuals who are employed by an agency:

(1) An individual who is appointed to a position in the Government under Title 5, United States Code, including a position under a temporary appointment.

(2) A member of the uniformed services, as defined in subsection 101(3), Title 37, United States Code.

25 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(3) A special Government employee, as defined in section 202, Title 18, United States Code.

(4) An individual who is a member of a Federal advisory committee, as defined by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Title 5, United States Code, appendix 2.

"Person" means an individual, corporation, company, association, authority, firm, partnership, society, State, and local government, regardless of whether such entity is operated for profit, or not for profit. This term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization eligible to receive Federal contracts, grants, cooperative agreements, or loans from an agency, but only with respect to expenditures by such tribe or organization that are made for purposes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause and are permitted by other Federal law.

"Reasonable compensation" means, with respect to a regularly employed officer or employee of any person, compensation that is consistent with the normal compensation for such officer or employee for work that is not furnished to, not funded by, or not furnished in cooperation with the Federal Government.

"Reasonable payment" means, with respect to professional and other technical services, a payment in an amount that is consistent with the amount normally paid for such services in the private sector.

"Recipient" includes the Contractor and all subcontractors. This term excludes an Indian tribe, tribal organization, or any other Indian organization eligible to receive Federal contracts, grants, cooperative agreements, or loans from an agency, but only with respect to expenditures by such tribe or organization that are made for purposes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause and are permitted by other Federal law.

"Regularly employed" means, with respect to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a Federal contract, an officer or employee who is employed by such person for at least 130 working days within 1 year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person for receipt of such contract. An officer or employee who is employed by such person for less than 130 working days within 1 year immediately preceding the date of the submission that initiates agency consideration of such person shall be considered to be regularly employed as soon as he or she is employed by such person for 130 working days.

"State" means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, or an outlying area of the United States, an agency or instrumentality of a State, and multi-State, regional, or interstate entity having governmental duties and powers.

(b) Prohibition. 31 U.S.C. 1352 prohibits a recipient of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement from using appropriated funds to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any covered Federal actions. In accordance with 31 U.S.C. 1352, the Contractor shall not use appropriated funds to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an

26 VA-243-09-IB-0288 employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the award of this contractor the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of this contract.

(1) The term appropriated funds does not include profit or fee from a covered Federal action.

(2) To the extent the Contractor can demonstrate that the Contractor has sufficient monies, other than Federal appropriated funds, the Government will assume that these other monies were spent for any influencing activities that would be unallowable if paid for with Federal appropriated funds.

(c) Exceptions. The prohibition in paragraph (b) of this clause does not apply under the following conditions:

(1) Agency and legislative liaison by Contractor employees.

(i) Payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of the Contractor if the payment is for agency and legislative liaison activities not directly related to this contract. For purposes of this paragraph, providing any information specifically requested by an agency or Congress is permitted at any time.

(ii) Participating with an agency in discussions that are not related to a specific solicitation for any covered Federal action, but that concern--

(A) The qualities and characteristics (including individual demonstrations) of the person's products or services, conditions or terms of sale, and service capabilities; or

(B) The application or adaptation of the person's products or services for an agency's use.

(iii) Providing prior to formal solicitation of any covered Federal action any information not specifically requested but necessary for an agency to make an informed decision about initiation of a covered Federal action;

(iv) Participating in technical discussions regarding the preparation of an unsolicited proposal prior to its official submission; and

(v) Making capability presentations prior to formal solicitation of any covered Federal action by persons seeking awards from an agency pursuant to the provisions of the Small Business Act, as amended by Pub.L. 95-507, and subsequent amendments.

(2) Professional and technical services.

(i) A payment of reasonable compensation made to an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action or an extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a covered Federal action, if payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid,

27 VA-243-09-IB-0288 proposal, or application for that Federal action or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal action.

(ii) Any reasonable payment to a person, other than an officer or employee of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action or an extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of a covered Federal action if the payment is for professional or technical services rendered directly in the preparation, submission, or negotiation of any bid, proposal, or application for that Federal action or for meeting requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving that Federal action. Persons other than officers or employees of a person requesting or receiving a covered Federal action include consultants and trade associations.

(iii) As used in paragraph (c)(2) of this clause, "professional and technical services" are limited to advice and analysis directly applying any professional or technical discipline (for examples, see FAR 3.803(a)(2)(iii)).

(iv) Requirements imposed by or pursuant to law as a condition for receiving a covered Federal award include those required by law or regulation and any other requirements in the actual award documents.

(3) Only those communications and services expressly authorized by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this clause are permitted.

(d) Disclosure.

(1) If the Contractor did not submit OMB Standard Form LLL, Disclosure of Lobbying Activities, with its offer, but registrants under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 have subsequently made a lobbying contact on behalf of the Contractor with respect to this contract, the Contractor shall complete and submit OMB Standard Form LLL to provide the name of the lobbying registrants, including the individuals performing the services.

(2) If the Contractor did submit OMB Standard Form LLL disclosure pursuant to paragraph (d) of the provision at FAR 52.203-11, Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions, and a change occurs that affects Block 10 of the OMB Standard Form LLL (name and address of lobbying registrant or individuals performing services), the Contractor shall, at the end of the calendar quarter in which the change occurs, submit to the Contracting Officer within 30 days an updated disclosure using OMB Standard Form LLL.

(e) Penalties.

(1) Any person who makes an expenditure prohibited under paragraph (b) of this clause or who fails to file or amend the disclosure to be filed or amended by paragraph (d) of this clause shall be subject to civil penalties as provided for by 31 U.S.C.1352. An imposition of a civil penalty does not prevent the Government from seeking any other remedy that may be applicable.

28 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(2) Contractors may rely without liability on the representation made by their subcontractors in the certification and disclosure form.

(f) Cost allowability. Nothing in this clause makes allowable or reasonable any costs which would otherwise be unallowable or unreasonable. Conversely, costs made specifically unallowable by the requirements in this clause will not be made allowable under any other provision.

(g) Subcontracts.

(1) The Contractor shall obtain a declaration, including the certification and disclosure in paragraphs (c) and (d) of the provision at FAR 52.203-11, Certification and Disclosure Regarding Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions, from each person requesting or receiving a subcontract exceeding $100,000 under this contract. The Contractor or subcontractor that awards the subcontract shall retain the declaration.

(2) A copy of each subcontractor disclosure form (but not certifications) shall be forwarded from tier to tier until received by the prime Contractor. The prime Contractor shall, at the end of the calendar quarter in which the disclosure form is submitted by the subcontractor, submit to the Contracting Officer within 30 days a copy of all disclosures. Each subcontractor certification shall be retained in the subcontract file of the awarding Contractor.

(3) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (g), in any subcontract exceeding $100,000.

(End of Clause)

4.2 52.204-7 CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION (APR 2008)

"Central Contractor Registration (CCR) database" means the primary Government repository for Contractor information required for the conduct of business with the Government.

"Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number" means the 9-digit number assigned by Dun and Bradstreet, Inc. (D&B) to identify unique business entities.

"Data Universal Numbering System +4 (DUNS+4) number" means the DUNS number assigned by D&B plus a 4-character suffix that may be assigned by a business concern. (D&B has no affiliation with this 4- character suffix.) This 4-character suffix may be assigned at the discretion of the business concern to establish additional CCR records for identifying alternative Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) accounts (see the FAR at Subpart 32.11) for the same concern.

"Registered in the CCR database" means that--

29 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(1) The Contractor has entered all mandatory information, including the DUNS number or the DUNS+4 number, into the CCR database; and

(2) The Government has validated all mandatory data fields, to include validation of the Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), and has marked the record "Active". The Contractor will be required to provide consent for TIN validation to the Government as a part of the CCR registration process.

(b)(1) By submission of an offer, the offeror acknowledges the requirement that a prospective awardee shall be registered in the CCR database prior to award, during performance, and through final payment of any contract, basic agreement, basic ordering agreement, or blanket purchasing agreement resulting from this solicitation.

(2) The offeror shall enter, in the block with its name and address on the cover page of its offer, the annotation "DUNS" or "DUNS +4" followed by the DUNS or DUNS +4 number that identifies the offeror's name and address exactly as stated in the offer. The DUNS number will be used by the Contracting Officer to verify that the offeror is registered in the CCR database.

(c) If the offeror does not have a DUNS number, it should contact Dun and Bradstreet directly to obtain one.

(1) An offeror may obtain a DUNS number--

(i) Via the Internet at http://fedgov.dnb.com/webform or if the offeror does not have internet access, it may call Dun and Bradstreet at 1-866-705-5711 if located within the United States; or

(ii) If located outside the United States, by contacting the local Dun and Bradstreet office. The offeror should indicate that it is an offeror for a U.S. Government contract when contacting the local Dun and Bradstreet office.

(2) The offeror should be prepared to provide the following information:

(i) Company legal business.

(ii) Tradestyle, doing business, or other name by which your entity is commonly recognized.

(iii) Company Physical Street Address, City, State, and Zip Code.

(iv) Company Mailing Address, City, State and Zip Code (if separate from physical).

(v) Company Telephone Number.

(vi) Date the company was started.

(vii) Number of employees at your location.

30 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(viii) Chief executive officer/key manager.

(ix) Line of business (industry).

(x) Company Headquarters name and address (reporting relationship within your entity).

(d) If the Offeror does not become registered in the CCR database in the time prescribed by the Contracting Officer, the Contracting Officer will proceed to award to the next otherwise successful registered Offeror.

(e) Processing time, which normally takes 48 hours, should be taken into consideration when registering. Offerors who are not registered should consider applying for registration immediately upon receipt of this solicitation.

(f) The Contractor is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of the data within the CCR database, and for any liability resulting from the Government's reliance on inaccurate or incomplete data. To remain registered in the CCR database after the initial registration, the Contractor is required to review and update on an annual basis from the date of initial registration or subsequent updates its information in the CCR database to ensure it is current, accurate and complete. Updating information in the CCR does not alter the terms and conditions of this contract and is not a substitute for a properly executed contractual document.

(g)(1)(i) If a Contractor has legally changed its business name, "doing business as" name, or division name (whichever is shown on the contract), or has transferred the assets used in performing the contract, but has not completed the necessary requirements regarding novation and change-of-name agreements in Subpart 42.12, the Contractor shall provide the responsible Contracting Officer a minimum of one business day's written notification of its intention to (A) change the name in the CCR database; (B) comply with the requirements of Subpart 42.12 of the FAR; and (C) agree in writing to the timeline and procedures specified by the responsible Contracting Officer. The Contractor must provide with the notification sufficient documentation to support the legally changed name.

(ii) If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this clause, or fails to perform the agreement at paragraph (g)(1)(i)(C) of this clause, and, in the absence of a properly executed novation or change-of-name agreement, the CCR information that shows the Contractor to be other than the Contractor indicated in the contract will be considered to be incorrect information within the meaning of the "Suspension of Payment" paragraph of the electronic funds transfer (EFT) clause of this contract.

(2) The Contractor shall not change the name or address for EFT payments or manual payments, as appropriate, in the CCR record to reflect an assignee for the purpose of assignment of claims (see FAR Subpart 32.8, Assignment of Claims). Assignees shall be separately registered in the CCR database. Information provided to the Contractor's CCR record that indicates payments, including those made by EFT, to an ultimate recipient other than that Contractor will be considered to be incorrect information within the meaning of the "Suspension of payment" paragraph of the EFT clause of this contract.

31 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(h) Offerors and Contractors may obtain information on registration and annual confirmation requirements via the internet at http://www.ccr.gov or by calling 1-888-227-2423, or 269-961- 5757.

(End of Clause)

4.3 52.211-10 COMMENCEMENT, PROSECUTION, AND COMPLETION OF WORK (APR 1984) ALTERNATE I (APR 1984)

The Contractor shall be required to (a) commence work under this contract within 10 calendar days after the date the Contractor receives the notice to proceed, (b) prosecute the work diligently, and (c) complete the entire work ready for use not later than 310 calendar days after the notice to proceed. The time stated for completion shall include final cleanup of the premises.

The completion date is based on the assumption that the successful offeror will receive the notice to proceed by . The completion date will be extended by the number of calendar days after the above date that the Contractor receives the notice to proceed, except to the extent that the delay in issuance of the notice to proceed results from the failure of the Contractor to execute the contract and give the required performance and payment bonds within the time specified in the offer.

(End of Clause)

4.4 52.219-28 POST-AWARD SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REREPRESENTATION (APR 2009)

(a) Definitions. As used in this clause-

Long-term contract means a contract of more than five years in duration, including options. However, the term does not include contracts that exceed five years in duration because the period of performance has been extended for a cumulative period not to exceed six months under the clause at 52.217-8, Option to Extend Services, or other appropriate authority.

Small business concern means a concern, including its affiliates that is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on Government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (c) of this clause. Such a concern is "not dominant in its field of operation" when it does not exercise a controlling or major influence on a national basis in a kind of business activity in which a number of business concerns are primarily engaged. In determining whether dominance exists, consideration shall be given to all appropriate factors, including volume of business, number of employees, financial resources, competitive status or position, ownership or control of materials, processes, patents, license agreements, facilities, sales territory, and nature of business activity.

32 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(b) If the Contractor represented that it was a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor shall rerepresent its size status according to paragraph (e) of this clause or, if applicable, paragraph (g) of this clause, upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition that does not require a novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(3) For long-term contracts-

(i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and

(ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter.

(c) The Contractor shall rerepresent its size status in accordance with the size standard in effect at the time of this rerepresentation that corresponds to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code assigned to this contract. The small business size standard corresponding to this NAICS code can be found at http://www.sba.gov/services/contractingopportunities/sizestandardstopics/.

(d) The small business size standard for a Contractor providing a product which it does not manufacture itself, for a contract other than a construction or service contract, is 500 employees.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this clause, the Contractor shall make the rerepresentation required by paragraph (b) of this clause by validating or updating all its representations in the Online Representations and Certifications Application and its data in the Central Contractor Registration, as necessary, to ensure that they reflect the Contractor's current status. The Contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing within the timeframes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause that the data have been validated or updated, and provide the date of the validation or update.

(f) If the Contractor represented that it was other than a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor may, but is not required to, take the actions required by paragraphs (e) or (g) of this clause.

(g) If the Contractor does not have representations and certifications in ORCA, or does not have a representation in ORCA for the NAICS code applicable to this contract, the Contractor is required to complete the following rerepresentation and submit it to the contracting office, along with the contract number and the date on which the rerepresentation was completed:

33 VA-243-09-IB-0288

The Contractor represents that it [ ] is, [ ] is not a small business concern under NAICS Code 238160 assigned to contract number .

[Contractor to sign and date and insert authorized signer's name and title].

(End of Clause) 4.5 52.222-6 DAVIS-BACON ACT (JUL 2005)

(a) Definition.--Site of the work--(1) Means--

(i) The primary site of the work. The physical place or places where the construction called for in the contract will remain when work on it is completed; and

(ii) The secondary site of the work, if any. Any other site where a significant portion of the building or work is constructed, provided that such site is--

(A) Located in the United States; and

(B) Established specifically for the performance of the contract or project;

(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3) of this definition, includes any fabrication plants, mobile factories, batch plants, borrow pits, job headquarters, tool yards, etc., provided--

(i) They are dedicated exclusively, or nearly so, to performance of the contract or project; and

(ii) They are adjacent or virtually adjacent to the ``primary site of the work'' as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(i), or the ``secondary site of the work'' as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this definition;

(3) Does not include permanent home offices, branch plant establishments, fabrication plants, or tool yards of a Contractor or subcontractor whose locations and continuance in operation are determined wholly without regard to a particular Federal contract or project. In addition, fabrication plants, batch plants, borrow pits, job headquarters, yards, etc., of a commercial or material supplier which are established by a supplier of materials for the project before opening of bids and not on the Project site, are not included in the ``site of the work.'' Such permanent, previously established facilities are not a part of the ``site of the work'' even if the operations for a period of time may be dedicated exclusively or nearly so, to the performance of a contract.

(b)(1) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, or as may be incorporated for a secondary site of the work, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor

34 VA-243-09-IB-0288 and such laborers and mechanics. Any wage determination incorporated for a secondary site of the work shall be effective from the first day on which work under the contract was performed at that site and shall be incorporated without any adjustment in contract price or estimated cost. Laborers employed by the construction Contractor or construction subcontractor that are transporting portions of the building or work between the secondary site of the work and the primary site of the work shall be paid in accordance with the wage determination applicable to the primary site of the work.

(2) Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (e) of this clause; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such period.

(3) Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid not less than the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits in the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in the clause entitled Apprentices and Trainees. Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed.

(4) The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (c) of this clause) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the primary site of the work and the secondary site of the work, if any, in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.

(End of Clause)

4.6 52.222-39 NOTIFICATION OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS CONCERNING PAYMENT OF UNION DUES OR FEES (DEC 2004)

(a) Definition. As used in this clause--

"United States" means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, Guam, the U.S. Virgin Islands, and Wake Island.

(b) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this clause, during the term of this contract, the Contractor shall post a notice, in the form of a poster, informing employees of their rights concerning union membership and payment of union dues and fees, in conspicuous places in and about all its plants and offices, including all places where notices to employees are customarily posted. The notice shall include the following information (except that the information pertaining

35 VA-243-09-IB-0288 to National Labor Relations Board shall not be included in notices posted in the plants or offices of carriers subject to the Railway Labor Act, as amended (45 U.S.C. 151-188)).

Notice to Employees

Under Federal law, employees cannot be required to join a union or maintain membership in a union in order to retain their jobs. Under certain conditions, the law permits a union and an employer to enter into a union-security agreement requiring employees to pay uniform periodic dues and initiation fees. However, employees who are not union members can object to the use of their payments for certain purposes and can only be required to pay their share of union costs relating to collective bargaining, contract administration, and grievance adjustment.

If you do not want to pay that portion of dues or fees used to support activities not related to collective bargaining, contract administration, or grievance adjustment, you are entitled to an appropriate reduction in your payment. If you believe that you have been required to pay dues or fees used in part to support activities not related to collective bargaining, contract administration, or grievance adjustment, you may be entitled to a refund and to an appropriate reduction in future payments.

For further information concerning your rights, you may wish to contact the National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) either at one of its Regional offices or at the following address or toll free number:

National Labor Relations Board Division of Information 1099 14th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20570 1-866-667-6572 1-866-316-6572 (TTY)

To locate the nearest NLRB office, see NLRB's website at http://www.nlrb.gov.

(c) The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of Executive Order 13201 of February 17, 2001, and related implementing regulations at 29 CFR Part 470, and orders of the Secretary of Labor.

(d) In the event that the Contractor does not comply with any of the requirements set forth in paragraphs (b), (c), or (g), the Secretary may direct that this contract be cancelled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and declare the Contractor ineligible for further Government contracts in accordance with procedures at 29 CFR Part 470, Subpart B--Compliance Evaluations, Complaint Investigations and Enforcement Procedures. Such other sanctions or remedies may be imposed as are provided by 29 CFR Part 470, which implements Executive Order 13201, or as are otherwise provided by law.

(e) The requirement to post the employee notice in paragraph (b) does not apply to--

36 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(1) Contractors and subcontractors that employ fewer than 15 persons;

(2) Contractor establishments or construction work sites where no union has been formally recognized by the Contractor or certified as the exclusive bargaining representative of the Contractor's employees;

(3) Contractor establishments or construction work sites located in a jurisdiction named in the definition of the United States in which the law of that jurisdiction forbids enforcement of union- security agreements;

(4) Contractor facilities where upon the written request of the Contractor, the Department of Labor Deputy Assistant Secretary for Labor-Management Programs has waived the posting requirements with respect to any of the Contractor's facilities if the Deputy Assistant Secretary finds that the Contractor has demonstrated that--

(i) The facility is in all respects separate and distinct from activities of the Contractor related to the performance of a contract; and

(ii) Such a waiver will not interfere with or impede the effectuation of the Executive order; or

(5) Work outside the United States that does not involve the recruitment or employment of workers within the United States.

(f) The Department of Labor publishes the official employee notice in two variations; one for contractors covered by the Railway Labor Act and a second for all other contractors. The Contractor shall--

(1) Obtain the required employee notice poster from the Division of Interpretations and Standards, Office of Labor-Management Standards, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW, Room N-5605, Washington, DC 20210, or from any field office of the Department's Office of Labor-Management Standards or Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs;

(2) Download a copy of the poster from the Office of Labor- Management Standards website at http://www.olms.dol.gov; or

(3) Reproduce and use exact duplicate copies of the Department of Labor's official poster.

(g) The Contractor shall include the substance of this clause in every subcontract or purchase order that exceeds the simplified acquisition threshold, entered into in connection with this contract, unless exempted by the Department of Labor Deputy Assistant Secretary for Labor- Management Programs on account of special circumstances in the national interest under authority of 29 CFR 470.3(c). For indefinite quantity subcontracts, the Contractor shall include the substance of this clause if the value of orders in any calendar year of the subcontract is expected to exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. Pursuant to 29 CFR Part 470, Subpart

37 VA-243-09-IB-0288

B--Compliance Evaluations, Complaint Investigations and Enforcement Procedures, the Secretary of Labor may direct the Contractor to take such action in the enforcement of these regulations, including the imposition of sanctions for noncompliance with respect to any such subcontract or purchase order. If the Contractor becomes involved in litigation with a subcontractor or vendor, or is threatened with such involvement, as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States, through the Secretary of Labor, to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States.

(End of Clause)

825.108 EXCEPTED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES

The following items are added to the list of exceptions contained in FAR 25.104:

Glass, Lead

Insulin, Human (End of Clause)

4.7 52.225-9 BUY AMERICAN ACT--CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (FEB 2009)

"Commercially available off-the-shelf (COTS) item"--

(1) Means any item of supply (including construction material) that is--

(i) A commercial item (as defined in paragraph (1) of the definition at FAR 2.101);

(ii) Sold in substantial quantities in the commercial marketplace; and

(iii) Offered to the Government, under a contract or subcontract at any tier, without modification, in the same form in which it is sold in the commercial marketplace; and

(2) Does not include bulk cargo, as defined in section 3 of the Shipping Act of 1984 (46 U.S.C. App. 1702), such as agricultural products and petroleum products.

"Component" means any article, material, or supply incorporated directly into construction material.

"Construction material" means an article, material, or supply brought to the construction site by the Contractor or a subcontractor for incorporation into the building or work. The term also includes an item brought to the site preassembled from articles, materials, or supplies. However, emergency life safety systems, such as emergency lighting, fire alarm, and audio evacuation

38 VA-243-09-IB-0288 systems, that are discrete systems incorporated into a public building or work and that are produced as complete systems, are evaluated as a single and distinct construction material regardless of when or how the individual parts or components of those systems are delivered to the construction site. Materials purchased directly by the Government are supplies, not construction material.

"Cost of components" means--

(1) For components purchased by the Contractor, the acquisition cost, including transportation costs to the place of incorporation into the end product (whether or not such costs are paid to a domestic firm), and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free entry certificate is issued); or

(2) For components manufactured by the Contractor, all costs associated with the manufacture of the component, including transportation costs as described in paragraph (1) of this definition, plus allocable overhead costs, but excluding profit. Cost of components does not include any costs associated with the manufacture of the construction material.

"Domestic construction material" means--

(1) An unmanufactured construction material mined or produced in the United States;

(2) A construction material manufactured in the United States, if--

(i) The cost of its components mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States exceeds 50 percent of the cost of all its components. Components of foreign origin of the same class or kind for which nonavailability determinations have been made are treated as domestic; or

(ii) The construction material is a COTS item.

"Foreign construction material" means a construction material other than a domestic construction material.

"United States" means the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and outlying areas.

(b) Domestic preference.

(1) This clause implements the Buy American Act (41 U.S.C. 10a-10d) by providing a preference for domestic construction material. In accordance with 41 U.S.C. 431, the component test of the Buy American Act is waived for construction material that is a COTS item (See FAR 12.505(a)(2)). The Contractor shall use only domestic construction material in performing this contract, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this clause.

(2) This requirement does not apply to the construction material or components listed by the Government as follows:

39 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Lead Glass

(3) The Contracting Officer may add other foreign construction material to the list in paragraph (b)(2) of this clause if the Government determines that--

(i) The cost of domestic construction material would be unreasonable. The cost of a particular domestic construction material subject to the requirements of the Buy American Act is unreasonable when the cost of such material exceeds the cost of foreign material by more than 6 percent;

(ii) The application of the restriction of the Buy American Act to a particular construction material would be impracticable or inconsistent with the public interest; or

(iii) The construction material is not mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States in sufficient and reasonably available commercial quantities of a satisfactory quality.

(c) Request for determination of inapplicability of the Buy American Act.

(1)(i) Any Contractor request to use foreign construction material in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this clause shall include adequate information for Government evaluation of the request, including--

(A) A description of the foreign and domestic construction materials;

(B) Unit of measure;

(C) Quantity;

(D) Price;

(E) Time of delivery or availability;

(F) Location of the construction project;

(G) Name and address of the proposed supplier; and

(H) A detailed justification of the reason for use of foreign construction materials cited in accordance with paragraph (b)(3) of this clause.

(ii) A request based on unreasonable cost shall include a reasonable survey of the market and a completed price comparison table in the format in paragraph (d) of this clause.

40 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(iii) The price of construction material shall include all delivery costs to the construction site and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free certificate may be issued).

(iv) Any Contractor request for a determination submitted after contract award shall explain why the Contractor could not reasonably foresee the need for such determination and could not have requested the determination before contract award. If the Contractor does not submit a satisfactory explanation, the Contracting Officer need not make a determination.

(2) If the Government determines after contract award that an exception to the Buy American Act applies and the Contracting Officer and the Contractor negotiate adequate consideration, the Contracting Officer will modify the contract to allow use of the foreign construction material. However, when the basis for the exception is the unreasonable price of a domestic construction material, adequate consideration is not less than the differential established in paragraph (b)(3)(i) of this clause.

(3) Unless the Government determines that an exception to the Buy American Act applies, use of foreign construction material is noncompliant with the Buy American Act.

(d) Data. To permit evaluation of requests under paragraph (c) of this clause based on unreasonable cost, the Contractor shall include the following information and any applicable supporting data based on the survey of suppliers:

FOREIGN AND DOMESTIC CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS PRICE COMPARISON

------Unit of Unit of Price Construction material description Measure Quantity (dollars)*

------Item 1:

Foreign construction material ......

Domestic construction material ......

Item 2:

Foreign construction material ......

41 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Domestic construction material ......

------

[List name, address, telephone number, and contact for suppliers surveyed Attach copy of response; if oral, attach summary.] [Include other applicable supporting information.] [*Include all delivery costs to the construction site and any applicable duty (whether or not a duty-free entry certificate is issued).]

(End of Clause)

4.8 SUPPLEMENTAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

In accordance with FAR 28.307-2 and FAR 52.228-5, the following minimum coverage shall apply to this contract:

(a) Workers' compensation and employers liability: Contractors are required to comply with applicable Federal and State workers' compensation and occupational disease statutes. If occupational diseases are not compensable under those statutes, they shall be covered under the employer's liability section of the insurance policy, except when contract operations are so commingled with a Contractor's commercial operations that it would not be practical to require this coverage. Employer's liability coverage of at least $100,000 is required, except in States with exclusive or monopolistic funds that do not permit workers' compensation to be written by private carriers.

(b) General Liability: $1,000,000.00 per occurrences.

(c) Automobile liability: $500,000.00 per person; $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and $500,000.00 property damage.

(d) The successful bidder must present to the Contracting Officer, prior to award, evidence of general liability insurance without any exclusionary clauses for asbestos that would void the general liability coverage.

(End of Clause)

4.9 VAAR 852.203-70 COMMERCIAL ADVERTISING (JAN 2008)

The bidder or offeror agrees that if a contract is awarded to him/her, as a result of this solicitation, he/she will not advertise the award of the contract in his/her commercial advertising

42 VA-243-09-IB-0288 in such a manner as to state or imply that the Department of Veterans Affairs endorses a product, project or commercial line of endeavor.

(End of Clause)

4.10 VAAR 852.203-71 DISPLAY OF DEPARTMENT OF VETERAN AFFAIRS HOTLINE POSTER (DEC 1992)

(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) below, the Contractor shall display prominently, in common work areas within business segments performing work under VA contracts, Department of Veterans Affairs Hotline posters prepared by the VA Office of Inspector General.

(b) Department of Veterans Affairs Hotline posters may be obtained from the VA Office of Inspector General (53E), P.O. Box 34647, Washington, DC 20043-4647.

(c) The Contractor need not comply with paragraph (a) above if the Contractor has established a mechanism, such as a hotline, by which employees may report suspected instances of improper conduct, and instructions that encourage employees to make such reports.

(End of Clause)

4.11 VAAR 852.211-73 BRAND NAME OR EQUAL (JAN 2008)

(Note: as used in this clause, the term "brand name" includes identification of products by make and model.)

(a) If items called for by this invitation for bids have been identified in the schedule by a "brand name or equal" description, such identification is intended to be descriptive, but not restrictive, and is to indicate the quality and characteristics of products that will be satisfactory. Bids offering "equal" products (including products of the brand name manufacturer other than the one described by brand name) will be considered for award if such products are clearly identified in the bids and are determined by the Government to meet fully the salient characteristics requirements listed in the invitation.

(b) Unless the bidder clearly indicates in the bid that the bidder is offering an "equal" product, the bid shall be considered as offering a brand name product referenced in the invitation for bids.

(c)(1) If the bidder proposes to furnish an "equal" product, the brand name, if any, of the product to be furnished shall be inserted in the space provided in the invitation for bids, or such product shall be otherwise clearly identified in the bid. The evaluation of bids and the determination as to equality of the product offered shall be the responsibility of the Government and will be based on information furnished by the bidder or identified in his/her bid as well as other information reasonably available to the purchasing activity. CAUTION TO BIDDERS. The purchasing activity is not responsible for locating or securing any information that is not identified in the bid and reasonably available to the purchasing activity. Accordingly, to insure that sufficient information is available, the bidder must furnish as a part of his/her bid all

43 VA-243-09-IB-0288 descriptive material (such as cuts, illustrations, drawings or other information) necessary for the purchasing activity to:

(i) Determine whether the product offered meets the salient characteristics requirement of the Invitation for Bids, and

(ii) Establish exactly what the bidder proposes to furnish and what the Government would be binding itself to purchase by making an award. The information furnished may include specific references to information previously furnished or to information otherwise available to the purchasing activity.

(2) If the bidder proposes to modify a product so as to make it conform to the requirements of the Invitation for Bids, he/she shall:

(i) Include in his/her bid a clear description of such proposed modifications, and

(ii) Clearly mark any descriptive material to show the proposed modifications.

(3) Modifications proposed after bid opening to make a product conform to a brand name product referenced in the Invitation for Bids will not be considered.

(End of Clause)

4.12 VAAR 852.228-70 BOND PREMIUM ADJUSTMENT (JAN 2008)

When net changes in original contract price affect the premium of a Corporate Surety Bond by $5 or more, the Government, in determining the basis for final settlement, will provide for bond premium adjustment computed at the rate shown in the bond.

(End of Clause)

4.13 VAAR 852.236-71 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002)

The clause entitled "Specifications and Drawings for Construction" in FAR 52.236-21 is supplemented as follows:

(a) The contracting officer's interpretation of the drawings and specifications will be final, subject to the disputes clause.

(b) Large scale drawings supersede small scale drawings.

(c) Dimensions govern in all cases. Scaling of drawings may be done only for general location and general size of items.

44 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(d) Dimensions shown of existing work and all dimensions required for work that is to connect with existing work shall be verified by the contractor by actual measurement of the existing work. Any work at variance with that specified or shown in the drawings shall not be performed by the contractor until approved in writing by the contracting officer.

(End of Clause)

4.14 VAAR 852.236-74 INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION (JUL 2002)

The clause entitled "Inspection of Construction" in FAR 52.246-12 is supplemented as follows:

(a) Inspection of materials and articles furnished under this contract will be made at the site by the resident engineer, unless otherwise provided for in the specifications.

(b) Final inspection will not be made until the contract work is ready for beneficial use or occupancy. The contractor shall notify the contracting officer, through the resident engineer, fifteen (15) days prior to the date on which the work will be ready for final inspection.

(End of Clause)

4.15 VAAR 852.236-76 CORRESPONDENCE (APR 1984)

All correspondence relative to this contract shall bear Specification Number, Project Number, Department of Veterans Affairs Contract Number, title of project and name of facility.

(End of Clause)

4.16 VAAR 852.236-77 REFERENCE TO "STANDARDS" (JUL 2002)

Any materials, equipment, or workmanship specified by references to number, symbol, or title of any specific Federal, Industry or Government Agency Standard Specification shall comply with all applicable provisions of such standard specifications, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in contract specifications. Reference to "Standards" referred to in the contract specifications, except as modified, shall have full force and effect as though printed in detail in specifications.

(End of Clause)

4.17 VAAR 852.236-78 GOVERNMENT SUPERVISION (APR 1984)

(a) The work will be under the direction of the Department of Veterans Affairs contracting officer, who may designate another VA employee to act as resident engineer at the construction site.

(b) Except as provided below, the resident engineer's directions will not conflict with or change contract requirements.

45 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(c) Within the limits of any specific authority delegated by the contracting officer, the resident engineer may, by written direction, make changes in the work. The contractor shall be advised of the extent of such authority prior to execution of any work under the contract.

(End of Clause)

4.18 VAAR 852.236-79 DAILY REPORT OF WORKERS AND MATERIAL (APR 1984)

The contractor shall furnish to the resident engineer each day a consolidated report for the preceding work day in which is shown the number of laborers, mechanics, foremen/forewomen and pieces of heavy equipment used or employed by the contractor and subcontractors. The report shall bear the name of the firm, the branch of work which they perform such as concrete, plastering, masonry, plumbing, sheet metal work, etc. The report shall give a breakdown of employees by crafts, location where employed, and work performed. The report shall also list materials delivered to the site on the date covered by the report.

(End of Clause)

4.19 VAAR 852.236-80 SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION (APR 1984) ALTERNATE I (JUL 2002)

(a) Nothing contained in this contract shall be construed as creating any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and the Government. Divisions or sections of specifications are not intended to control the contractor in dividing work among subcontractors, or to limit work performed by any trade.

(b) The contractor shall be responsible to the Government for acts and omissions of his/her own employees, and subcontractors and their employees. The contractor shall also be responsible for coordination of the work of the trades, subcontractors, and material suppliers. The contractor shall, in advance of the work, prepare coordination drawings showing the location of openings through slabs, the pipe sleeves and hanger inserts, as well as the location and elevation of utility lines, including, but not limited to, conveyor systems, pneumatic tubes, ducts, and conduits and pipes 2 inches and larger in diameter. These drawings, including plans, elevations, and sections as appropriate shall clearly show the manner in which the utilities fit into the available space and relate to each other and to existing building elements. Drawings shall be of appropriate scale to satisfy the previously stated purposes, but not smaller than 3/8-inch scale. Drawings may be composite (with distinctive colors for the various trades) or may be separate but fully coordinated drawings (such as sepias or photographic paper reproducibles) of the same scale. Separate drawings shall depict identical building areas or sections and shall be capable of being overlaid in any combination. The submitted drawings for a given area of the project shall show the work of all trades which will be involved in that particular area. Six complete composite drawings or six complete sets of separate reproducible drawings shall be received by the Government not less than 20 days prior to the scheduled start of the work in the area illustrated by the drawings, for the purpose of showing the contractor's planned methods of installation. The objectives of such drawings are to promote carefully planned work sequence

46 VA-243-09-IB-0288 and proper trade coordination, in order to assure the expeditious solutions of problems and the installation of lines and equipment as contemplated by the contract documents while avoiding or minimizing additional costs to the contractor and to the Government. In the event the contractor, in coordinating the various installations and in planning the method of installation, finds a conflict in location or elevation of any of the utilities with themselves, with structural items or with other construction items, he/she shall bring this conflict to the attention of the contracting officer immediately. In doing so, the contractor shall explain the proposed method of solving the problem or shall request instructions as to how to proceed if adjustments beyond those of usual trades coordination are necessary. Utilities installation work will not proceed in any area prior to the submission and completion of the Government review of the coordinated drawings for that area, nor in any area in which conflicts are disclosed by the coordination drawings until the conflicts have been corrected to the satisfaction of the contracting officer. It is the responsibility of the contractor to submit the required drawings in a timely manner consistent with the requirements to complete the work covered by this contract within the prescribed contract time.

(c) The Government or its representatives will not undertake to settle any differences between the contractor and subcontractors or between subcontractors.

(d) The Government reserves the right to refuse to permit employment on the work or require dismissal from the work of any subcontractor who, by reason of previous unsatisfactory work on Department of Veterans Affairs projects or for any other reason, is considered by the contracting officer to be incompetent or otherwise objectionable.

(End of Clause)

4.20 VAAR 852.236-82 PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (WITHOUT NAS) (APR 1984)

(a) Retainage:

(1) The contracting officer may retain funds:

(i) Where performance under the contract has been determined to be deficient or the contractor has performed in an unsatisfactory manner in the past; or

(ii) As the contract nears completion, to ensure that deficiencies will be corrected and that completion is timely.

(2) Examples of deficient performance justifying a retention of funds include, but are not restricted to, the following:

(i) Unsatisfactory progress as determined by the contracting officer;

(ii) Failure to meet schedule in Schedule of Work Progress;

(iii) Failure to present submittals in a timely manner; or

47 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(iv) Failure to comply in good faith with approved subcontracting plans, certifications, or contract requirements.

(3) Any level of retention shall not exceed 10 percent either where there is determined to be unsatisfactory performance, or when the retainage is to ensure satisfactory completion. Retained amounts shall be paid promptly upon completion of all contract requirements, but nothing contained in this subparagraph shall be construed as limiting the contracting officer's right to withhold funds under other provisions of the contract or in accordance with the general law and regulations regarding the administration of Government contracts.

(b) The contractor shall submit a schedule of cost to the contracting officer for approval within 30 calendar days after date of receipt of notice to proceed. Such schedule will be signed and submitted in triplicate. The approved cost schedule will be one of the bases for determining progress payments to the contractor for work completed. This schedule shall show cost by the branches of work for each building or unit of the contract, as instructed by the resident engineer.

(1) The branches shall be subdivided into as many sub-branches as are necessary to cover all component parts of the contract work.

(2) Costs as shown on this schedule must be true costs and, should the resident engineer so desire, he/she may require the contractor to submit the original estimate sheets or other information to substantiate the detailed makeup of the schedule.

(3) The sum of the sub-branches, as applied to each branch, shall equal the total cost of such branch. The total cost of all branches shall equal the contract price.

(4) Insurance and similar items shall be prorated and included in the cost of each branch of the work.

(5) The cost schedule shall include separate cost information for the systems listed in the table in this paragraph (b)(5). The percentages listed below are proportions of the cost listed in the contractor's cost schedule and identify, for payment purposes, the value of the work to adjust, correct and test systems after the material has been installed. Payment of the listed percentages will be made only after the contractor has demonstrated that each of the systems is substantially complete and operates as required by the contract.

VALUE OF ADJUSTING, CORRECTING, AND TESTING SYSTEM

System Percent

Pneumatic tube system...... 10

Incinerators (medical waste and trash)...... 5

48 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Sewage treatment plant equipment...... 5

Water treatment plant equipment...... 5

Washers (dish, cage, glass, etc.)...... 5

Sterilizing equipment...... 5

Water distilling equipment...... 5

Prefab temperature rooms (cold, constant temperature)...... 5

Entire air-conditioning system (Specified under 600 Sections) 5

Entire boiler plant system (specified under 700 Sections) .... 5

General supply conveyors ...... 10

Food service conveyors ...... 10

Pneumatic soiled linen and trash system ...... 10

Elevators and dumbwaiters ...... 10

Materials transport system ...... 10

Engine-generator system ...... 5

Primary switchgear ...... 5

Secondary switchgear ...... 5

Fire alarm system ...... 5

Nurse call system ...... 5

Intercom system ...... 5

Radio system ...... 5

TV (entertainment) system ...... 5

(c) In addition to this cost schedule, the contractor shall submit such unit costs as may be specifically requested. The unit costs shall be those used by the contractor in preparing his/her bid and will not be binding as pertaining to any contract changes.

49 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(d) The contracting officer will consider for monthly progress payments material and/or equipment procured by the contractor and stored on the construction site, as space is available, or at a local approved location off the site, under such terms and conditions as such officer approves, including but not limited to the following:

(1) The material or equipment is in accordance with the contract requirements and/or approved samples and shop drawings.

(2) Only those materials and/or equipment as are approved by the resident engineer for storage will be included.

(3) Such materials and/or equipment will be stored separately and will be readily available for inspection and inventory by the resident engineer.

(4) Such materials and/or equipment will be protected against weather, theft and other hazards and will not be subjected to deterioration.

(5) All of the other terms, provisions, conditions and covenants contained in the contract shall be and remain in full force and effect as therein provided.

(6) A supplemental agreement will be executed between the Government and the contractor with the consent of the contractor's surety for off-site storage.

(e) The contractor, prior to receiving a progress or final payment under this contract, shall submit to the contracting officer a certification that the contractor has made payment from proceeds of prior payments, or that timely payment will be made from the proceeds of the progress or final payment then due, to subcontractors and suppliers in accordance with the contractual arrangements with them.

(f) The Government reserves the right to withhold payment until samples, shop drawings, engineer's certificates, additional bonds, payrolls, weekly statements of compliance, proof of title, nondiscrimination compliance reports, or any other things required by this contract, have been submitted to the satisfaction of the contracting officer.

(End of Clause)

4.21 VAAR 852.236-84 SCHEDULE OF WORK PROGRESS (NOV 1984)

(a) The contractor shall submit with the schedule of costs, a progress schedule that indicates the anticipated installation of work versus the elapsed contract time, for the approval of the contracting officer. The progress schedule time shall be represented in the form of a bar graph with the contract time plotted along the horizontal axis. The starting date of the schedule shall be the date the contractor receives the "Notice to Proceed." The ending date shall be the original contract completion date. At a minimum, both dates shall be indicated on the progress schedule. The specific item of work, i.e., "Excavation", "Floor Tile", "Finish Carpentry", etc., should be plotted along the vertical axis and indicated by a line or bar at which time(s) during the contract

50 VA-243-09-IB-0288 this work is scheduled to take place. The schedule shall be submitted in triplicate and signed by the contractor.

(b) The actual percent completion will be based on the value of installed work divided by the current contract amount. The actual completion percentage will be indicated on the monthly progress report.

(c) The progress schedule will be revised when individual or cumulative time extensions of 15 calendar days or more are granted for any reason. The revised schedule should indicate the new contract completion date and should reflect any changes to the installation time(s) of the items of work affected.

(d) The revised progress schedule will be used for reporting future scheduled percentage completion.

(End of Clause)

4.22 VAAR 852.236-85 SUPPLEMENTARY LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS (APR 1984)

(a) The wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor is set forth in section GR, General Requirements, of this contract. It is the result of a study of wage conditions in the locality and establishes the minimum hourly rates of wages and fringe benefits for the described classes of labor in accordance with applicable law. No increase in the contract price will be allowed or authorized because of payment of wage rates in excess of those listed.

(b) The contractor shall submit the required copies of payrolls to the contracting officer through the resident engineer or engineer officer, when acting in that capacity. Department of Labor Form WH- 347, Payroll, available from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, may be used for this purpose. If, however, the contractor or subcontractor elects to use an individually composed payroll form, it shall contain the same information shown on Form WH-347, and in addition be accompanied by Department of Labor Form WH-348, Statement of Compliance, or any other form containing the exact wording of this form.

(End of Clause)

4.23 VAAR 852.236-86 WORKER'S COMPENSATION (JAN 2008)

Public Law 107-217 (40 U.S.C. 3172) authorizes the constituted authority of States to apply their workers compensation laws to all lands and premises owned or held by the United States.

(End of Clause)

4.24 VAAR 852.236-87 ACCIDENT PREVENTION (SEP 1993)

51 VA-243-09-IB-0288

The Resident Engineer on all assigned construction projects, or other Department of Veterans Affairs employee if designated in writing by the Contracting Officer, shall serve as Safety Officer and as such has authority, on behalf of the Contracting Officer, to monitor and enforce Contractor compliance with FAR 52.236-13, Accident Prevention. However, only the Contracting Officer may issue an order to stop all or part of the work while requiring satisfactory or corrective action to be taken by the Contractor.

(End of Clause)

4.25 VAAR 852.236-88 CONTRACT CHANGES--SUPPLEMENT (JUL 2002)

(a) Paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) apply to proposed contract changes costing over $500,000.

(1) When requested by the contracting officer, the contractor shall submit proposals for changes in work to the resident engineer. Proposals, to be submitted as expeditiously as possible but within 30 calendar days after receipt of request, shall be in legible form, original and two copies, with an itemized breakdown that will include material, quantities, unit prices, labor costs (separated into trades), construction equipment, etc. (Labor costs are to be identified with specific material placed or operation performed.) The contractor must obtain and furnish with a proposal an itemized breakdown as described above, signed by each subcontractor participating in the change regardless of tier. When certified cost or pricing data are required under FAR Subpart 15.403, the cost or pricing data shall be submitted in accordance with FAR 15.403-5.

(2) When the necessity to proceed with a change does not allow sufficient time to negotiate a modification or because of failure to reach an agreement, the contracting officer may issue a change order instructing the contractor to proceed on the basis of a tentative price based on the best estimate available at the time, with the firm price to be determined later. Furthermore, when the change order is issued, the contractor shall submit a proposal, which includes the information required by paragraph (a)(1), for cost of changes in work within 30 calendar days.

(3) The contracting officer will consider issuing a settlement by determination to the contract if the contractor's proposal required by paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this clause is not received within 30 calendar days or if agreement has not been reached.

(4) Bond premium adjustment, consequent upon changes ordered, will be made as elsewhere specified at the time of final settlement under the contract and will not be included in the individual change.

(b) Paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(11) apply to proposed contract changes costing $500,000 or less:

(1) When requested by the contracting officer, the contractor shall submit proposals for changes in work to the resident engineer. Proposals, to be submitted as expeditiously as possible but within 30 calendar days after receipt of request, shall be in legible form, original and two copies, with an itemized breakdown that will include material, quantities, unit prices, labor costs (separated into trades), construction equipment, etc. (Labor costs are to be identified with

52 VA-243-09-IB-0288 specific material placed or operation performed.) The contractor must obtain and furnish with a proposal an itemized breakdown as described above, signed by each subcontractor participating in the change regardless of tier. When certified cost or pricing data or information other than cost or pricing data are required under FAR 15.403, the data shall be submitted in accordance with FAR 15.403-5. No itemized breakdown will be required for proposals amounting to less than $1,000.

(2) When the necessity to proceed with a change does not allow sufficient time to negotiate a modification or because of failure to reach an agreement, the contracting officer may issue a change order instructing the contractor to proceed on the basis of a tentative price based on the best estimate available at the time, with the firm price to be determined later. Furthermore, when the change order is issued, the contractor shall submit within 30 calendar days, a proposal that includes the information required by paragraph (b)(1) for the cost of the changes in work.

(3) The contracting officer will consider issuing a settlement by determination to the contract if the contractor's proposal required by paragraphs (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this clause is not received within 30 calendar days, or if agreement has not been reached.

(4) Allowances not to exceed 10 percent each for overhead and profit for the party performing the work will be based on the value of labor, material, and use of construction equipment required to accomplish the change. As the value of the change increases, a declining scale will be used in negotiating the percentage of overhead and profit. Allowable percentages on changes will not exceed the following: 10 percent overhead and 10 percent profit on the first $20,000; 7-1/2 percent overhead and 7-1/2 percent profit on the next $30,000; 5 percent overhead and 5 percent profit on balance over $50,000. Profit shall be computed by multiplying the profit percentage by the sum of the direct costs and computed overhead costs.

(5) The prime contractor's or upper-tier subcontractor's fee on work performed by lower-tier subcontractors will be based on the net increased cost to the prime contractor or upper-tier subcontractor, as applicable. Allowable fee on changes will not exceed the following: 10 percent fee on the first $20,000; 7-1/2 percent fee on the next $30,000; and 5 percent fee on balance over $50,000.

(6) Not more than four percentages, none of which exceed the percentages shown above, will be allowed regardless of the number of tiers of subcontractors.

(7) Where the contractor's or subcontractor's portion of a change involves credit items, such items must be deducted prior to adding overhead and profit for the party performing the work. The contractor's fee is limited to the net increase to contractor of subcontractors' portions cost computed in accordance herewith.

(8) Where a change involves credit items only, a proper measure of the amount of downward adjustment in the contract price is the reasonable cost to the contractor if he/she had performed the deleted work. A reasonable allowance for overhead and profit are properly includable as part of the downward adjustment for a deductive change. The amount of such allowance is subject to negotiation.

53 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(9) Cost of Federal Old Age Benefit (Social Security) tax and of Worker's Compensation and Public Liability insurance appertaining to changes are allowable. While no percentage will be allowed thereon for overhead or profit, prime contractor's fee will be allowed on such items in subcontractors' proposals.

(10) Overhead and contractor's fee percentages shall be considered to include insurance other than mentioned herein, field and office supervisors and assistants, security police, use of small tools, incidental job burdens, and general home office expenses and no separate allowance will be made therefore. Assistants to office supervisors include all clerical, stenographic and general office help. Incidental job burdens include, but are not necessarily limited to, office equipment and supplies, temporary toilets, telephone and conformance to OSHA requirements. Items such as, but not necessarily limited to, review and coordination, estimating and expediting relative to contract changes are associated with field and office supervision and are considered to be included in the contractor's overhead and/or fee percentage.

(11) Bond premium adjustment, consequent upon changes ordered, will be made as elsewhere specified at the time of final settlement under the contract and will not be included in the individual change.

(End of Clause)

4.26 VAAR 852.236-89 BUY AMERICAN ACT (JAN 2008)

(a) Reference is made to the clause entitled "Buy American Act--Construction Materials," FAR 52.225-9.

(b) Notwithstanding a bidder's right to offer identifiable foreign construction material in its bid pursuant to FAR 52.225-9, VA does not anticipate accepting an offer that includes foreign construction material.

(c) If a bidder chooses to submit a bid that includes foreign construction material, that bidder must provide a listing of the specific foreign construction material he/she intends to use and a price for said material. Bidders must include bid prices for comparable domestic construction material. If VA determines not to accept foreign construction material and no comparable domestic construction material is provided, the entire bid will be rejected.

(d) Any foreign construction material proposed after award will be rejected unless the bidder proves to VA's satisfaction: (1) it was impossible to request the exemption prior to award, and (2) said domestic construction material is no longer available, or (3) where the price has escalated so dramatically after the contract has been awarded that it would be unconscionable to require performance at that price. The determinations required by (1), (2), and (3) of this paragraph shall be made in accordance with Subpart 825.2 and FAR 25.2.

(e) By signing this bid, the bidder declares that all articles, materials and supplies for use on the project shall be domestic unless specifically set forth on the Bid Form or addendum thereto.

54 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(End of Clause)

4.27 VAAR 852.236-91 SPECIAL NOTES (JUL 2002)

(a) Signing of the bid shall be deemed to be a representation by the bidder that:

(1) Bidder is a construction contractor who owns, operates, or maintains a place of business, regularly engaged in construction, alteration, or repair of buildings, structures, and communications facilities, or other engineering projects, including furnishing and installing of necessary equipment; or

(2) If newly entering into a construction activity, bidder has made all necessary arrangements for personnel, construction equipment, and required licenses to perform construction work; and

(3) Upon request, prior to award, bidder will promptly furnish to the Government a statement of facts in detail as to bidder's previous experience (including recent and current contracts), organization (including company officers), technical qualifications, financial resources and facilities available to perform the contemplated work.

(b) Unless otherwise provided in this contract, where the use of optional materials or construction is permitted, the same standard of workmanship, fabrication and installation shall be required irrespective of which option is selected. The contractor shall make any change or adjustment in connecting work or otherwise necessitated by the use of such optional material or construction, without additional cost to the Government.

(c) When approval is given for a system component having functional or physical characteristics different from those indicated or specified, it is the responsibility of the contractor to furnish and install related components with characteristics and capacities compatible with the approved substitute component as required for systems to function as noted on drawings and specifications. There shall be no additional cost to the Government.

(d) In some instances it may have been impracticable to detail all items in specifications or on drawings because of variances in manufacturers' methods of achieving specified results. In such instances the contractor will be required to furnish all labor, materials, drawings, services and connections necessary to produce systems or equipment which are completely installed, functional, and ready for operation by facility personnel in accordance with their intended use.

(e) Claims by the contractor for delay attributed to unusually severe weather must be supported by climatological data covering the period and the same period for the 10 preceding years. When the weather in question exceeds in intensity or frequency the 10-year average, the excess experienced shall be considered "unusually severe." Comparison shall be on a monthly basis. Whether or not unusually severe weather in fact delays the work will depend upon the effect of weather on the branches of work being performed during the time under consideration.

(End of Clause)

55 VA-243-09-IB-0288

4.28 VAAR 852.246-74 SPECIAL WARRANTIES (JAN 2008)

The clause entitled "Warranty of Construction" in FAR 52.246-21 is supplemented as follows:

Any special warranties that may be required under the contract shall be subject to the elections set forth in the FAR clause at 52.246-21, Warranty of Construction, unless otherwise provided for in such special warranties.

(End of Clause)

4.29 VAAR 852.273-75 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS FOR UNCLASSIFIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES (Interim - October 2008)

(a) The contractor and their personnel shall be subject to the same Federal laws, regulations, standards and VA policies as VA personnel, regarding information and information system security. These include, but are not limited to Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), Appendix III of OMB Circular A-130, and guidance and standards, available from the Department of Commerce's National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). This also includes the use of common security configurations available from NIST's Web site at:

http://checklists.nist.gov

(b) To ensure that appropriate security controls are in place, Contractors must follow the procedures set forth in "VA Information and Information System Security/Privacy Requirements for IT Contracts" located at the following Web site:

http://www.iprm.oit.va.gov

(End of Clause)

4.30 VAAR 852.273-76 ELECTRONIC INVOICE SUBMISSION (Interim - October 2008)

(a) To improve the timeliness of payments and lower overall administrative costs, VA strongly encourages contractors to submit invoices using its electronic invoicing system. At present, electronic submission is voluntary and any nominal registration fees will be the responsibility of the contractor. VA intends to mandate electronic invoice submission, subject to completion of the federal rulemaking process. At present, VA is using a 3rd party agent to contact contractors regarding this service. During the voluntary period, contractors interested in registering for the electronic system should contact the VA's Financial Services Center at http://www.fsc.va.gov/einvoice.asp.

4.31 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEB 1998)

56 VA-243-09-IB-0288

This contract incorporates one or more clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at this/these address(es):

http://www.acquisition.gov/far/index.html http://www.va.gov/oamm/oa/ars/policyreg/vaar/index.cfm

(End of Clause)

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BAR CHART SCHEDULE

A. Original Schedule: The following information shall be furnished as minimum for each activity on the initial bar chart schedule.

- Activity Description - Estimated Duration - Responsibility (Trade) and Manpower (Crew size) - Planned Start and Completion Dates - Activity Cost

B. Updated Schedules and Updating Procedures

(1) The contractor shall submit, at intervals of 30 calendar days, an updated bar chart schedule of the actual construction progress. The bar chart schedule shall show the activities or portions of activities started and/or completed during the reporting period and their updated monetary percentage value(s) as a basis for the contractor's monthly progress report (payment request).

(2) The contractor shall adjust the activity bars on the bar chart schedule to reflect the actual progress and the remaining activity durations. The updated bar chart schedule shall show at a minimum the following:

- Actual start and completion dates for activities started and/or completed during the reporting period. - VA issued changes to the original contract requirements that change the contractor's original sequence of work. - Contractor changes in work sequence, durations, responsibility, manpower, and activity costs.

C. All contract changes durations proposed by the contractor shall be reviewed and approved by the Contracting Officer prior to insertion into the updated bar chart schedule. The updated bar chart schedule shall include all contract changes issued during the reporting period.

(End of Clause)

57 VA-243-09-IB-0288

52.202-1 DEFINITIONS JUL 2004 52.203-3 GRATUITIES APR 1984 52.203-5 COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES APR 1984 52.203-6 RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES TO SEP 2006 THE GOVERNMENT 52.203-7 ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURES JUL 1995 52.203-8 CANCELLATION, RESCISSION, AND RECOVERY JAN 1997 OF FUNDS FOR ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY 52.203-10 PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL OR JAN 1997 IMPROPER ACTIVITY 52.204-4 PRINTED OR COPIED DOUBLE-SIDED AUG 2000 ON RECYCLED PAPER 52.204-9 PERSONAL IDENTITY VERIFICATION OF SEP 2007 CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL 52.209-6 PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT'S INTEREST SEP 2006 WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR DEBARMENT 52.214-3 AMENDMENTS TO INVITATIONS FOR BIDS DEC 1989 52.214-4 FALSE STATEMENTS IN BIDS APR 1984 52.214-5 SUBMISSION OF BIDS MAR 1997 52.214-6 EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS APR 1984 52.214-7 LATE SUBMISSIONS, MODIFICATIONS, AND NOV 1999 WITHDRAWALS OF BIDS 52.214-18 PREPARATION OF BIDS--CONSTRUCTION APR 1984 52.214-19 CONTRACT AWARD--SEALED AUG 1996 BIDDING--CONSTRUCTION 52.214-35 SUBMISSION OF OFFERS IN U.S. CURRENCY APR 1991 852.214-70 CAUTION TO BIDDERS-BID ENVELOPES JAN 2008 52.214-26 AUDIT AND RECORDS--SEALED BIDDING MAR 2009 52.214-27 PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR OCT 1997 PRICING DATA--MODIFICATIONS--SEALED BIDDING 52.214-28 SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING OCT 1997 DATA--MODIFICATIONS--SEALED BIDDING 52.219-8 UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS MAY 2004 52.222-3 CONVICT LABOR JUN 2003 52.222-4 CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS JUL 2005 ACT-OVERTIME COMPENSATION 52.222-21 PROHIBITION OF SEGREGATED FACILITIES FEB 1999 52.222-7 WITHHOLDING OF FUNDS FEB 1988

58 VA-243-09-IB-0288

52.222-8 PAYROLLS AND BASIC RECORDS FEB 1988 52.222-9 APPRENTICES AND TRAINEES JUL 2005 52.222-10 COMPLIANCE WITH COPELAND ACT FEB 1988 REQUIREMENTS 52.222-11 SUBCONTRACTS (LABOR STANDARDS) JUL 2005 52.222-12 CONTRACT TERMINATION - DEBARMENT FEB 1988 52.222-13 COMPLIANCE WITH DAVIS-BACON FEB 1988 AND RELATED ACT REGULATIONS 52.222-14 DISPUTES CONCERNING LABOR STANDARDS FEB 1988 52.222-15 CERTIFICATION OF ELIGIBILITY FEB 1988 52.222-26 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY MAR 2007 52.222-27 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE FEB 1999 REQUIREMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION 52.222-35 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR SPECIAL DISABLED SEP 2006 VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS 52.222-36 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR WORKERS WITH JUN 1998 DISABILITIES 52.222-37 EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON SPECIAL DISABLED SEP 2006 VETERANS, VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA, AND OTHER ELIGIBLE VETERANS 52.222-50 COMBATING TRAFFICKING IN PERSONS FEB 2009 52.223-5 POLLUTION PREVENTION AND RIGHT-TO-KNOWAUG 2003 INFORMATION 52.223-6 DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE MAY 2001 52.223-14 TOXIC CHEMICAL RELEASE REPORTING AUG 2003 52.225-13 RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN FOREIGN JUN 2008 PURCHASES 52.227-1 AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT DEC 2007 52.227-2 NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT DEC 2007 AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT 52.227-4 PATENT INDEMNITY--CONSTRUCTION DEC 2007 CONTRACTS 52.228-2 ADDITIONAL BOND SECURITY OCT 1997 52.228-5 INSURANCE--WORK ON A GOVERNMENT JAN 1997 INSTALLATION 52.228-11 PLEDGES OF ASSETS FEB 1992 52.228-12 PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTOR OCT 1995 REQUESTS FOR BONDS 52.228-14 IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT DEC 1999 52.228-15 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS-- NOV 2006 CONSTRUCTION 52.229-3 FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES APR 2003 52.232-5 PAYMENTS UNDER FIXED-PRICE SEP 2002 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS 52.232-17 INTEREST OCT 2008

59 VA-243-09-IB-0288

52.232-18 AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS APR 1984 52.232-23 ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS JAN 1986 52.232-27 PROMPT PAYMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OCT 2008 CONTRACTS 52.232-34 PAYMENT BY ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER-- MAY 1999 OTHER THAN CENTRAL CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION 52.232-38 SUBMISSION OF ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFERMAY 1999 INFORMATION WITH OFFER 52.233-1 DISPUTES JUL 2002 52.233-3 PROTEST AFTER AWARD AUG 1996 52.233-4 APPLICABLE LAW FOR BREACH OF OCT 2004 CONTRACT CLAIM 52.236-2 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS APR 1984 52.236-3 SITE INVESTIGATION AND CONDITIONS APR 1984 AFFECTING THE WORK 52.236-5 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP APR 1984 52.236-6 SUPERINTENDENCE BY THE CONTRACTOR APR 1984 52.236-7 PERMITS AND RESPONSIBILITIES NOV 1991 52.236-8 OTHER CONTRACTS APR 1984 52.236-9 PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION, APR 1984 STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES, AND IMPROVEMENTS 52.236-10 OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS APR 1984 52.236-11 USE AND POSSESSION PRIOR TO COMPLETION APR 1984 52.236-12 CLEANING UP APR 1984 52.236-13 ACCIDENT PREVENTION NOV 1991 52.236-14 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES APR 1984 52.236-17 LAYOUT OF WORK APR 1984 52.236-21 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR FEB 1997 CONSTRUCTION ALTERNATE I (APR 1984) 52.236-26 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE FEB 1995 52.242-13 BANKRUPTCY JUL 1995 52.242-14 SUSPENSION OF WORK APR 1984 52.243-4 CHANGES JUN 2007 52.244-6 SUBCONTRACTS FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS MAR 2009 52.245-1 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY JUN 2007 52.245-2 GOVERNMENT PROPERTY INSTALLATION JUN 2007 OPERATION SERVICES 52.245-9 USE AND CHARGES JUN 2007 52.246-12 INSPECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AUG 1996 52.246-21 WARRANTY OF CONSTRUCTION MAR 1994 ALTERNATE I (APR 1984) 52.248-3 VALUE ENGINEERING--CONSTRUCTION SEP 2006 ALTERNATE I (APR 1984)

60 VA-243-09-IB-0288

52.249-2 TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE MAY 2004 GOVERNMENT (FIXED PRICE) ALTERNATE I (SEPT 1996) 52.249-10 DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE CONSTRUCTION) APR 1984

GENERAL DECISION: NY20080018 07/17/2009 NY18

Date: July 17, 2009 General Decision Number: NY20080018 07/17/2009

Superseded General Decision Number: NY20070018

State: New York

Construction Types: Building, Heavy, Highway and Residential

County: Westchester County in New York.

BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS, RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (consisting of single family homes and apartments up to and including 4 stories), AND HEAVY AND HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS

Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/08/2008 1 02/15/2008 2 03/14/2008 3 03/21/2008 4 04/04/2008 5 04/25/2008 6 05/23/2008 7 05/30/2008 8 06/06/2008 9 06/27/2008 10 07/04/2008 11 07/18/2008 12 07/25/2008 13 08/08/2008 14 08/22/2008 15 08/29/2008 16 01/02/2009 17 03/06/2009 18 03/27/2009 19 04/10/2009 20 04/24/2009 21 06/05/2009 22 06/12/2009 23 06/26/2009 24 07/03/2009 25 07/10/2009 26 07/17/2009

ASBE0091-003 05/26/2008

Rates Fringes

61 VA-243-09-IB-0288

HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLER (Duties limited to preparation, wetting, stripping, removal, scraping, vacuuming, bagging and disposing of all insulation materials whether they contain asbestos or not from mechanical systems)...... $ 25.55 9.95 Insulator/asbestos worker (Includes application of all insulating materials, protective coverings, coatings, and finishes to all types of mechanical systems)...... $ 35.39 29.53 ------BOIL0005-001 01/01/2007

Rates Fringes

BOILERMAKER...... $ 44.98 28.95+a

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Thanksgiving Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day and Good Friday, Friday after Thanksgiving, Christmas Eve Day and New Year's Eve ------BRNY0001-002 07/01/2008

Rates Fringes

Pointer, cleaner and caulker.....$ 39.34 19.79 ------BRNY0003-001 07/01/2006

Rates Fringes

TERRAZZO FINISHER...... $ 38.75 21.75 TERRAZZO WORKER/SETTER...... $ 40.09 21.75 ------BRNY0004-001 07/01/2007

Rates Fringes

MARBLE SETTER...... $ 47.83 22.20 ------BRNY0005-006 06/01/2009

HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION

Rates Fringes

BRICKLAYER Bricklayers, Stone Masons, Cement Masons, Plasterers,

62 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Pointers, Caulkers and Cleaner...... $ 37.84 24.04+a

FOOTNOTE: a. One hour voting time with pay on Election Day. ------BRNY0005-007 06/01/2009

BUILDING/RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

Rates Fringes

Bricklayer, Cement Mason, Plasterer & Stonemason...... $ 37.34 24.04+a

FOOTNOTE: a. One hour voting time with pay on Election Day ------BRNY0020-001 07/01/2007

Rates Fringes

MARBLE FINISHER...... $ 39.65 22.03 ------BRNY0024-001 01/01/2007

Rates Fringes

BRICKLAYER MARBLE POLISHERS...... $ 35.66 17.40 ------* BRNY0052-001 12/01/2008

Rates Fringes

Tile Layer...... $ 46.83 24.15 ------* BRNY0088-001 12/01/2008

Rates Fringes

TILE FINISHER...... $ 37.68 20.90 ------CARP0011-003 07/01/2009

Rates Fringes

Carpenters: Building...... $ 32.63 28.30 Heavy & Highway...... $ 32.63 28.30 Residential...... $ 25.00 16.40 ------CARP0740-001 07/01/2005

Rates Fringes

MILLWRIGHT...... $ 38.13 35.40 ------

63 VA-243-09-IB-0288

CARP1456-005 07/01/2008

Rates Fringes

Diver Tender...... $ 39.18 38.06 Diver...... $ 54.63 38.06 ------CARP1456-010 07/01/2008

Rates Fringes

Dock Builder & Piledrivermen.....$ 43.61 38.06 ------CARP1536-001 07/01/2003

Rates Fringes

Carpenters: TIMBERMEN...... $ 34.47 26.05 ------ELEC0003-003 05/07/2009

Rates Fringes

ELECTRICIAN (Teledata Technician)...... $ 45.75 31.39 a. $2.00 per hour not to exceed $14.00 per day. ------ELEC1249-001 05/04/2009

Rates Fringes

LINE CONSTRUCTION: Lineman (LIGHTING AND TRAFFIC SIGNAL WORK Including any and all Fiber Optic Cable necessary for Traffic Signal Systems, Traffic monitoring systems and Road Weather Information systems) Flagman...... $ 25.88 13.50+6.5%+a Ground Digging Machine Operator...... $ 38.82 13.50+6.5%+a Ground Truck Driver...... $ 34.50 13.50+6.5%+a Tractor, Trailer Unit...... $ 36.66 13.50+6.5%+a Lineman & Technician...... $ 43.13 13.50+6.5%+a Mechanic...... $ 34.50 13.50+6.5%+a

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Decoration Day, Election Day for the President of the Untied States and Election Day for the Governor of the State of New York provided the employee works two days before and two days after the holiday

64 VA-243-09-IB-0288

------ELEC1249-006 05/04/2009

Rates Fringes

Line Construction: Substation and switching structures pipetype cable, underground fuild and gas filled transmission conduit and cable installation, fiber optic ground wire, fiber optic shield wire or any other like product having ground protection or fiber optic capabilities, maintenance jobs or projects; railroad catenary installation and maintenance bonding of rails; Overhead & underground distribution work & Maintenance; Overhead and underground transmission line work: Cable Splicer...... $ 47.44 13.50+7%+a Flagman...... $ 25.88 13.50+7%+a Groundman digging machine operator...... $ 38.82 13.50+7%+a Groundman truck driver (tractor trailer unit).....$ 36.66 13.50+7%+a Groundman truck driver;....$ 34.50 13.50+7%+a Lineman & Technician...... $ 43.13 13.50+7%+a Mechanic...... $ 34.50 13.50+7%+a TELEPHONE, CATV FIBEROPTICS CABLE AND EQUIPMENT Cable Splicer/Central Office Person...... $ 23.07 13.50+7%+a Groundman...... $ 11.61 13.50+7%+a Installer Repairman- Teledata Lineman/Technician- Equipment Operator...... $ 21.91 13.50+7%+a TREE TRIMMER...... $ 18.92 13.50+7%+a

PAID HOLIDAYS:

a. New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Good Friday, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and Election Day for the President of the United States and Election Day for the Governor of New York State, provided the employee works two days before or two days after the holiday.

b. New years Day, Washington's Birthday, Good Friday, Decoration Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day,

65 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Thanksgiving Day, Day after Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day ------ELEV0001-002 03/17/2008

Rates Fringes

ELEVATOR MECHANIC Elevator Constructor...... $ 48.19 21.085+a+b Modernization and Repair....$ 38.46 20.935+a+b

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Good Friday, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day.

b. PAID VACATION: An employee who has worked less than 5 years shall recieve vacation pay credit on the basis of 4% of his hourly rate for all hours worked; an employee who has worked 5 to 15 years shall receive vacation pay credit on the basis of 6% of his hourly rate for all hours worked; an employee who has worked 15 or more years shall receive vacation pay credit on the basis of 8% of his hourly rate for all hours worked. ------ELEV0138-003 01/01/2009

WESTCHESTER COUNTY (Towns of Bedford, Cortland, Lewisboro, Mt. Kisco, North Salem, Pound Ridge, Somers, and Yorktown)

Rates Fringes

ELEVATOR MECHANIC...... $ 46.48 18.285+a+b

FOOTNOTES: a. 8 PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

b. Employer contributes 8% of basic hourly rate for 5 year or more of sevice or 6% of basic hourly rate for 6 months to 5 years of service as vacation pay credit. ------ENGI0137-005 03/03/2008

BUILDING & RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

Rates Fringes

Power equipment operators: GROUP 1-A...... $ 40.25 23.17+a GROUP 1-B...... $ 37.02 23.17+a GROUP 2-A...... $ 38.81 23.17+a GROUP 3-A...... $ 37.34 23.17+a GROUP 3-B...... $ 35.49 23.17+a

66 VA-243-09-IB-0288

GROUP 4-A...... $ 36.96 23.17+a GROUP 4-B...... $ 31.05 23.17+a GROUP 5-A...... $ 35.49 23.17+a GROUP 5-B...... $ 33.57 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-1...... $ 42.32 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-2...... $ 40.98 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-3...... $ 39.51 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-4...... $ 46.86 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-5...... $ 36.51 23.17+a GROUP 6-A-6...... $ 46.18 23.17+a GROUP 6-B-1...... $ 31.79 23.17+a GROUP 6-B-2...... $ 33.38 23.17+a GROUP 6-B-3...... $ 33.45 23.17+a GROUP 6-B-4...... $ 36.70 23.17+a

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day; Independence Day, Labor Day; Veteran's Day, Columbus Day, November Election Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, provided employee works two or more days in the calendar week in which the holiday falls.

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS (BUILDING):

GROUP 1-A: Carrier-trailer horse, concrete-portable hoist, crane & hoist engineer-steel (concrete, material, super structure sub- structure), derrick (stone-steel), elevator & cage, host-single- double-or triple drum), hoist-portable mobile unit, hoist engineer - concrete (crane-derrick-mine hoist), hoist engineer material, overhead crane, power house plant, telephies (cable way), whirly, maintenance engineer, lull highlift or similar, hydraulic crane 25 ton and over, cherry picker 25 ton and over; backhoe: Oliver 88, Fordson, Dynahoe, Dual purpose and similar machines, Barber Green Loader, Euclid loader or similar type machine, conway or similar mucking machines; dragline, gradall, shovel, backhoe etc. (crawler or truck); front end loaders, hydraulic boom, Jersey spreader, lift slab console (etc), Letouneau or Tournapull (scrapers over 20 yds struck), mucking machines, pavement breaker (air ram), paver (concrete), road boring machine, road mix machines, Ross carrier and similar machines, post hole digger, shovels (tunnels), side boom, spreader (asphalt), scoopmobile-tractor-shovel over 1 1/2 yds., trenching machines-Vermeer concrete saw trencher and similar, tractor type demolition equipment, winch truck ("a" frame), hydraulic crane over 10 tons up to 25 ton, cherry picker over 10 tons up to 25 ton.

GROUP 1-B: Compressor (steel erection); pulse meter and push button buzz box; elevator, mechanic (out-side) all types, welder, scraper-20 yds struck and under, shop foreman, machine pulling sheep's foot roller, vibratory rollers (etc), roller 4 ton and over.

67 VA-243-09-IB-0288

GROUP 2-A: Compactor self-propelled; grader; bulldozer D6 and under, machine pulling sheep's foot roller, vibratory rollers (etc).

GROUP 3-A: Asphalt plant; boiler (high pressure); concrete mixing plants; concrete pump; firemen; forklift; forklift (electric); joy drill or similar tractor drilling machine; loader - 1 1/2 yards and under; locomotive (all sizes); mixer concrete - 21E and over; portable asphalt plant; portable batch plant; portable crusher; quarry master; stone crusher; well drilling machine and well point system; cherry picker under 10 tons; hydraulic crane under 10 tons, concrete buggy one yard and up ride on dumster, Benford or similar.

GROUP 3-B: Compressor over 125 cu. feet; conveyor belt machine regardless of size; lighting unit (portable & generator); welding machine (steel erection and excavation); and compressor plant, stud machine, ladder hoist.

GROUP 4-A: Air tractor drill; batch plant; bending machines; concrete breaker; concrete spreader; curb cutter machine; farm tractor (all types); finishing machine-concrete; hepa vac clean air machine all similar types ofr removal of asbestos; material hopper-sand-stone-cement; mixer-concrete-under 21E; mulching grass spreader; pump-gypsum, etc., pump-plaster-grout fireproofing, roller under 4 ton, shop mechanic (not employed on job site), spreading & fine grading machine, steel cutting machine, syphon pump - air steam, tar joint machine, television cameras-water-sewer-gas-etc, Turbo jet burner or simlar equipment, vibrator (1 to 5), fine grading machine, roof hoist (tugger hoist).

GROUP 4-B: Compressor to 125 feet; dust collector; heater all types; pump; pump station (water and sewer); steam jenny; sweeper; chipper; mulcher.

GROUP 5-A: Concrete saw; oiler fuel truck and oiler grease truck.

GROUP 5-B: Oiler; stockroom attendant; paint compressor; motorized roller (walk behind).

GROUP 6-A-1: Master mechanic

GROUP 6-A-2: Helicopter host operator

GROUP 6-A-3: Welder certified

GROUP 6-A-4: Helicopter pilot

GROUP 6-A-5: Helicopter signalman

GROUP 6-A-6: Engineer-all tower cranes-all climbing cranes and all cranes of 100 ton capacity or greater (3900

68 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Manitowac or similar) irrespective of manufacturer and regardless of how the same is rigged (except for pile rigs).

GROUP 6-B-1: Utility man

GROUP 6-B-2: Warehouse man

GROUP 6-B-3: Second engineer

GROUP 6-B-4: Cable splicer.

NOTES:

Hazmat premium 20% Pumping Operation Premium .50 Loader Operator (over 5 cu yd) .50 Crane Operator (100-149 ft.) 2.00 Crane Operator (149 ft.+) 3.00 Shovel Operator (over 4 cu. yd) 1.00 ------ENGI0137-006 03/02/2009

HEAVY & HIGHWAY

Rates Fringes

Power equipment operators: GROUP 1...... $ 47.46 23.69+a GROUP 1-A...... $ 42.14 23.69+a GROUP 1-B...... $ 43.64 23.69+a GROUP 2-A...... $ 40.36 23.69+a GROUP 2-B...... $ 41.62 23.69+a GROUP 3...... $ 39.66 23.69+a GROUP 4-A...... $ 36.07 23.69+a GROUP 4-B...... $ 31.01 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-1...... $ 44.60 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-2...... $ 43.22 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-3...... $ 54.07 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-4...... $ 48.27 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-5...... $ 40.13 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-6...... $ 48.27 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-7...... $ 40.17 23.69+a GROUP 5-A-8...... $ 40.54 23.69+a GROUP 5-B-1...... $ 29.52 23.69+a GROUP 5-B-2...... $ 33.73 23.69+a GROUP 5-B-3...... $ 29.06 23.69+a

Loader Operator (over 5 cu yd.) .50 Shovel Operator (over 4 cu yd.) 1.00 Hazmat Premium Over Regular Rate 20%

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day; Memorial Day; Independence Day; Labor Day; Thanksgiving Day; Christmas Day; Lincoln's Birthday; Washington's Birthday; Good Friday; Columbus Day; November Election Day and -Veterans Day, provided the

69 VA-243-09-IB-0288

employee works two or more days in the calendar week in which the holiday occurs.

POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS (HEAVY & HIGHWAY)

GROUP 1: Boom Truck; Cherry Picker; Clamshell; Crane, (Crawler Truck); Dragline; Rough Terrain Crane

GROUP 1-A: Auger; auto grader; dynahoe; dual purpose and similar machines; Boat Captain; Boring Machine (all types); Bull Dozer- all sizes; Central Mix Plant Operator; Chipper-all types; Close Circuit T.V.; Compactor with Blade; Concrete Portable Hoist; C.M.I. or similar; Conway or similar mucking machines; Gradall, Shovell Backhoe, etc. Grader; Derrick (Stone-Steel); Elevator & cage, materials or passengers; Front End Loaders over 1 1/2 yds; Hoist Single, Double, Triple Drum; Hoist Portable Mobile Unit; Hoist Engineer-Concrete (Crane-Derrick-Mine Hoist); Hoist Engineer-Material; Hydraulic Boom; Letourneau or Tournapull (Scrapers over 20 yds. struck); Log Skidder; Movable Concrete Barrier Transfer & Transport Vehicle; Mucking Machines; Overhead Crane; Paver (concrete); Pulsemeter; Push Button (Buzz Box) Elevator; Road Mix Machines; Robot Hammer (Brock or Similar); Robotic Equipment (scope of Engineer schedule); Ross Carrier and similar machines; Shovels (Tunnels); Side Boom; Slip Form Machine; Spreader (Asphalt); Scoopmobile-Tractor-Shovel over 1 1/2 yds; Trenching Machines, Telephies-Vermeer Concrete Saw Trencher and/or similar; Tractor type demolition equipment; Whirly

GROUP 1-B: Road Paver: Asphalt

GROUP 2-A: Balast Regulators; Compactor self-propelled; Cow Tracks; Fusion Machine; Rail Anchor Machines; Roller 4 ton and over; Scrapers--20 yd struck and under; Swich Tampers; Vibratory Roller, etc.; Welder

GROUP 2-B: Mechanic (outside) all types

GROUP 3-A: Air tractor drill; asphalt plant; batch plant; boiler (high pressure; concrete breaker; concrete pump; concrete spreader; curb cutter machine; farm tractor (all types); finishing machine (concrete); fine grading machine; fireman; forklift; forklift (electric); John Henry Drill or similar; joy drill or similar tractor drilling machine; loader - 1 1/2 yards and under; locomotive (all sizes), maintenance engineer; machine pulling sheeps foot roller;material hopper; mixer concrete - 21-E and over; mulching grass spreader; portable asphalt plant, portable batch plant, portable crusher; powerhouse plant; quarry master; roller under 4 ton; spreading and fine grading machine; steel cutting machine; stone crusher; sweeper; turbo jet burner or similar ; well drilling machine (except water well drilling); winch truck "A" frame;

GROUP 4-A: Service man (fuel or grease truck).

70 VA-243-09-IB-0288

GROUP 4-B: Compressor-Compressor Plant-Paint; Compressor-Steel Erection; Conveyor Belt machine; Lighting Unit (Portable & Generator); Pilot/Assistant Engineer/2 seated; Pumps-Pump Station-Water-Sewer-Gypsum-Plaster, etc.; Pump Truck (Sewer Jet or Similar); Roller-Motoraized (Walk behind); Welding Machine (Steel Erection); Bending Machine; Dust Collector; Mixer Concrete under 21-E; Heater- all types; Steam Jenny; Syphon Pump-Air- Steam; Tar Joint Machine; Vibrator (1 to 5); Compressor Truck Mounted (2-6)

GROUP 5-A-1: Master Mechanic

GROUP 5-A-2: Helicopter hoist operator.

GROUP 5-A-3: Engineer - all tower cranes, all climbing cranes and all cranes of 100 ton capacity or greater (3900 Manitowac or similar) irrespective of manufacturer and regardless of how the same is rigged (except for pile rigs).

GROUP 5-A-4: Hoist Engineer - steel - sub-structure; Engineer-- Pile Driver

GROUP 5-A-5: Welder-Certified

GROUP 5-A-6: Helicopter - pilot.

GROUP 5-A-7: Helicopter - signalman.

GROUP 5-A-8: Jersey-spreader, pavement breaker (air ram); post hole digger;

GROUP 5-B-1: Utility Man

GROUP 5-B-2: Concrete Saw

GROUP 5-B-3: Oiler ------IRON0040-001 07/01/2009

WESTCHESTER COUNTY

Rates Fringes

IRONWORKER, STRUCTURAL...... $ 41.05 43.91 ------IRON0046-003 07/01/2009

Rates Fringes

IRONWORKER METALLIC LATHERS...... $ 39.00 41.37 ------IRON0197-001 07/01/2009

Rates Fringes

71 VA-243-09-IB-0288

IRONWORKER STONE DERRICKMAN...... $ 40.50 38.32 ------IRON0580-001 01/01/2009

Rates Fringes

IRONWORKER: ORNAMENTAL...... $ 39.85 39.67 ------LABO0060-002 04/01/2009

HEAVY/HIGHWAY

Rates Fringes

Laborers: GROUP 1...... $ 33.35 17.20+a GROUP 2...... $ 32.00 17.20+a GROUP 3...... $ 31.60 17.20+a GROUP 4...... $ 31.25 17.20+a GROUP 5...... $ 30.90 17.20+a GROUP 6...... $ 24.55 17.20+a GROUP 7...... $ 32.90 17.20+a SHAFT AND TUNNEL IN FREE AIR GROUP 1...... $ 38.02 17.20+a GROUP 2...... $ 36.77 17.20+a GROUP 3...... $ 36.27 17.20+a GROUP 4...... $ 35.77 17.20+a GROUP 5...... $ 35.52 17.20+a GROUP 6...... $ 35.12 17.20+a GROUP 7...... $ 34.92 17.20+a GROUP 8:...... $ 34.77 17.20+a GROUP 9...... $ 34.62 17.20+a

LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS (HEAVY/HIGHWAY):

GROUP 1: Blasters.

GROUP 2: Burner, Jumbo Driller, Joy Driller, Wagon Driller, Air Track Driller, Hydraulic Driller, Concrete Form Aligner, Concrete Form and Curb Form Highway (Steel), Asphalt Screedman, Asphalt Raker.

GROUP 3: Asphalt Curb Machine Operator, Jeeper Operator, Pavement Breaker Operator, Power Saw Operator, Jack Hammer Driller. All types of pheumatic tools gasoline driller, concrete saw, gunniting, railroad spike puller and sandblasting, pipe layer, deck winches on scows, power buggy operator, power wheelbarrow operator.

GROUP 4: General concrete laborers-anything pertaining to concrete, aggregate or concrete material handling, puddlers, asphalt worker, rock scalers, vibrator operator, bit grinder, concrete grinder, air tampers and all tampers not covered by any other classification, form pin puller, pumps and their operation, service of air power, epoxy and

72 VA-243-09-IB-0288

waterproofing worker, fine grade person between forms, barco rammer, guard and guide rail and link fence, steel kings.

GROUP 5: Common laborers, signal person and pit person , truck spotters, powder person, landscape and nursery person, dump person.

GROUP 6: Flagperson

GROUP 7: Asbestos and Toxic Waste laborer

SHAFT AND TUNNEL IN FREE AIR CLASSIFICATIONS

GROUP 1: Blaster

GROUP 2: Concrete and form setters

GROUP 3: Miners, drill runners, air tuggers, chippers, pneumatic tools, and source of airpower, pumps and their operations, vibrator operators

GROUP 4: Puddlers

GROUP 5: Chuck tenders, nippers, concrete laborers tunnel sewer and water pipeliners, boring

GROUP 6: Laborers

GROUP 7: Powder carriers, signalmen

GROUP 8: Brakemen

GROUP 9: Outside laborers

FOOTNOTE: a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, November Election Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. ------LABO0235-001 05/01/2002

BUILDING

Rates Fringes

LABORER...... $ 23.50 13.85 ------LABO0235-002 05/01/2002

RESIDENTIAL

Rates Fringes

LABORER...... $ 20.50 11.80 ------

73 VA-243-09-IB-0288

PAIN0009-003 05/01/2008

Rates Fringes

Painters: GLAZIERS...... $ 38.00 29.59 Painters, Paperhanger, Drywall Finishers & Lead Abatement Worker...... $ 34.50 19.84 Spray, Scaffold, Sandblasting...... $ 37.50 19.84 ------PLUM0021-003 05/01/2009

Rates Fringes

Plumber and Steamfitter Zone 1...... $ 44.21 22.66 ------ROOF0008-003 07/01/2008

Rates Fringes

ROOFER, Including Built Up, Composition and Single Ply Roofs...... $ 36.25 26.34 ------SFNY0669-002 04/01/2008

Rates Fringes

SPRINKLER FITTER...... $ 39.15 16.30 ------SHEE0038-001 07/01/2009

Rates Fringes

Sheet metal worker...... $ 39.18 28.37 ------TEAM0456-001 07/01/2009

HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCION

Rates Fringes

Truck drivers: GROUP 1...... $ 38.13 19.45+a GROUP 2...... $ 35.38 19.45+a GROUP 3...... $ 35.83 19.45+a GROUP 4...... $ 36.00 19.45+a GROUP 5...... $ 35.50 19.45+a GROUP 6...... $ 36.13 19.45+a GROUP 7...... $ 36.38 19.45+a GROUP 8...... $ 36.88 19.45+a GROUP 9...... $ 37.25 19.45+a GROUP10...... $ 36.75 19.45+a

74 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Hazardous/Toxic Waste - An additional 20% of the basic hourly wage rate set forth in this wage determination.

CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTIONS

GROUP 1: Lowboy (carrying equipment)

GROUP 2: Straight jobs: 6-Wheeler, 10-Wheeler, A-Frame Trucks (inside cab), Winch Truck (inside cab), Dynamite Truck, Seeding Truck, Mulching Truck, Agitator Truck, Water Truck, Cement Trucks (all types), Suburbans, Station Wagons, Cars, Pickups.

GROUP 3: Fuel and tire trucks.

GROUP 4: Tractor trailers (all types)

GROUP 5: 14 Wheeler

GROUP 6: Off-Road Equipment under 40 tons: Athey wagon, DJB, Belly dumps, Articulated Dumps, Trailer wagons.

GROUP 7: Off-Road Equipment over 40 tons: Euclid, Athey Wagon, D.J.B., Belly Dumps, Articulated Dumps, Trailer Wagons.

GROUP 8: Darts.

GROUP 9: RXS

GROUP 10: Off Road Equipment (Under 40 Tons): Euclid

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Lincoln's Birthday, Washington's Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Columbus Day, November Election Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day, provided employee works two or more days in the calendar week in which the holiday falls.

PAID VACATION: 4 weeks paid vacation after 20 years of service and 30 days of employment in current contract year; 3 weeks after 10 years of seniority service; 3 weeks after 10 years and 60 days of employment in contract year, 3 weeks and 1 day after 16 years of seniority service, 3 weeks and 2 days after 17 years of seniority service; 3 weeks and 3 days after 18 years of seniority service; 3 weeks and 4 days after 19 years of seniority service; The third week and every additional day shall be granted to employee in the calendar year in which he completes his tenth or other years of seniority service; 2 weeks after 130 days of employment in the calendar year; 2 weeks after 5 years and 90 days seniority service in calander year; 1 week and 1 additional day for each additional 18 days of employment not exceeding 10 days in any one calander year after 90 days of employment. Casual employees 1 day for

75 VA-243-09-IB-0288

every 18 days of employment. An employee who does not qualify for vacation shall be paid pro rata on a daily basis. Holiday shall be counted as days worked for vacation benefits.

LEGAL SERVICES FUND: Employer shall contribute $.20 to the fund on the same basis for all hours paid to employees in the form of holiday pay or vacation pay. In addition to the benefits paid for Health-Welfare and Pension for up to 40 hours worked an additional $.25 is paid for each hour worked. The employer shall grant 3 calendar days off without loss of pay to an employee who has death in his/her immediate family, inclusive of the day of the funeral. ------TEAM0813-002 12/01/1998

BUILDING & RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION

Rates Fringes

Truck drivers: GROUP 1...... $ 19.19 3.61+a GROUP 2...... $ 19.47 3.61+a GROUP 3...... $ 19.62 3.61+a GROUP 4...... $ 19.95 3.61+a GROUP 5...... $ 20.11 3.61+a GROUP 6...... $ 21.00 3.61+a GROUP 7...... $ 21.98 3.61+a GROUP 8...... $ 19.62 3.61+a

FOOTNOTE:

a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Birthday, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, Employee's Birthday, Two (2) Personal Days and any holiday or day of mourning proclaimed as such by the State or Federal Government.

TRUCK DRIVER CLASSIFICATIONS

GROUP 1: Closed body trucks with self-contained loading unit up to and including 22 yard capacity.

GROUP 2: Open trucks, rack body, or trucks which have no self contained mechanical loading device, up to 22 yard capacity. One-container tractor hoist.

GROUP 3: 10 wheel, open trucks, container loaders, dino-master, over-cab loaders, rack body trucks, or trucks 22 yards to and including 25 yards capacity.

GROUP 4: Rubbish and garbage trucks 26 yards to and including 31 yards capacity.

GROUP 5: Single axle working non-compactor containers up to 15 yards capacity on rubbish and garbage removal only.

76 VA-243-09-IB-0288

GROUP 6: Roll-off trucks up to and including 42 yards capacity.

GROUP 7: Roll-off truck with more than 42 yards capacity or any tractor-trailer trucks.

GROUP 8: One-container tractor hoist on construction and alteration debris removal. ------

WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ======

Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).

------

In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing.

------

WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS

1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be:

* an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling

On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.

With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:

Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.

77 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Washington, DC 20210

2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:

Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210

The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.

3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:

Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210

4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.

======

END OF GENERAL DECISION

78 VA-243-09-IB-0288

SECTION 00851 LIST OF DRAWINGS

The drawings listed below accompanying this specification form a part of the contract.

Drawing No. Title

T-1 Title Sheet, Area Map, Drawing List

ASB-1 Gymnasium Roof Asbestos Abatement

EX-1 Part Upper Roof Plan – Existing Framing Plan and Elevation of Existing Truss

D-1 Part Roof Plan - Demolition, details and Photographs

A-1 Part Floor Plan , Part Roof plan and Details

A-2 Elevations

A-3 Details

A-4 Part Lower Roof Plan and Details

A-5 Part Upper Roof Plan - Framing and Details

E-1 Lighting Protection Plan and Details

79 VA-243-09-IB-0288

- - - END - - -

SECTION 01010 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1 GENERAL INTENTION: A. 1) Contractor to provide all tools, resources, and supervision to construct a retrofit metal roof structure over the existing gym roof of Building 26 at the Montrose Campus of the Department of Veterans Affairs Hudson Valley Health Care System. Along with the retrofit roof, the project includes demolishing and re-roofing of the flat portion of the lower roof in front of the gym. The gym roof is approximately 77ft X 114ft., the flat lower roof is approximately 9ft X 94ft.

2) Contractor shall generally furnish all labor, equipment and materials to perform the work as specified / required by drawings and specifications.

B. Visits to the site by Bidders may be made only by appointment with the Medical Center Engineering Officer.

C. Unless otherwise noted, testing of materials is the responsibility of the Contractor. All testing is to be performed by a qualified, licensed testing laboratory selected by the Contractor, approved by the Contracting Officer. Before placement and installation, work will be subjected to tests by testing laboratory, the Contractor shall notify the Resident Engineer/ COTR in sufficient time to enable testing laboratory personnel to be present at the site in time for proper taking and testing of specimens and field inspection, if elected, by a government representative. Prior notice shall be not less than three workdays unless otherwise designated by the Resident Engineer / COTR.

D. The construction site shall be enclosed with a chain link fence during construction to ensure pedestrian and vehicle safety. Furthermore, the Contractor shall, at all times, maintain at least one clear lane for vehicular ingress and egress, and emergency vehicle access. The Contractor shall provide unimpeded access for vehicles

80 VA-243-09-IB-0288

at all times. This shall be accomplished by the use of flagmen, signage and other directional indicators.

E. The contractor shall procure an independent utility mark-out service to locate and mark

buried utilities VA and others in the construction area. Dig safe regulations of state and local

regulatory agencies shall be complied with.

F. All employees of general contractor and subcontractors shall comply with VA security management program and obtain permission of the VA police, be identified by project engineer and employer, and restricted from unauthorized access. All employees of the general contractor, all subcontractors will be required to be made available to Police Service at the FDR, Montrose Campus to apply for photo identification badge and fingerprinting following badge production the employee shall return in person to receive issue of the badge. The Contractor and subcontractors are responsible to furnish the names of all employees scheduled to work to the COTR within tens days of the Notice to Proceed. The contractor shall identify on the construction schedule of work, the date for start of work of short term specialty subcontractors. Employees not issued identification badges will have to leave the site at no addition cost to the government. Refer to Section # 01340 SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS.

G. Prior to commencing work, general contractor shall provide proof that an OSHA certified “competent person” (29 CFR 1926.20(b) (2) will maintain a presence at the work site whenever the general or subcontractors are present.

H. Presence of the “competent person” shall be required whenever there is a presence of the Contractor or any of their Subcontractors at the worksite. Competent Person shall have a minimum of 30 hours of OSHA training and submit required document to the Contracting Officer. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to furnish this information within thirty (30) days of the Notice to Proceed

I. All other employees of the Contractor and subcontractor(s) shall have a minimum of 10 hours OSHA training and submit requisite documentation to the Contracting Officer Prior to the start of any work.

81 VA-243-09-IB-0288

J. Submit training records of all such employees for approval before the start of work. Refer to Section # 01340 SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS.

K. Daily Check-In & Superintendent Superintendent shall sign-in at the beginning of each day of work and Sign-out at the end of the work day at the Office of Engineering Service at FDR, Montrose or Castle Point campuses. The superintendent or a designee assigned prior in writing is required to sign in for the work day. In addition, the contractor is responsible for submitting daily work logs to the COTR at the end of every work day.

 FDR, Montrose Engineering Service Office 7:00 AM – 4:30 PM  Castle Point Engineering Service Office 8:00 AM – 4:30 PM  Off-duty hour check in shall be arranged with the COTR.

L. Dig Permit (where applicable) The contractor shall complete the VA dig permit with the COTR and submit the Dig Safe notification prior to start of any excavation work.

1.2 STATEMENT OF BID ITEM(S) Additional work includes but is not limited to:

Item 1 Base Bid Construction - Gym Roof (upper roof) – The demolition of the existing built-up roof system. Insulation is to be removed in it’s entirety down to the concrete decking.

The roof contains asbestos-contaminated roof flashing that needs to be abated to allow roof replacement. Asbestos- contaminated materials shall be abated in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 and Federal regulations as they pertain to asbestos abatement. Asbestos contaminated roof flashing on this roof is approximately 8400 square feet.

The slope pitch for the retrofit roof is 4:12. The retrofit roof framing system is to resist the forces produced by the following loads: Wind Load – In accordance with ASCE 7-02 Exposure B, Importance factor is 1.5, Wind Velocity is 100MPH

82 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Wind Uplift – Framing system shall be fastened to the existing roof structure as required to resist wind uplift forces as defined in accordance with Factory Mutual FM 1-90 Live Load/Snow Load – 45 psf minimum. (ground snow load)

Contractor is responsible for verifying conditions of the existing roof system and structural supports before starting installation of the framing system.

Lower Roof – Existing built-up roof system including insulation is to be removed in its entirety down to the concrete deck. Existing roof is to be replaced with new EPDM sheet roof system.

The roof contains asbestos-contaminated roof flashing that needs to be abated to allow roof replacement. Asbestos- contaminated materials shall be abated in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 and Federal regulations as they pertain to asbestos abatement. Asbestos contaminated roof flashing on this roof is approximately 735 square feet.

Contractor will be responsible for providing temporary protection consisting of temporary seal and water cut-offs at the end of each day’s work and when work is halted for an indefinite period or work is stopped when precipitation is imminent.

1.3 SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONTRACTOR A. AFTER AWARD OF CONTRACT, up to three (3) sets of specifications and drawings will be furnished to the contractor. B. Additional sets of drawings may be made by the Contractor, at Contractor's expense, from reproducible sepia prints furnished by Issuing Office. Such sepia prints shall be returned to the Issuing Office immediately after printing is completed.

1.4 FIRE SAFETY A. Applicable Publications: Publications listed below form part of this Article to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designations only. 1. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) E84-1998...... Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials

83 VA-243-09-IB-0288

2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 10-1998...... Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers FCLCH-30-2000...... Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code 51B-1999...... Standard for Fire Prevention During Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work 70-2000...... National Electrical Code 241-2000...... Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 29 CFR 1926...... Safety and Health Regulations for Construction B. Fire Safety Plan: Establish and maintain a fire protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926. Prior to start of work, prepare a plan detailing project-specific fire safety measures, including periodic status reports, and submit to Resident Engineer and Facility Safety Officer for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. Prior to any worker for the contractor or subcontractors beginning work, they shall undergo a safety briefing provided by the general contractor’s competent person per OSHA requirements. This briefing shall include information on the construction limits, VAMC safety guidelines, means of egress, break areas, work hours, locations of restrooms, use of VAMC equipment, etc. Documentation shall be provided to the Resident Engineer that individuals have undergone contractor’s safety briefing. C. Site and Building Access: Maintain free and unobstructed access to facility emergency services and for fire, police and other emergency response forces in accordance with NFPA 241. D. Separate temporary facilities, such as trailers, storage sheds, and dumpsters, from existing buildings and new construction by distances in accordance with NFPA 241. For small facilities with less than 6 m (20 feet) exposing overall length, separate by 3m (10 feet). E. Temporary Construction Partitions: 1. Install and maintain temporary construction partitions to provide smoke-tight separations between construction areas, areas that are described in phasing requirements and adjoining areas. Construct partitions of gypsum board or treated plywood (flame spread rating of 25 or less in accordance with ASTM E84) on both sides of fire retardant treated wood or metal steel studs. Extend the partitions

84 VA-243-09-IB-0288

through suspended ceilings to floor slab deck or roof. Seal joints and penetrations. At door openings, install Class C, ¾ hour fire/smoke rated doors with self-closing devices. 2. Install one-hour / two-hour fire-rated temporary construction partitions as shown on drawings to maintain integrity of existing exit stair enclosures, exit passageways, fire- rated enclosures of hazardous areas, horizontal exits, smoke barriers, vertical shafts and openings enclosures. 3. Close openings in smoke barriers and fire-rated construction to maintain fire ratings. Seal penetrations with listed through-penetration fire stop materials in accordance with Section 07270, FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS. F. Temporary Heating and Electrical: Install, use and maintain installations in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 70. G. Means of Egress: Do not block exiting for occupied buildings, including paths from exits to roads. Minimize disruptions and coordinate with Resident Engineer and facility Safety Officer. H. Egress Routes for Construction Workers: Maintain free and unobstructed egress. Inspect daily. Report findings and corrective actions weekly to Resident Engineer and facility Safety Officer. I. Fire Extinguishers: Provide and maintain extinguishers in construction areas and temporary storage areas in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 10. J. Flammable and Combustible Liquids: Store, dispense and use liquids in accordance with 29 CFR 1926, NFPA 241 and NFPA 30. K. Standpipes: Install and extend standpipes up with each floor in accordance with 29 CFR 1926 and NFPA 241. Do not charge wet standpipes subject to freezing until weather protected. L. Sprinklers: Install, test and activate new automatic sprinklers prior to removing existing sprinklers. M. Existing Fire Protection: Do not impair automatic sprinklers, smoke and heat detection, and fire alarm systems, except for portions immediately under construction, and temporarily for connections. Provide fire watch for impairments more than 4 hours in a 24-hour period. Request interruptions in accordance with Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, and coordinate with Resident Engineer and facility Safety Officer. All existing or temporary fire protection systems (fire alarms, sprinklers) located in construction areas shall be tested as coordinated with the medical center. Parameters

85 VA-243-09-IB-0288

for the testing and results of any tests performed shall be recorded by the medical center and copies provided to the Resident Engineer. N. Smoke Detectors: Prevent accidental operation. Remove temporary covers at end of work operations each day. Coordinate with Resident Engineer and facility Safety Officer. O. Hot Work: Perform and safeguard hot work operations in accordance with NFPA 241 and NFPA 51B.Coordinate with Engineer. Obtain permits from facility Fire Department at least 48 hours in advance. Designate contractor's responsible project-site fire prevention program manager to permit hot work. See paragraph 1.5 for more information. P. Fire Hazard Prevention and Safety Inspections: Inspect entire construction areas weekly. Coordinate with, and report findings and corrective actions weekly to Resident Engineer and facility Safety Officer. Q. Smoking: Smoking is prohibited in and adjacent to construction areas inside existing buildings and additions under construction. In separate and detached buildings under construction, smoking is prohibited except in designated smoking rest areas. R. Dispose of waste and debris in accordance with NFPA 241. Remove from buildings daily. S. Perform other construction, alteration and demolition operation in accordance with 29 CFR 1926. T. Submit documentation to the Resident Engineer/ COTR that personnel have been trained in the fire safety aspects of working in areas with impaired structural or compartmentalization features. U. All temporary heating equipment shall be installed in accordance with requirements of applicable NFPA Standards and manufacturers’ instructions. V. All flammable liquids shall be handled, stored and used in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 30-1990. W. All temporary electrical wiring and equipment used for construction shall be installed and used in accordance with pertinent provisions of NFPA Standard No. 70-1990. X. All construction activities not already covered above shall be in accordance with the latest edition of NFPA No. 241-1898 Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alternation, and Demolition Operations, in effect at time of contract award.

1.5 HOT WORK PERMIT

86 VA-243-09-IB-0288

A. The Contractor is responsible for requesting a “Hot “Work” permit each day prior to commencing any cutting, burning, and welding or open torch work. The permit is requested and obtained through the Fire Department following an inspection by the Fire Department and COTR of the intended area of use. The permit once issued will be for a maximum duration of one (1) day, after which a renewal, if required, must be requested by the Contractor. B. Before approving any “Hot Work” permit, the Contractor’s authorized representative, the COTR, and other representatives of the Dept. of Veterans Affairs shall inspect the work area and confirm that precautions have been taken to prevent fire in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 51B. Following a positive inspection, a representative of the Fire Dept. will issue the “Hot Work” permit. C. In areas of “Hot Work” the following precautions are considered essential: 1. Sprinklers are in service where installed. 2. Cutting, welding, and other open flame torches are in good repair. 3. within 15 feet of the actual work: a. Floors swept clean of combustible materials. b. No combustible materials or flammable liquids are present. c. All wall and floor openings are covered. d. Covers suspended beneath work to collect sparks. 4. When working on enclosed equipment and in confined space, equipment and area is free of flammable vapors. 5. Fire watch provided during and 30 minutes after operation (60 minutes for torch applied roofing operations.

1.6. OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS

A. The Contractor shall confine all operations (including storage of materials) on Government premises to areas authorized or approved by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall hold and save the Government, its officers and agents, free and harmless from liability of any nature occasioned by the Contractor's performance. Storage of contractor material(s), supplies and equipment will be prohibited at the worksite. Contractor shall provide, supply and maintain their own watertight, lockable, secure storage trailers. Contractor shall locate trailers where directed by the CO.

87 VA-243-09-IB-0288

B. Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices) and utilities may be erected by the Contractor only with the approval of the Contracting Officer and shall be built with labor and materials furnished by the Contractor without expense to the Government. The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor at its expense upon completion of the work. With the written consent of the Contracting Officer, the buildings and utilities may be abandoned and need not be removed. C. The Contractor shall, under regulations prescribed by the Contracting Officer, use only established roadways, or use temporary roadways constructed by the Contractor when and as authorized by the Contracting Officer. When materials are transported in prosecuting the work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by any Federal, State, or local law or regulation. When it is necessary to cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect them from damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for the repair of any damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads. (FAR 52.236-10) D. Working space and space available for storing materials shall be as determined by the Resident Engineer / COTR. The Contractor shall consider that storage of excavated materials on roadways, walkways and parking areas is prohibited. Remote stockpile location shall be as determined by the Resident Engineer / COTR. E. Workmen are subject to rules of Medical Center applicable to their conduct. F. Execute work so as to interfere as little as possible with normal functioning of Medical Center as a whole, including operations of utility services, fire protection systems and any existing equipment, patients, visitors, staff and/ or with work being done by others. Use of equipment and tools that transmit vibrations and noises through the building structure, are not permitted in buildings that are occupied, during construction, jointly by patients or medical personnel, and Contractor's personnel. Keep roads clear of construction materials, debris, standing construction equipment and vehicles at all times. Do not block crosswalks and / or handicap access.

1. The Contractor shall employ methods to permit unimpeded vehicular traffic (tractor trailers, Straight box truck, van. etc.). The Contractor shall provide and submit detailed procedures of construction operations. At all times the contractor is responsible for means of pedestrian and vehicular egress. No roadway closure will

88 VA-243-09-IB-0288

be permitted; Traffic lane closure shall be approved by the VA upon minimum 48 hour written notification.

2. Do not store materials and equipment in other than assigned areas. Storage of construction equipment and excess materials is prohibited within the workspace. Store all construction materials and other equipment only in lockable, watertight secure trailers. 3. Schedule delivery of materials and equipment for immediate construction in working areas within buildings in use by Department of Veterans Affairs in quantities sufficient for not more than two workdays. The Contractor shall be on site to receive all schedule deliveries. The Medical Center Warehouse will not accept deliveries; do not use the warehouse as a shipping destination. a. The COTR/Contracting Officer will assign routes for the delivery of materials and supplies to the job site if such routes are not designated in the Contract Doc- ument. Under no circumstances will Government accept deliveries for the Contrac- tor. b. The Contractor will advise the COTR/Contracting Officer, in writing, 48 hours in advance of delivery of materials or equipment requiring the blocking of any Medical Center road, street, walkway, or building egress and await a written reply pri- or to effecting such blockage.

c. Building loading docks and landings may be used to load or unload construction materials when requested by the Contractor in writing and approved by the COTR. Approval to utilize loading dock areas may contain restrictions as to areas which can be utilized by the Contractor. d. Loading docks are not to be used as storage areas nor is the docks to be considered as a parking area for more than 20 minutes.

4. Provide unobstructed access to Medical Center areas required to remain in operation. Where access by Medical Center personnel to vacated portions of buildings is required, storage of Contractor's materials and equipment will not be permitted.

G. Phasing: To insure such executions, Contractor shall furnish the Resident Engineer / COTR with a schedule of approximate phasing dates on which the Contractor intends to accomplish work in each specific area of site, building or portion thereof. In addition, Contractor shall notify the Resident Engineer / COTR two weeks in advance

89 VA-243-09-IB-0288

of the proposed date of starting work in each specific area of site, building or portion thereof. Arrange such phasing dates to insure accomplishment of this work in successive phases mutually agreeable to Medical Center Director, Resident Engineer / COTR and Contractor, as follows: No construction work between October 1 through May 15.

Phase I: Submittals. Contractor shall submit all required submittals in Division No. 1 and other documents discussed at Noticed to Proceed Meeting. The Contracting Officer (CO) will determine documents that are required. The time stipulated by the CO for document submission is usually 10 calendar days after Notice to Proceed.

DURATION - 10 Calendar Days

Phase II: Critical submittals as indicated herein are to be submitted within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed and until approval No work shall commence on the job site. The remaining submittals must be submitted within 60 Calendar Days of the Notice to Proceed, in a timely fashion to enable receipt and approval. Delays and lack to progress work on schedule will be borne by the Contractor.

Critical submittals shall include Division No. 1, Division No. 2 and Division 15

VAHVHCS shall review critical submittals and return to contractor. Submittals will be returned within 30 days of receipt of submittal.

DURATION - 30 Calendar Days for contractor to submit critical submittals DURATION - 30 Calendar Days for VAHVHCS to review critical submittals

Phase III: Perform and complete work – 220 Days

Phase IV: Contractor shall clean up site within 10 Calendar Days of the above- indicated completion. VAHVHCS shall perform a final inspection after site is cleaned by contractor.

Total Contract completion shall be 300 calendar days from Notice to Proceed.

H. Buildings will be occupied during performance of work; but immediate areas of alterations may be vacated.

90 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Site preparation for each piece of equipment, designated to be relocated shall be complete, tested and accepted including any and all electrical testing, manufactures’ inspection and testing prior to the relocation of the equipment and be coordinated by the contractor. All equipment scheduled to be relocated shall be performed only by the equipment manufacture or the equipment manufactures’ authorized representative. Only after the completion of the work by the contractor and acceptance of the work by the Department of Veterans Affairs (including and receiving the required UL electrical inspection), will VA personnel be moved. During this move the contractor shall relocate existing equipment scheduled to be relocated if required. 1. Contractor shall take all measures and provide all material necessary for protecting existing equipment and property in affected areas of construction against dust and debris, so that equipment and affected areas to be used in the Medical Centers operations will not be hindered. Contractor shall permit access to Department of Veterans Affairs personnel and patients through other construction areas, which serve as routes of access to such affected areas and equipment. Coordinate alteration work in areas occupied by Department of Veterans Affairs so that Medical Center operations will continue during the construction period. I. Construction Fence: Before asbestos abatement and any exterior construction operations commences, Contractor shall provide a chain link construction fence, eight feet minimum height, around the construction area, storage area, dumpster disposal area as needed and / or as indicated on the drawings, where shown. Provide gates as required for access with necessary hardware, including hasps and padlocks. Fasten fence fabric to terminal posts with tension bands and to line posts and top and bottom rails with tie wires spaced at maximum 15 inches. Bottom of fences shall extend to one inch above grade. Remove the fence when directed by Resident Engineer / COTR. J. When the work space is turned over to Contractor, Contractor shall accept entire responsibility therefore. 1. Contractor shall maintain a minimum temperature of 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) at all times, except as otherwise specified. 2. Contractor shall maintain in operating condition existing fire protection and alarm equipment. In connection with fire alarm equipment, Contractor shall make arrangements for pre-inspection of site with Fire Department or Company

91 VA-243-09-IB-0288

(Department of Veterans Affairs or municipal) whichever will be required to respond to an alarm from Contractor's employee or watchman. K. Utilities Services: Maintain existing utility services for Medical Center at all times. Provide temporary facilities, labor, materials, equipment, connections, and utilities to assure uninterrupted services. Where necessary to cut existing water, steam, gases, sewer or air pipes, or conduits, wires, cables, etc. of utility services or of fire protection systems and communications systems (including telephone), they shall be cut and capped at suitable places where shown; or, in absence of such indication, where directed by Resident Engineer / COTR. All such actions shall be coordinated with the Utility Company involved.

1. No utility service such as water, gas, steam, sewers or electricity, or fire protection systems and communications systems may be interrupted without prior approval of Resident Engineer. Electrical work shall be accomplished with all affected circuits or equipment de-energized. When an electrical outage cannot be accomplished, work on any energized circuits or equipment shall not commence without the Medical Center Director’s prior knowledge and written approval. Refer to specification Section 16050 for additional requirements. 2. Contractor shall submit a request to interrupt any such services to Resident Engineer/COTR, in writing, 48 hours in advance of proposed interruption. Request shall state reason, date, exact time of, and approximate duration of such interruption. 3. Contractor will be advised (in writing) of approval of request, or of which other date and/or time such interruption will cause least inconvenience to operations of Medical Center. Interruption time approved by Medical Center may occur at other than Contractor's normal working hours. 4. Major interruptions of any system must be requested, in writing, at least 15 calendar days prior to the desired time and shall be performed as directed by the Resident Engineer. 5. In case of a contract construction emergency, service will be interrupted on approval of Resident Engineer. Such approval will be confirmed in writing as soon as practical. 6. Whenever it is required that a connection fee be paid to a public utility provider for new permanent service to the construction project, for such items as water, sewer, electricity, gas or steam, payment of such fee shall be the responsibility of the Government and not the Contractor.

92 VA-243-09-IB-0288

L. Abandoned Lines: All service lines such as wires, cables, conduits, ducts, pipes and the like, and their hangers or supports, which are to be abandoned but are not required to be entirely removed, shall be sealed, capped or plugged. The lines shall not be capped in finished areas, but shall be removed and sealed, capped or plugged in ceilings, within furred spaces, in unfinished areas, or within walls or partitions; so that they are completely behind the finished surfaces. M. To minimize interference of construction activities with flow of Medical Center traffic, comply with the following:

1. Keep roads, walks and entrances to grounds, to parking and to occupied areas of buildings clear of construction materials, debris and standing construction equipment and vehicles. Wherever excavation for new utility lines cross existing roads, at least one lane must be open to traffic at all times. 2. Method and scheduling of required cutting, altering and removal of existing roads; walks and entrances must be approved by the Resident Engineer.

N. Coordinate the work for this contract with other construction operations as directed by Resident Engineer. This includes the scheduling of traffic and the use of roadways, as specified in Article, USE OF ROADWAYS. O. Contractor shall provide own storage for all construction materials and provide security for same. Storage shall be watertight, lockable and secure and be located as directed by the Contracting officer. Storage of construction materials in the worksite is prohibited.

1.7 ALTERATIONS A. Survey: Before any work is started, the Contractor shall make a thorough survey with the COTR, and a representative of the Contracting Officer, of areas of buildings in which alterations occur and areas which are anticipated routes of access, and furnish a report, signed by all three, to the Contracting Officer. This report shall list by rooms and spaces: 1. Existing condition and types of resilient flooring, doors, windows, walls and other surfaces not required to be altered throughout affected areas of building.

93 VA-243-09-IB-0288

2. Existence and conditions of items such as plumbing fixtures and accessories, electrical fixtures, equipment, Venetian blinds, shades, etc., required by drawings to be either reused or relocated, or both. 3. Shall note any discrepancies between drawings and existing conditions at site. 4. Shall designate areas for working space, and routes of access to areas within buildings where alterations occur and which have been agreed upon by Contractor and Resident Engineer. B. Any items required by drawings to be either reused or relocated or both, found during this survey to be nonexistent, or in opinion of Resident Engineer and/or Acquisition Representative, to be in such condition that their use is impossible or impractical, shall be furnished and/or replaced by Contractor with new items in accordance with specifications which will be furnished by Government. Provided the contract work is changed by reason of this subparagraph B, the contract will be modified accordingly, under provisions of clause entitled "DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS" (FAR 52.236-2) and "CHANGES" (FAR 52.243-4 and VAAR 852.236-88) of Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS. C. Re-Survey: Thirty days before expected partial or final inspection date, the Contractor and Resident Engineer together shall make a thorough re-survey of the areas of buildings involved. They shall furnish a report on conditions then existing, of resilient flooring, doors, windows, walls and other surfaces as compared with conditions of same as noted in first condition survey report. 1. Re-survey report shall also list any damage caused by Contractor to such flooring and other surfaces, despite protection measures; and, will form basis for determining extent of repair work required of Contractor to restore damage caused by Contractor's workmen in executing work of this contract. D. Protection: Provide the following protective measures: 1. Wherever existing roof surfaces are disturbed they shall be protected against water infiltration. In case of leaks, they shall be repaired immediately upon discovery. 2. Temporary protection against damage for portions of existing structures and grounds where work is to be done, materials handled and equipment moved and/or relocated. 3. Protection of interior of existing structures at all times, from damage, dust and weather inclemency. Wherever work is performed, floor surfaces that are to remain in place shall be adequately protected prior to starting work, and this protection shall be maintained intact until all work in the area is completed.

94 VA-243-09-IB-0288

4. Dampen debris to keep down dust and provide temporary construction partitions in existing structures where directed by Resident Engineer. Blank off ducts and diffusers to prevent circulation of dust into occupied areas during construction. Comply with the VA’s Infection Control Risk Assessment.

Take immediate corrective action as recommended by the risk assessment to keep exposure to dust and noise to levels as indicated on the ICRA assessment form. 5. Do not perform any dust producing or construction tasks within occupied areas without the approval of the Resident Engineer. For construction in any areas that will remain jointly occupied by the medical Center and Contractor’s workers, the Contractor shall: a. Provide dust proof two-hour fire-rated temporary drywall construction barriers or temporary measures as approved by the Government to completely separate construction from the operational areas of the hospital in order to contain dirt debris and dust. Barriers shall be sealed and made presentable on the occupied side. Install a self-closing rated door in a metal frame, commensurate with the partition, to allow worker access. Maintain negative air at all times. A fire retardant polystyrene, 6-mil thick or greater plastic barrier meeting local fire codes may be used where dust control is the only hazard, and an agreement is reached with the Resident Engineer and Medical Center. b. Install HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Accumulator) filter vacuum system rated at 95% capture of 0.3 microns including pollen, mold spores and dust particles. Insure continuous negative air pressures occurring within the work area. HEPA filtration is required where the exhaust dust may reenter the breathing zone. HEPA filters should have ASHRAE 85 or other prefilter to extend the useful life of the HEPA. Provide both primary and secondary filtrations units. Exhaust hoses shall be heavy duty, flexible steel reinforced and exhausted so that dust is not reintroduced to the medical center. c. Adhesive Walk-off/Carpet Walk-off Mats, minimum 24” x 36”, shall be used at all interior transitions from the construction area to occupied medical center area. These mats shall be changed as often as required to maintain clean work areas directly outside construction area. d. Broom clean and wet mop at the end of each workday. Vacuum utilizing HEPA filtration. Maintain surrounding area frequently. Remove debris as they are

95 VA-243-09-IB-0288

created. Transport these outside the construction area in containers with tightly fitting lids. e. The contractor shall not haul debris through patient-care areas without prior approval of the Resident Engineer and the Medical Center. When, approved, debris shall be hauled in enclosed dust proof containers or wrapped in plastic and sealed with duct tape. No sharp objects should be allowed to cut through the plastic. Wipe down the exterior of the containers with a damp rag to remove dust. All equipment, tools, material, etc. transported through occupied areas shall be made free from dust and moisture by vacuuming and wipe down. f. Using a HEPA vacuum, clean inside the barrier and vacuum ceiling tile prior to replacement. Any ceiling access panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be replaced immediately when unattended. g. There shall be no standing water during construction. This includes water in equipment drip pans and open containers within the construction areas. All accidental spills must be cleaned up and dried within 12 hours. Remove and dispose of porous materials that remain damp for more than 72 hours. h. At completion, remove construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully, outside of normal work hours. Vacuum and clean all surfaces free of dust after the removal. E. Disposal and Retention: Materials and equipment accruing from work removed and from demolition of buildings or structures, or parts thereof, shall be disposed of as follows: 1. Reserved items which are to remain property of the Government as noted on drawings or in specifications as items to be stored. Items which remain property of the Government shall be removed or dislodged from present locations in such a manner as to prevent damage, which would be detrimental to re-installation and reuse. Store such items where directed by Resident Engineer. Supply and provide any and all rigging to move the items. 2. Items not reserved shall become property of the Contractor and be removed by Contractor from the Medical Center. 3. Items of portable equipment and furnishings located in rooms and spaces in which work is to be done under this contract shall remain the property of the Government. When rooms and spaces are vacated by the Department of Veterans Affairs during the alteration period, such items which are NOT required by drawings and

96 VA-243-09-IB-0288

specifications to be either relocated or reused will be removed by the Government in advance of work to avoid interfering with Contractor's operation. 4. PCB Transformers and Capacitors: The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of the Polychlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) transformers and capacitors. The transformers and capacitors shall be taken out of service and handled in accordance with the procedures of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and the Department of Transportation (DOT) as outlined in Code of Federal Regulation (CFR), Titled 40 and 49 respectively. The EPA's Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA) Compliance Program Policy Nos. 6-PCB-6 and 6-PCB-7 also apply. Upon removal of PCB transformers and capacitors for disposal, the "originator" copy of the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest (EPA Form 8700-22), along with the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest Continuation Sheet (EPA Form 8700-22A) shall be returned to the Contracting Officer who will annotate the contract file and transmit the Manifest to the Medical Center's Director. a. Copies of the following listed CFR titles may be obtained from the Government Printing Office: 40 CFR 261 -...... Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 262 -...... Standards Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 263 -...... Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 761 -...... PCB Manufacturing, Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and use Prohibitions 49 CFR 172 -...... Hazardous Material tables and Hazardous Material Communications Regulations 49 CFR 173 -...... Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging 49 CRR 173 -...... Subpart A General 49 CFR 173 -...... Subpart B Preparation of Hazardous Material for Transportation 49 CFR 173 -...... Subpart J Other Regulated Material; Definitions and Preparation TSCA -...... Compliance Program Policy Nos. 6-PCB-6 and 6-PCB-7 F. Final Cleanup:

97 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1. Upon completion of project, or as work progresses, remove all construction debris from above ceiling, vertical shafts and utility chases that have been part of the construction. 2. Perform HEPA vacuum cleaning of all surfaces in the construction area. This includes walls, ceilings, cabinets, furniture (built-in or free standing), partitions, flooring, etc. 3. All new air ducts shall be cleaned prior to final inspection.

1.8 INFECTION PREVENTION MEASURES A. Implement the requirements of VAMC’s Infection Control Risk Assessment (ICRA) team. ICRA Group may monitor dust in the vicinity of the construction work and require the Contractor to take corrective action immediately if the safe levels are exceeded. B. Establish and maintain a dust control program as part of the contractor’s infection preventive measures in accordance with the guidelines provided by ICRA Group as specified here. Prior to start of work, prepare a plan detailing project-specific dust protection measures, including periodic status reports, and submit to Project Engineer and Facility ICRA team for review for compliance with contract requirements in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. 1. All personnel involved in the construction or renovation activity shall be educated and trained in infection prevention measures established by the medical center. C. Medical center Infection Control personnel shall monitor for airborne disease (e.g. aspergillosis) as appropriate during construction. A baseline of conditions may be established by the medical center prior to the start of work and periodically during the construction stage to determine impact of construction activities on indoor air quality. In addition: 1. The RE and VAMC Infection Control personnel shall review pressure differential monitoring documentation to verify that pressure differentials in the construction zone and in the patient-care rooms are appropriate for their settings. The requirement for negative air pressure in the construction zone shall depend on the location and type of activity. Upon notification, the contractor shall implement corrective measures to restore proper pressure differentials as needed. 2. In case of any problem, the medical center, along with assistance from the contractor, shall conduct an environmental assessment to find and eliminate the source.

98 VA-243-09-IB-0288

C. In general, following preventive measures shall be adopted during construction to keep down dust and prevent mold. 1. Dampen debris to keep down dust and provide temporary construction barriers in existing structures where directed by Resident Engineer. Blank off ducts and diffusers to prevent circulation of dust into occupied areas during construction. 2. Do not perform dust producing tasks within occupied areas without the approval of the Resident Engineer. All areas are considered occupied even though work is being performed other than normal working hours. a. Provide Fire retardant polystyrene 6 mil thick or greater plastic barrier to completely separate and seal work areas from all other areas in order to contain dirt debris and dust. Maintain negative air at all times. The fire retardant polystyrene, 6-mil thick or greater plastic barrier shall meet local fire codes b. HEPA filtration is required. Contractor shall verify that construction exhaust to exterior is not reintroduced to the medical center through intake vents, or building openings. Install HEPA (High Efficiency Particulate Accumulator) filter vacuum system rated at 95% capture of 0.3 microns including pollen, mold spores and dust particles. Insure continuous negative air pressures occurring within the work area. HEPA filters should have ASHRAE 85 or other prefilter to extend the useful life of the HEPA. Provide both primary and secondary filtrations units. Exhaust hoses shall be heavy duty, flexible steel reinforced and exhausted so that dust is not reintroduced to the medical center. c. Walk-off Mats, minimum 5’x7’, shall be used at all interior transitions from the construction area to occupied medical center area. These mats shall be changed as often as required to maintain clean work areas directly outside construction area at all times. d. Vacuum and wet mop all transition areas from construction to the occupied medical center at the end of each workday. Vacuum shall utilize HEPA filtration. Maintain surrounding area frequently. Remove debris as they are created. Transport these outside the construction area in containers with tightly fitting lids. e. The contractor shall not haul debris through patient-care areas without prior approval of the Resident Engineer and the Medical Center. When, approved, debris shall be hauled in enclosed dust proof containers or wrapped in plastic and sealed with duct tape. No sharp objects should be allowed to cut through the plastic. Wipe down the exterior of the containers with a damp rag to remove dust. All equipment, tools, material, etc.

99 VA-243-09-IB-0288

transported through occupied areas shall be made free from dust and moisture by vacuuming and wipe down. f. Using a HEPA vacuum, clean inside the barrier and above ceiling tile , remove larger pieces of debris with brushes etc Any ceiling access panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be sealed immediately when unattended. g. There shall be no standing water during construction. This includes water in equipment drip pans and open containers within the construction areas. All accidental spills must be cleaned up and dried within 12 hours. Remove and dispose of porous materials that remain damp for more than 72 hours. At completion, remove construction barriers and ceiling protection carefully, outside of normal work hours. Vacuum and clean all surfaces free of dust after the removal. D. Final Cleanup: 1. Upon completion of project, or as work progresses, remove all construction debris from above ceiling, vertical shafts and utility chases that have been part of the construction. 2. Perform HEPA vacuum cleaning of all surfaces in the construction area. This includes walls, ceilings, cabinets, furniture (built-in or free standing), partitions, flooring, etc.

1.9 DISPOSAL AND RETENTION A. Materials and equipment accruing from work removed and from demolition of buildings or structures, or parts thereof, shall be disposed of as follows: 1. Reserved items which are to remain property of the Government are identified by attached tags or noted on drawings or in specifications as items to be stored. Items that remain property of the Government shall be removed or dislodged from present locations in such a manner as to prevent damage which would be detrimental to re-installation and reuse. Store such items where directed by Resident Engineer. 2. Items not reserved shall become property of the Contractor and be removed by Contractor from Medical Center. 3. Items of portable equipment and furnishings located in rooms and spaces in which work is to be done under this contract shall remain the property of the Government and remain in location. Contractor will move portable equipment and furnishings as required to perform his work and put back in place before end of day ready to be used.

40 CFR 261 Identification and Listing of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 262 Standards Applicable to Generators of Hazardous Waste

100 VA-243-09-IB-0288

40 CFR 263 Standards Applicable to Transporters of Hazardous Waste 40 CFR 761 PCB Manufacturing, Processing, Distribution in Commerce, and use Prohibitions 49 CFR 172 Hazardous Material tables and Hazardous Material Communications Regulations 49 CFR 173 Shippers - General Requirements for Shipments and Packaging 49 CRR 173 Subpart A General 49 CFR 173 Subpart B Preparation of Hazardous Material for Transportation 49 CFR 173 Subpart J Other Regulated Material; Definitions and Preparation TSCA Compliance Program Policy Nos. 6-PCB-6 and 6-PCB-7

B. CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND DEBRIS 1. The Contractor will dispose of any construction waste or debris in a legal manner outside the boundary of the Medical Center. No waste or debris will be disposed of in Medical Center trash containers or dumpsters or in any other Contractor’s dumpsters. 2. The location of Contractor furnished trash containers or dumpsters within the bounds of the Medical Center requires written approval from the COTR. 3. Construction waste and debris will not be accumulated in corridors or other building areas beyond daily work hours. C. DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 1. Several buildings or areas may contain asbestos containing materials (ACM). Some typical types of materials found to contain ACMs are pipe insulation, transite wall panels,floor tile, linoleum backing, floor/roof mastics and others. Contractors are required to communicate this information to all of their employees and subcontractors that will be working at this site. Contractor is required is alert the Medical Center (COTR/Contracting Officer) immediately in the event any known or suspected ACM is accidentally disturbed or will need to be disturbed before proceeding with work. 2. Disposal of any hazardous or potentially hazardous materials shall be disposed of in accordance with State and/or local laws and regulations.

1.10 PROTECTION OF EXISTING VEGETATION, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES, AND IMPROVEMENTS A. The Contractor shall preserve and protect all structures, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass) on or adjacent to the work site, which are not to be

101 VA-243-09-IB-0288

removed and which do not unreasonably interfere with the work required under this contract. The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation that will remain in place. If any limbs or branches of trees are broken during contract performance, or by the careless operation of equipment, or by workmen, the Contractor shall trim those limbs or branches with a clean cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning compound as directed by the Contracting Officer. B. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements and utilities at or near the work site and on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by the Contractor. The Contractor shall repair any damage to those facilities, including those that are the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of this contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, the Contracting Officer may have the necessary work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor. (FAR 52.236-9) C. Refer to, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION, for additional requirements on protecting vegetation, soils and the environment. Refer to Articles, "Alterations", "Restoration", and "Operations and Storage Areas" for additional instructions concerning repair of damage to structures and site improvements.

1.11 RESTORATION A. Remove, cut, alter, replace, patch and repair existing work as necessary to install new work. Except as otherwise shown or specified, do not cut, alter or remove any structural work, and do not disturb any ducts, plumbing, steam, gas, or electric work without approval of the Resident Engineer. Existing work to be altered or extended and that is found to be defective in any way, shall be reported to the Resident Engineer before it is disturbed. Materials and workmanship used in restoring work shall conform in type and quality to that of original existing construction, except as otherwise shown or specified. B. Upon completion of contract, deliver work complete and undamaged. Existing work (walls, ceilings, partitions, floors, mechanical and electrical work, lawns, paving, roads, walks, etc.) disturbed or removed as a result of performing required new work, shall be patched, repaired, reinstalled, or replaced with new work, and refinished and left in as good condition as existed before commencing work.

102 VA-243-09-IB-0288

C. At Contractor's own expense, Contractor shall immediately restore to service and repair any damage caused by Contractor's workmen to existing piping and conduits, wires, cables, etc., of utility services or of fire protection systems and communications systems (including telephone) which are indicated on drawings and which are not scheduled for discontinuance or abandonment.

1.12 PHYSICAL DATA A. Data and information furnished or referred to below is for the Contractor's information. The Government shall not be responsible for any interpretation of or conclusion drawn from the data or information by the Contractor. (FAR 52.236-4) B. Subsurface conditions have been developed by core borings and test pits. Logs of subsurface exploration are shown diagrammatically on drawings. C. A copy of the soil report will be made available for inspection by bidders upon request to the Engineering Officer at the VA Medical Center, Northport, NY and shall be considered part of the contract documents. D. Government does not guarantee that other materials will not be encountered nor that proportions, conditions or character of several materials will not vary from those indicated by explorations. Bidders are expected to examine site of work and logs of borings; and, after investigation, decide for themselves character of materials and make their bids accordingly. Upon proper application to Department of Veterans Affairs, bidders will be permitted to make subsurface explorations of their own at site.

1.13 PROFESSIONAL SURVEYING SERVICES (WHEN APPLICABLE) A registered professional land surveyor or registered civil engineer whose services are retained and paid for by the Contractor shall perform services specified herein and in other specification sections. The Contractor shall certify that the land surveyor or civil engineer is not one who is a regular employee of the Contractor, and that the land surveyor or civil engineer has no financial interest in this contract.

1.14 LAYOUT OF WORK A. The Contractor shall lay out the work from Government established base lines and benchmarks, indicated on the drawings, and shall be responsible for all measurements in connection with the layout. The Contractor shall furnish, at Contractor's own expense,

103 VA-243-09-IB-0288

all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor required to lay out any part of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for executing the work to the lines and grades that may be established or indicated by the Contracting Officer. The Contractor shall also be responsible for maintaining and preserving all stakes and other marks established by the Contracting Officer until authorized to remove them. If such marks are destroyed by the Contractor or through Contractor's negligence before their removal is authorized, the Contracting Officer may replace them and deduct the expense of the replacement from any amounts due or to become due to the Contractor.

(FAR 52.236-17) B. Establish and plainly mark centerlines and such other lines and grades that are reasonably necessary to properly assure that location, orientation, and elevations established for each such structure and/or addition are in accordance with lines and elevations shown on contract drawings. C. Before any permanent work is performed, establish and plainly mark sufficient additional survey control points or system of points as may be necessary to assure proper alignment, orientation, and grade of all major features of work. Survey shall include, but not be limited to, location of lines and grades of footings, exterior walls, centerlines of columns in both directions, major utilities and elevations of floor slabs. 1. Such additional survey control points or system of points thus established shall be checked and certified by a registered land surveyor or registered civil engineer. Furnish such certification to the Resident Engineer before any work (such as footings, floor slabs, columns, walls, utilities and other major controlling features) is placed. D. During progress of work, and particularly as work progresses from floor to floor, Contractor shall have line grades and plumbness of all major form work checked and certified by a registered land surveyor or registered civil engineer as meeting requirements of contract drawings. Furnish such certification to the Resident Engineer before any major items of concrete work are placed. In addition, Contractor shall also furnish to the Resident Engineer certificates from a registered land surveyor or registered civil engineer that the following work is complete in every respect as required by contract drawings.

1. Lines of each building and/or addition.

104 VA-243-09-IB-0288

2. Elevations of bottoms of footings and tops of floors of each building and/or addition. 3. Lines and elevations of sewers and of all outside distribution systems. E. Whenever changes from contract drawings are made in line or grading requiring certificates, record such changes on a reproducible drawing bearing the registered land surveyor or registered civil engineer seal, and forward these drawings upon completion of work to Resident Engineer. F. The Contractor shall perform the surveying and layout work of this and other articles and specifications in accordance with the provisions of Article "Professional Surveying Services".

1.15 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. The contractor shall maintain two full size sets of as-built drawings, which will be kept current during construction of the project, to include all contract changes, modifications and clarifications. B. All variations shall be shown in the same general detail as used in the contract drawings. To insure compliance, as-built drawings shall be made available for the Resident Engineer's review, as often as requested. C. Contractor shall deliver two approved completed sets of as-built drawings to the Resident Engineer within 15 calendar days after each completed phase and after the acceptance of the project by the Resident Engineer. D. Paragraphs A, B, & C shall also apply to all shop drawings.

1.16 USE OF ROADWAYS A. For hauling, use only established public roads and roads on Medical Center property and, when authorized by the Resident Engineer, such temporary roads which are necessary in the performance of contract work. Temporary roads shall be constructed by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. When necessary to cross curbing, sidewalks, or similar construction, they must be protected by well-constructed bridges. B. When new permanent roads are to be a part of this contract, Contractor may construct them immediately for use to facilitate building operations. These roads may be used by all who have business thereon within zone of building operations. C. When certain buildings (or parts of certain buildings) are required to be completed in advance of general date of completion, all roads leading thereto must be completed and available for use at time set for completion of such buildings or parts thereof.

105 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1.17 TEMPORARY USE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Use of new installed mechanical and electrical equipment to provide heat, ventilation, plumbing, light and power will be permitted subject to compliance with the following provisions: 1. Permission to use each unit or system must be given by Resident Engineer. If the equipment is not installed and maintained in accordance with the following provisions, the Resident Engineer will withdraw permission for use of the equipment. 2. Electrical installations used by the equipment shall be completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications to prevent damage to the equipment and the electrical systems, i.e. transformers, relays, circuit breakers, fuses, conductors, motor controllers and their overload elements shall be properly sized, coordinated and adjusted. Voltage supplied to each item of equipment shall be verified to be correct and it shall be determined that motors are not overloaded. The electrical equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned before using it and again immediately before final inspection including vacuum cleaning and wiping clean interior and exterior surfaces. 3. Units shall be properly lubricated, balanced, and aligned. Vibrations must be eliminated. 4. Automatic temperature control systems for preheat coils shall function properly and all safety controls shall function to prevent coil freeze-up damage. 5. The air filtering system utilized shall be that which is designed for the system when complete, and all filter elements shall be replaced at completion of construction and prior to testing and balancing of system. 6. All components of heat production and distribution system, metering equipment, condensate returns, and other auxiliary facilities used in temporary service shall be cleaned prior to use; maintained to prevent corrosion internally and externally during use; and cleaned, maintained and inspected prior to acceptance by the Government. B. Prior to final inspection, the equipment or parts used which show wear and tear beyond normal, shall be replaced with identical replacements, at no additional cost to the Government. C. This paragraph shall not reduce the requirements of the mechanical and electrical specifications sections.

106 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1.18 TEMPORARY USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS A. Contractor will not be allowed the use of existing elevators without prior approval. Outside type hoist shall be used by Contractor for transporting materials and equipment.

1.19 TEMPORARY TOILETS A. Provide for use of all Contractor's workmen ample temporary sanitary toilet accommodations with suitable sewer and water connections; or, when approved by Resident Engineer / COTR, provide suitable dry closets where directed. Keep such places clean and free from flies, and all connections and appliances connected therewith are to be removed prior to completion of contract, and premises left perfectly clean. B. The Contractor is to provide his own toilet facilities unless one is specifically designed for his use. In the event a designated facility is made available the Contractor will ensure the facility is kept clean and will be responsible for any damage done by the Contractor/Sub-contractor workers.

1.20 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES A. The Government shall make all reasonably required amounts of utilities available to the Contractor from existing outlets and supplies, as specified in the contract. The amount to be paid by the Contractor for chargeable electrical services shall be the prevailing rates charged to the Government. The Contractor shall carefully conserve any utilities furnished without charge. B. The Contractor, at Contractor's expense and in a workmanlike manner satisfactory to the Contracting Officer, shall install and maintain all necessary temporary connections and distribution lines, and all meters required to measure the amount of electricity used for the purpose of determining charges. Before final acceptance of the work by the Government, the Contractor shall remove all the temporary connections, distribution lines, meters, and associated paraphernalia. C. Contractor shall install meters at Contractor's expense and furnish the Medical Center a monthly record of the Contractor's usage of electricity as hereinafter specified. D. Heat: Furnish temporary heat necessary to prevent injury to work and materials through dampness and cold. Use of open salamanders or any temporary heating devices which may be fire hazards or may smoke and damage finished work, will not be permitted. Maintain minimum temperatures as specified for various materials.

107 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1. Obtain heat by connecting to Medical Center heating distribution system. a. Steam is available at no cost to Contractor. E. Electricity (for Construction and Testing): Furnish all temporary electric services. 1. Obtain electricity by connecting to the Medical Center electrical distribution system. The Contractor shall meter and pay for electricity required for electric cranes and hoisting devices, electrical welding devices and any electrical heating devices providing temporary heat. Electricity for all other uses is available at no cost to the Contractor. F. Water (for Construction and Testing): Furnish temporary water service. 1. Obtain water from offsite. G. Steam: Furnish steam system for testing required in various sections of specifications. 1. Obtain steam for testing by connecting to the Medical Center steam distribution system. Steam is available at no cost to the Contractor. 2. Maintain connections, pipe, fittings and fixtures and conserve steam-use so none is wasted. Failure to stop leakage or other waste will be cause for revocation (at Resident Engineer's discretion), of use of steam from the Medical Center's system. H. Fuel: Natural and LP gas and burner fuel oil required for boiler cleaning, normal initial boiler-burner setup and adjusting, and for performing the specified boiler tests will be furnished by the Government. Fuel required for prolonged boiler-burner setup, adjustments, or modifications due to improper design or operation of boiler, burner, or control devices shall be furnished by the Contractor at Contractor's expense.

1.21 NEW TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT The contractor will coordinate with IRM to provide and install new telephone and ADP needs, i.e., all cabling, materials, routing, etc. The Task Order will specify whether the contractor will be responsible for the installation of telephone jacks, cabling and ADP needs.

1.22 TELEPHONES A. The Contractor may provide his own phone, or utilize pay telephones at locations within the Medical Center. B. Government telephones will not be used for private business or personal calls.

108 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1.23 TESTS A. Pre-test mechanical and electrical equipment and systems and make corrections required for proper operation of such systems before requesting final tests. Final test will not be conducted unless pre-tested. B. Conduct final tests required in various sections of specifications in presence of an authorized representative of the Contracting Officer. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, instruments, and forms, to conduct and record such tests. C. Mechanical and electrical systems shall be balanced, controlled and coordinated. A system is defined as the entire complex which must be coordinated to work together during normal operation to produce results for which the system is designed. For example, air conditioning supply air is only one part of entire system which provides comfort conditions for a building. Other related components are return air, exhaust air, steam, chilled water, refrigerant, hot water, controls and electricity, etc. Another example of a complex which involves several components of different disciplines is a boiler installation. Efficient and acceptable boiler operation depends upon the coordination and proper operation of fuel, combustion air, controls, steam, feedwater, condensate and other related components. D. All related components as defined above shall be functioning when any system component is tested. Tests shall be completed within a reasonably short period of time during which operating and environmental conditions remain reasonably constant. E. Individual test result of any component, where required, will only be accepted when submitted with the test results of related components and of the entire system.

1.24 INSTRUCTIONS A. Contractor shall furnish Maintenance and Operating manuals and verbal instructions when required by the various sections of the specifications and as hereinafter specified. B. Manuals: Maintenance and operating manuals (four copies each) for each separate piece of equipment shall be delivered to the Resident Engineer coincidental with the delivery of the equipment to the job site. Manuals shall be complete, detailed guides for the maintenance and operation of equipment. They shall include complete information necessary for starting, adjusting, maintaining in continuous operation for long periods of time and dismantling and reassembling of the complete units and sub-assembly components. Manuals shall include an index covering all component parts clearly

109 VA-243-09-IB-0288

cross-referenced to diagrams and illustrations. Illustrations shall include "exploded" views showing and identifying each separate item. Emphasis shall be placed on the use of special tools and instruments. The function of each piece of equipment, component, accessory and control shall be clearly and thoroughly explained. All necessary precautions for the operation of the equipment and the reason for each precaution shall be clearly set forth. Manuals must reference the exact model, style and size of the piece of equipment and system being furnished. Manuals referencing equipment similar to but of a different model, style, and size than that furnished will not be accepted. C. Instructions: Contractor shall provide qualified, factory-trained manufacturers' representatives to give detailed instructions to assigned Department of Veterans Affairs personnel in the operation and complete maintenance for each piece of equipment. All such training will be at the job site. These requirements are more specifically detailed in the various technical sections. Instructions for different items of equipment that are component parts of a complete system, shall be given in an integrated, progressive manner. All instructors for every piece of component equipment in a system shall be available until instructions for all items included in the system have been completed. This is to assure proper instruction in the operation of inter-related systems. All instruction periods shall be at such times as scheduled by the Resident Engineer and shall be considered concluded only when the Resident Engineer is satisfied in regard to complete and thorough coverage. The Department of Veterans Affairs reserves the right to request the removal of, and substitution for, any instructor who, in the opinion of the Resident Engineer, does not demonstrate sufficient qualifications in accordance with requirements for instructors above.

1.25 GOVERNMENT-FURNISHED PROPERTY A. When Government property is involved, the Government shall deliver to the Contractor, the Government-furnished property shown on the drawings. B. Equipment furnished by Government to be installed by Contractor will be furnished to Contractor at the Medical Center. C. Contractor shall be prepared to receive this equipment from Government and store or place such equipment not less than 90 days before Completion Date of project. D. Notify Contracting Officer in writing, 60 days in advance, of date on which Contractor will be prepared to receive equipment furnished by Government. Arrangements will then be made by the Government for delivery of equipment.

110 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1. Immediately upon delivery of equipment, Contractor shall arrange for a joint inspection thereof with a representative of the Government. At such time the Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of equipment described, make notations, and immediately furnish the Government representative with a written statement as to its condition or shortages. 2. Contractor thereafter is responsible for such equipment until such time as acceptance of contract work is made by the Government. E. Equipment furnished by the Government will be delivered in a partially assembled (knock down) condition in accordance with existing standard commercial practices, complete with all fittings, fastenings, and appliances necessary for connections to respective services installed under contract. All fittings and appliances (i.e., couplings, ells, tees, nipples, piping, conduits, cables, and the like) necessary to make the connection between the Government furnished equipment item and the utility stub-up shall be furnished and installed by the contractor at no additional cost to the Government. F. Completely assemble and install the Government furnished equipment in place ready for proper operation in accordance with specifications and drawings. G. Furnish supervision of installation of equipment at construction site by qualified factory trained technicians regularly employed by the equipment manufacturer.

1.26 RELOCATED EQUIPMENT ITEMS A. Contractor shall disconnect, dismantle as necessary, remove and reinstall in new location, all existing equipment and items indicated by symbol "R" or otherwise shown to be relocated by the Contractor. B. Perform relocation of such equipment or items at such times and in such a manner as directed by the Resident Engineer. C. Suitably cap existing service lines, such as steam, condensate return, water, drain, gas, air, vacuum and/or electrical, whenever such lines are disconnected from equipment to be relocated. Remove abandoned lines in finished areas and cap as specified herein before under paragraph "Abandoned Lines". D. Provide all mechanical and electrical service connections, fittings, fastenings and any other materials necessary for assembly and installation of relocated equipment; and leave such equipment in proper operating condition.

111 VA-243-09-IB-0288

E. Contractor shall employ services of an installation engineer, who is an authorized representative of the manufacturer of this equipment to supervise assembly and installation of existing equipment, required to be relocated. F. All service lines such as noted above for relocated equipment shall be in place at point of relocation ready for use before any existing equipment is disconnected. Make relocated existing equipment ready for operation or use immediately after reinstallation.

1.27 HISTORIC PRESERVATION Where the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, prior to, or during the construction work, are advised of or discover any possible archeological, historical and/or cultural resources, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Resident Engineer verbally, and then with a written follow up.

1.28 SMOKE BARRIER PENETRATION PERMIT Contractor shall obtain smoke barrier penetration permit from the VAMC Fire Department prior to any penetration of smoke or fire barrier structures walls floors ceilings, ceiling tiles, etc. and comply with all requirements.

1.29 CONTRACTOR PARKING Contractor shall park all vehicles in designated parking spaces/areas only. Do not park in service drives and / or at dumpster (trash Containers).

1.30 CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION BADGES Contractor shall submit a list of names of all employees, including Subcontractors, working on the project to the Resident Engineer / COTR. Those employees shall be directed to report to V.A. Police Dept. for photo I.D. processing. Contract employees shall wear I.D. badge at all times while conducting work on site. Contractor shall conform and comply with all requirements of the VA’s Medical Centers Security Policies and Memorandum including fingerprinting of all contractor employees. At the completion of work the Superintendent shall collect and submit ID Badges to the COTR.

CONTRACTOR EMPLOYEES’ NOT WEARING VA I.D. BADGES WILL BE ASKED TO LEAVE THE PREMISES.

112 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1.31 CONFINED SPACE ENTRY Contractor shall comply with Medical center’s policy on confined space entry. Contractor shall perform all testing of confined spaces using a Licensed Professional Industrial Hygienist and submit report of same to the resident engineer. Contractor shall provide all safety, rescue and ventilation equipment required by medical center policy. Same shall be fully set and operational prior to confined space entry. All contract employees involved in confined space operations shall provide proof of successful completion of federally approved confined space entry safety training to resident engineer.

1.32 ACCESS INTO KEYED AREAS A. The Medical Center, by necessity, is a secured facility. Authorized access to certain areas is available only through locked doors. B. Contractors shall coordinate through the COTR for access into locked areas.

1.33 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EQUIPMENT A. All contract workers will wear and/or use the protective clothing and gear (hard hats, goggles, protective shoes, gloves, masks or breathing apparatus, etc.) required by OSHA or Union requirements in the performance of the work being undertaken. The Contractor shall provide any protective equipment as required.

1.34 FEDERAL POLICE A. The Medical Center Police are Federal Police Officers with full authority to make arrests, investigate crime, and to issue citations. Citations issued for driving, parking violations or other offenses usually require an appearance in the Federal District Court and/or payment of a fine. For the safety of patients, employees and visitors, speed limits and other driving and parking codes are strictly enforced

1.35 LOST AND FOUND A. Any article or money found on the premises should be delivered immediately to the Medical Center Police for safekeeping.

1.36 REMOVAL OF GOVERNMENT PROPERTY

113 VA-243-09-IB-0288

A. Removal of Government property from the Medical Center is strictly prohibited. Contractors or vendors taking Government equipment or property off station are required to furnish the COTR with a receipt for such equipment.

1.37 SEXUAL HARASSMENT A. Sexual harassment is strictly prohibited. This includes deliberate or unsolicited verbal comments or gestures of a sexual nature, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors and/or other unwelcome verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature. All reported incidents of harassment will be thoroughly investigated by Medical Center Police and appropriate action taken.

1.38 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL A. Possession or use of illegal drugs and alcohol is strictly prohibited. All reported incidents of possession or use of illegal drugs or alcohol will be thoroughly investigated by Medical Center Police and appropriate action pursued.

1.39 FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES A. Possession of firearms, ammunition, explosive devices and any hand held item that may be considered an offensive weapon is strictly prohibited including carrying such items in vehicles. All reported incidents of possession of such items will be thoroughly investigated by Medical Center Police and appropriate action pursued.

1.40 INJURY ACCIDENTS A. In case of injury report to the Medical Center Outpatient for immediate treatment and stabilize for transfer by others. At FDR, Montrose Building 3 and at Castle Point Building 15E. B. COTR shall be notified immediately to complete VA documentation including employee name, address, nature of injury, seriousness, and transfer location when applicable.

1.41 RECREATIONAL FACILITIES

114 VA-243-09-IB-0288

A. Medical Center recreational facilities (swimming pools, gyms, tennis courts, etc.) are for use by registered Medical Center patients and staff only. B. Contractor personnel are permitted to use the Canteen for lunch, breaks or purchase of incidentals in the Retail Store.

1.42 DUST AND FUME CONTROL A. Contractor personnel will be particularly careful not to operate any equipment or to perform any fume or dust generating process near a building air intake system.

1.43 NOISE A. Jack hammering, core drilling or other noisy or disturbing operations must be scheduled and approved in writing by the COTR/Contracting Officer at least 48 hours prior to commencing such work. 1.44 YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE A. All system software and control commands shall support output for reporting, control and other system functions beyond January 1, 2000. The control system submittal shall describe provisions being made to comply with this requirement. B. This requirement applies to all building systems with clock functions like elevators, security systems, fire alarm systems and other similar systems.

1.45 SUBMITTALS A. Task/delivery orders requiring submittals will have specification 01340, Samples and Shop Drawings, included in the package given to the contractor.

1.46 CONTRACT WORK HOURS A. Normal working hours are 8:00 am to 4:30 pm. Contractors who wish to work other than “normal working hours” must submit a written request to the Contracting Officer for approval. The request must state that the Contractor is requesting to work other than normal working hours at no additional expense to the Government. Such requests shall be coordinated with the COTR and must be submitted to the CO two (2) working days in advance. B. The Contractor for certain aspects of work may be required to work off duty hours and will be identified in the specific Task Order, see Scope of Work.

115 VA-243-09-IB-0288

1.47 CONSTRUCTION SIGN Not Applicable.

1.48 SAFETY SIGN (Where Applicable) A. Provide a Safety Sign where directed by Resident Engineer. Face of sign shall be 19 mm (3/4 inch) thick exterior grade plywood. Provide two 100 mm by 100 mm (four by four inch) posts extending full height of sign and 900 mm (three feet) into ground. Set bottom of sign level at 1200 mm (four feet) above ground.

B. Paint all surfaces of Safety Sign and posts with one prime coat and two coats of white gloss paint. Letters and design shall be painted with gloss paint of colors noted. C. Maintain sign and remove it when directed by Resident Engineer.

D. Detail Drawing Number 45 of safety sign showing required legend and other characteristics of sign is attached hereto and is made a part of this specification. It is found at the end of this package.

E. Post the number of accident free days on a daily basis.

1.49 CONSTRUCTION DIGITAL IMAGES (Where Applicable) A. During the construction period through completion, furnish Department of Veterans Affairs with 10 to 40 views of digital images, including one color print of each view and one Compact Disc (CD) per visit containing those views taken on that visit. Digital views shall be taken of exterior and/or interior as selected and directed by Resident Engineer/COTR. Each view shall be taken with a professional grade camera with minimum size of 6 megapixels (MP) and the images will be a minimum of 2272 x 1704 pixels for the 200x250mm (8x 10 inch) prints and 2592 x 1944 pixels for the 400x500 mm (16 x 20 inch) prints, as per these specifications: 1. Normally such images will be taken at monthly intervals. However, the Resident Engineer/COTR may also direct the taking of special digital images at any time prior to completion and acceptance of contract. If the number of trips to the site exceeds an average of one per month of the contract performance period then an adjustment

116 VA-243-09-IB-0288

in contract price will be made in accordance with clause entitled "CHANGES" (FAR 52.243-4 and VAAR 852.236-88) of Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2. In event a greater or lesser number of images than specified above are required by the Resident Engineer, adjustment in contract price will be made in accordance with clause entitled "CHANGES" (FAR 52.243-4 and VAAR 852.236-88) of Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS.

B. Images shall be taken by a commercial photographer and must show distinctly, at as large a scale as possible, all parts of work embraced in the picture. C. Prints shall be made on 200 x 250 mm (8 by 10 inch) regular-weight matte archival grade photographic paper and produced by a process with a minimum of 300 pixels per inch (PPI). Prints must be printed using the commercial RA4 process (inkjet prints will not be acceptable). Photographs shall have 200 x 200 mm (8 by 8 inch) full picture print with no margin on three sides and a 50 mm (2 inches) margin on the bottom for pre-typed self-adhesive identity label to be added by Resident Engineer. It is required that the prints are professionally processed so the quality will meet or exceed that of the same size print made with a film camera. Prints must be shipped flat to the Resident Engineer:

E. Images on CD-ROM shall be recorded in JPEG format with a minimum of 24 bit color and no reduction in actual picture size. Compressed size of the file shall be no less than 80% or the original with no loss of information. File names shall contain the date the image was taken, the Project number and a unique sequential identifier. The CD-ROM shall also contain an index of all the images contained therein in either a TXT or Microsoft Word format.

F. In case any set of prints are not submitted within five days of date established by Resident Engineer for taking thereof, the Resident Engineer may have such images/photographs taken and cost of same will be deducted from any money due to the Contractor.

G. Interior Final Photos: After completion of all work in an area final interior photos will be taken. The camera must allow the colors to be as close as possible to the actual colors. For number and location of views, see Section 09050,

117 VA-243-09-IB-0288

INTERIOR/EXTERIOR FINISHES, MATERIALS, AND FINISH SCHEDULE. View shall be taken after final completion of work. The images shall also be provided on a CD to the RE Office.

1.50 SCHEDULES FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

A. The following information shall be furnished as a minimum for each activity on the initial bar graph

Schedule: Activity Description Estimated Duration Responsibility (Trade) and Manpower (Crew Size) Planned Start and Completion Dates Activity Cost

B. Updated Schedules and Updating Procedures

The contractor shall submit, at intervals 30 calendar days, an updated bar graph schedule of the actual construction progress. The bar graph schedule shall show the activities or portions of activities started and/or completed during the reporting period and their updated monetary percentage value(s) as a basis for the contractor's monthly progress report (payment request).

The contractor shall adjust the activity bars on the updated bar graph schedule to reflect the actual progress and the remaining activity durations. The updated bar graph schedule shall show at a minimum the following: Actual start and completion dates for activities started and/or completed during the reporting period. VA issued changes to the original contract requirements that change the contractor's original sequence of work. Contractor changes in work sequence, durations, responsibility, manpower, and activity cost.

All Contract Change durations proposed by the contractor shall be reviewed and

118 VA-243-09-IB-0288

approved by the Contracting Officer prior to insertion into the updated bar graph scheduled. The updated bar graph schedule shall include all contract changes issued during the reporting period. (A sample bar graph will be issued during the Notice to Proceed reflecting the above information) .

In accordance with FAR clause 52.236-15, the Contracting Officer may withhold approval of progress payments until the Contractor submits the required schedule.

1.51 MINIMUM HOURLY RATE OF WAGES

A. The current wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor shall be applicable for the first task/delivery order in accordance with the Davis-Bacon Act.

- -End - - -

119 VA-243-09-IB-0288

SECTION 01061 OSHA REQUIREMENTS-SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS

1.1 GENERAL

A. Contractors are required to comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Standard found in CFR 1910 and 1926. Copies of these statements can be acquired from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20420.

B. In addition, the Contractor will be required to comply with all applicable Medical Center fire, safety, and security regulations, policies and procedures. Each of the Contractor's employees, inclusive of subcontractors and their employees, will be required to read this section, sign, and acknowledge understanding. Signed acknowledgment must be filed with the Contracting Officer prior to any employee's assignment to the work site.

C. Contractors involved with the removal, alteration, or disturbance of asbestos type insulation or materials will be required to comply strictly with the regulations found in CFR 1910.1001 and the appropriate EPA regulations regarding disposal of asbestos. Assistance in identifying asbestos can be requested from the Medical Center's Industrial Hygienist and the Project Engineer.

D. Contractors entering locations of asbestos contamination (i.e. pipe basements) shall be responsible for providing respiratory protection to their employees and ensuring respirators are worn in accordance with OSHA (CFR 1910.1001(g)). Asbestos contaminated areas shall be defined on project drawings. The minimum equipment required shall be: a half-mask air-purifying respirator equipped with high efficiency filters and disposable Tyvek coveralls.

E. Contractor, along with other submittals, and at least two weeks prior to bringing any materials on-site, must submit a complete list of chemicals the contractor will use and MSDS for all hazardous materials brought on-site.

F. Severe or constant violations may result in an immediate work stoppage or request for a Compliance Officer from the Occupational Safety and Health

120 VA-243-09-IB-0288

Administration.

1.2 SPECIFIC MEDICAL CENTER FIRE & SAFETY POLICIES, PROCEDURES, AND REGULATIONS

A. INTRODUCTION

1. The safety and fire protection of patients, employees, members of the public and government is one of the continuous concerns of this Medical Center.

2. Contractors, their supervisors, and employees are required to comply with Medical Center policies to ensure the occupational safety and health of all. Failure to comply may result in work stoppage.

3. While working at this Medical Center, contractors are responsible for the Occupational Safety and Health of their employees. Contractors are required to comply with the applicable OSHA standards found in 20 CFR 1910 for general industry and 29 CFR 1926 for construction. Failure to comply with these standards may result in work stoppage and a request to the Area director of OSHA for a compliance office to inspect the work site.

4. Contractors are to comply with the requirements found in the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) #241, "Building construction and Demolition Operation".

5. Questions regarding occupational safety and health issues can be addressed to the Medical Center Safety and Occupational Health Specialist (ext. XXXX at Castle Point Campus) (ext. 2257 at Montrose Campus) or Industrial Hygienist (ext. XXXX at Castle Point Campus) (ext. 2321 at Montrose Campus).

B. FIRES

All fires must be reported. In the event of a fire in the work area, use the nearest pull box station and also notify Medical Center staff in the immediate area. Emergency notification can also be accomplished by dialing ext. 2222 at Montrose Campus. This is the fire department emergency phone only. Be sure to give the exact location from where you are calling. If a contractor has experienced a fire and it was rapidly extinguished, you still must notify the

121 VA-243-09-IB-0288

fire department (ext. XXXX at Castle Point Campus) (ext. 2332 at Montrose Campus) so that an investigation of the fire can be accomplished. Delay in reporting a fire is unacceptable.

C. FIRE ALARMS, SMOKE DETECTION, AND SPRINKLER SYSTEM

If the nature of your work requires the deactivation of the fire alarm, smoke detection or sprinkler system, you must notify the Medical Center Fire Department. Notification must be made well in advance so that ample time can be allowed to deactivate the system and provide an alternative measure for fire protection. Under no circumstance is a contractor allowed to deactivate any of the fire protection systems in this Medical Center.

D. SMOKE DETECTORS

False alarms will not be tolerated. You are required to be familiar with the location of the smoke detectors in your work area. When performing cutting, burning, or welding or any other operation that may cause smoke or dust, you must take steps to temporarily cover smoke detectors in order to prevent false alarms. Failure to take the appropriate action will result in the Contracting Officer assessing actual costs for government response for each false alarm that is preventable. Prior to covering the smoke detectors, the contractor will notify the VAMC Fire Department, who will also be notified when the covers are removed.

E. HOT WORK PERMIT

1. If the nature of the work requires the use of welding equipment, cutting torch, soldering equipment or the performance of processes which produce sparks, heat or combustion, it will be required that the contractor notify the Project Engineer no less than one day in advance of such work. The VAMC Fire Department will inspect the work area and issue a "Hot Work Permit" authorizing the performance of such work.

2. A "Hot Work Permit" will be issued only for the period necessary to perform such work. In the event the time necessary will exceed one day, a "Hot Work Permit" may

122 VA-243-09-IB-0288

be issued for the period needed; however, the VAMC Fire Department will inspect the area daily.

3. Contractors will not be allowed to perform hot work processes without the appropriate permit. See Attachment "A" for the standard form for obtaining a "Hot Work Permit".

F. TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES

1. Only non-combustible materials will be used to construct temporary enclosures for barriers at this Medical Center.

2. Plastic materials and fabrics used to construct dust barriers must conform to NFPA #701, Standard Methods of fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films. G. FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS

All flammable liquids will be kept in approved safety containers. Only the amount necessary for your immediate work will be allowed in the building. Flammable liquids must be removed from the building at the end of each day.

H. COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS

Compressed gas shall be secured in an upright position at all times. A suitable cylinder cart will be used to transport compressed gas cylinders. Only those compressed gas cylinders necessary for immediate work will be allowed in occupied buildings. All others will be stored outside of buildings in a designated area. The contractor will comply with applicable standards for compressed gas cylinders found in 29 CFR 1910 and 1926 (OSHA).

I. INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE-POWERED EQUIPMENT

Equipment powered by an internal combustion engine such as saws, compressors, generators, etc., will not be used in an occupied building. Special consideration may be given for unoccupied buildings only if the OSHA and NFPA requirements have been met.

J. POWER ACTIVATED TOOLS

123 VA-243-09-IB-0288

In the event power activated tools are on the job site. Power activated tools will be kept in a secured manner at all times. When not in use, the tools will be kept locked up. When in use, the operator will have the tool under his/her immediate control.

K. TOOLS

1. Under no circumstances are tools, equipment and other items of work to be left unattended for any reason. All tools, equipment and items of work must be under the immediate control of the employee.

2. If for some reason a work area must be left unattended, then it will be required that the tools and other equipment be placed in an appropriate box or container and locked. All tool boxes, containers or any other devices used for the storage of tools and equipment, will be provided with a latch and padlock. All tool boxes, containers or any other device used for the storage of tools and equipment, will be locked at all times except for putting in and removing tools.

3. All doors to work areas will be closed and locked when rooms are left unattended. Failure to comply with this directive will be considered a violation of VA Regulation 1.218(b), "Failure to comply with signs of directive and restrictive nature posted for safety purposes", subject to a $50.00 fine. Subsequent similar violations may result in both imposition of such a fine as well, as the Contracting Officer taking action under the Contract's "Accident Prevention Clause", (FAR 52.236-13) to suspend all contract work until such violations may be satisfactorily resolved or under FAR 52.236-5 "Material and Workmanship Clause" to remove from the work site any personnel deemed by the Contracting Officer to be careless to the point of jeopardizing the welfare of Facility patients of staff.

4. The contractor must report to the VA Police Department, Extension 2509, any tools or equipment that are missing.

5. Tools and equipment found unattended will be confiscated and removed from the work area.

124 VA-243-09-IB-0288

L. LADDERS

It is required that ladders not be left unattended in an upright position. Ladders must be attended at all times or taken down and securely chained to a stationary object.

M. SCAFFOLDS

All scaffolds will be attended at all times. When not in use, an effective barricade (fence) will be erected around the scaffold to prevent use by unauthorized personnel.

N. EXCAVATIONS

All excavations left unattended shall be protected with a barricade suitable to prevent entry by unauthorized persons.

O. STORAGE

The contractor must make prior arrangements with the Project Engineer for the storage of building materials. Storage will not be allowed to accumulate in Medical Center Buildings.

P. TRASH AND DEBRIS

The contractor must remove all trash and debris from the work area on a daily basis. Trash and debris will not be allowed to accumulate in the buildings and will be allowed to accumulate outside the buildings for future pick-up. The contractor is responsible for making arrangements for the removal of trash from the Medical Center Facility.

Q. PROTECTION OF FLOORS

It may be necessary at times to take steps to protect floors from dirt, debris, paint, etc. A tarp or other protective covering shall be used. However, the contractor must maintain a certain amount of floor space for the safe passage of pedestrian traffic. Common sense must be used in this manner.

R. SIGNS

Signs must be placed at the entrance to work areas warning people of the construction activities. Signs must be

125 VA-243-09-IB-0288

suitable for the condition of the work. Small pieces of paper with printing or writing are not acceptable. The VAMC Safety Officer can be consulted in this matter.

S. ACCIDENTS AND INJURIES

Contractors must report all accidents and injuries involving employees. The contractor may use the VAMC Health Center, located on the ground floor of Building #3, Room 16 at FDR Campus and ground floor of Building #15E, Room E003 at Castle Point Campus for emergency care.

T. FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER PENETRATION PERMIT 1. If the nature of the work requires the penetration of a fire/smoke partition or barrier the contractor must obtain the proper fire/smoke barrier penetration permit. The VAMC Fire Department will inspect the work area and issue a "Fire/Smoke Barrier Penetration Permit" authorizing the performance of such work.

2. A "Fire/Smoke Barrier Permit" will be issued only for the period necessary to perform such work. In the event the time necessary will exceed one day, a "Fire/Smoke Barrier Permit" may be issued for the period needed; however, the VAMC Fire Department will inspect the area daily.

3. Contractors will not be allowed to make any penetrations without the appropriate permit. See Attachment "B" for the standard form for obtaining a "Fire/Smoke Barrier Permit".

U. CONFINED SPACE ENTRY

The Contractor shall comply with and have documented Confined Space Entry Procedures available at the site at all times as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.146. The Contractor shall also comply with any state, and/or local requirements that are more restrictive than federal requirements. Contractor is responsible for coordinating with HVHCS’s established policy on Confined Space.

126 VA-243-09-IB-0288

~ ~ ~END~ ~ ~

127 Attachment "A"

PERMIT FOR CUTTING AND WELDING WITH PORTABLE GAS OR ARC EQUIPMENT

Date: Building:

Department: Floor:

Contractor Performing Work:

Work to be done:

Is a fire watch required:

The location where this work is to be done has been examined and necessary precaution taken (see the attached list of precautions). Therefore, permission is granted for this work.

Signed: Fire Dept. Officer

Expiration date of permit:

Time started:

Time completed:

FINAL CHECK UP

Work areas and all adjacent areas to which sparks and heat might have spread (including floors above and below and on opposite sides of walls) were inspected 30 minutes after the work was completed and were found firesafe.

Signed: Contractor

PRECAUTIONS

Before approving any cutting and welding permit, the Fire Department Officer of his appointee shall inspect the work area

128 and confirm that precautions have been taken to prevent fire in accordance with NFPA 51B.

Sprinklers in service

No smoking in any area

Cutting and welding equipment in good repair

Personal protection required for job (Note: As required by facility Safety Engineer or Fire Dept.)

Any unusual safety, health or fire hazards noted

WITHIN 35 FT. OF WORK

Floors swept clean of combustibles

Combustible floors wet down, covered with damp sand, metal, or other shields

No combustible material or flammable liquids

Combustibles and flammable liquids protected with covers, guards, or metal shields

All wall and floor openings covered

Covers suspended beneath work to collect sparks

WORK ON WALLS OR CEILINGS

Construction noncombustible and without combustible covering

Combustibles moved away from opposite side of wall

WORK ON ENCLOSED EQUIPMENT (tanks, containers, ducts, dust collectors, etc.)

129 Equipment cleaned of all combustibles

Containers purged of flammable vapors

FIRE WATCH

To be provided during and 30 minutes after operation

An extinguisher has been supplied

Employees trained in the use of equipment and in sounding fire alarm

FINAL CHECK UP

To be made 30 minutes after completion of any operation unless fire watch is provided

Signed: Senior Fire Dept. Official

130 ATTACHMENT ‘B’ FIRE/SMOKE BARRIER PENETRATION PERMIT A. Rules and Regulations. 1. All Penetrations/breeches must be filled on the same day they are made. 2. U.L. approved fire stopping materials must be on site prior to making penetrations. 3. This permit is valid only on the date on issuance. B. To be filled out by Contractor/Engineering employee. Date:______Company/Dept:______Person Requesting Permit (Please Print):______Project Name/Work Order Number:______Location of Penetration/Breech Building #:______Frm Rm # _____To Rm # _____ Dia. of Breech:____Reason:______Frm Rm # _____To Rm # _____ Dia. of Breech:____Reason:______Frm Rm # _____To Rm # _____ Dia. of Breech:____Reason:______Signature of Requestor:______

Fire Department Use Only C. Number of breeches made through Fire Partition(s)______Smoke Partition(s)_____ Fire/Smoke Stopping Materials on site: Yes_____ No_____ Permit Approved By:______Title:______D. Upon completion of work, area has been inspected and all penetrations/breeches have been filled with U.L. approved fire stopping: Yes_____ No_____ Explain if not:______

131 Inspected By: ______Signature:______Date:______

~ ~ ~END~ ~ ~

SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies the availability and source of references and standards specified in the project manual under paragraphs APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS and/or shown on the drawings. 1.2 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS LISTED IN THE GSA INDEX OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS FPMR PART 101-29 (FAR 52.211-1) (AUG 1998)

A. The GSA Index of Federal Specifications, Standards and Commercial Item Descriptions, FPMR Part 101-29 and copies of specifications, standards, and commercial item descriptions cited in the solicitation may be obtained for a fee by submitting a request to – GSA Federal Supply Service, Specifications Section, Suite 8100, 470 East L’Enfant Plaza, SW, Washington, DC 20407, Telephone (202) 619-8925, Facsimile (202) 619-8978. B. If the General Services Administration, Department of Agriculture, or Department of Veterans Affairs issued this solicitation, a single copy of specifications, standards, and commercial item descriptions cited in this solicitation may be obtained free of charge by submitting a request to the addressee in paragraph (a) of this provision. Additional copies will be issued for a fee. 1.3 AVAILABILITY FOR EXAMINATION OF SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE GSA INDEX OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (FAR 52.211-4) (JUN 1988)

The specifications and standards cited in this solicitation can be examined at the following location: DEPARMENT OF VETERANS AFFAIRS Office of Facilities Management Facility Quality Service (181A) 811 Vermont Avenue, NW - Room 462

133 Washington, DC 20420 Telephone Number: (202) 565-5214 Between 9:00 AM - 3:00 PM 1.4 AVAILABILITY OF SPECIFICATIONS NOT LISTED IN THE GSA INDEX OF FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND COMMERCIAL ITEM DESCRIPTIONS (FAR 52.211-3) (JUN 1988)

The specifications cited in this solicitation may be obtained from the associations or organizations listed below. AA Aluminum Association Inc. http://www.aluminum.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America http://www.agc.org AISC American Institute of Steel Construction http://www.aisc.org AISI American Iron and Steel Institute http://www.steel.org ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. http://www.ansi.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering http://www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials http://www.astm.org AWA American Welding Society, Inc. http://www.amweld.org FM Factory Mutual Insurance http://www.fmglobal.com GSA General Services Administration http://www.gsa.gov ICBO International Conference of Building Officials http://www.icbo.org NBMA Metal Buildings Manufacturers Association http://www.mbma.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers http://www.naamm.org NBS National Bureau of Standards See - NIST

134 NEC National Electric Code See - NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association http://www.nfpa.org NIH National Institute of Health http://www.nih.gov NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology http://www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Department of Labor http://www.osha.gov SJI Steel Joist Institute http://www.steeljoist.org UBC The Uniform Building Code See ICBO UL Underwriters' Laboratories Incorporated http://www.ul.com ULC Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada http://www.ulc.ca - - - E N D - - -

135 SECTION 01340 SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS

1-1. Refer to Articles titled SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR CONSTRUCTION (FAR 52.236-21) and, SPECIAL NOTES (VAAR 852.236-91), in Section, GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1-2. For the purposes of this contract, samples (including laboratory samples to be tested) , test reports, certificates, and manufacturers' literature and data shall also be subject to the previously referenced requirements. The following text refers to all items collectively as SUBMITTALS. 1-3. Submit for approval, all of the items specifically mentioned under the separate sections of the specification, with information sufficient to evidence full compliance with contract requirements. Materials, fabricated articles and the like to be installed in permanent work shall equal those of approved submittals. After an item has been approved, no change in brand or make will be permitted unless:

A. Satisfactory written evidence is presented to, and approved by Contracting Officer, that manufacturer cannot make scheduled delivery of approved item or; B. Item delivered has been rejected and substitution of a suitable item is an urgent necessity or; C. Other conditions become apparent which indicates approval of such substitute item to be in best interest of the Government. 1-4. Forward submittals in sufficient time to permit proper consideration and approval action by Government. Time submission to assure adequate lead time for procurement of contract - required items. Delays attributable to untimely and rejected submittals (including any laboratory samples to be tested) will not serve as a basis for extending contract time for completion. 1-5. Submittals will be reviewed for compliance with contract requirements by Architect-Engineer, and action thereon will be taken by Resident Engineer on behalf of the Contracting Officer.

136 1.6. Upon receipt of submittals, Architect-Engineer will assign a file number thereto. Contractor, in any subsequent correspondence, shall refer to this file and identification number to expedite replies relative to previously approved or disapproved submittals.

1-7. The Government reserves the right to require additional submittals, whether or not particularly mentioned in this contract. If additional submittals beyond those required by the contract are furnished pursuant to request therefor by Contracting Officer, adjustment in contract price and time will be made in accordance with Articles titled CHANGES (FAR 52.243-4) and CHANGES - SUPPLEMENT (VAAR 852.236-88) of the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 1-8. Schedules called for in specifications and shown on shop drawings shall be submitted for use and information of Department of Veterans Affairs and Architect-Engineer. However, the Contractor shall assume responsibility for coordinating and verifying schedules. The Contracting Officer and Architect- Engineer assumes no responsibility for checking schedules or layout drawings for exact sizes, exact numbers and detailed positioning of items. 1-9. Submittals must be submitted by Contractor only and shipped prepaid. Contracting Officer assumes no responsibility for checking quantities or exact numbers included in such submittals.

A. Submit samples in single units unless otherwise specified. Submit shop drawings, schedules, manufacturers' literature and data, and certificates in quadruplicate, except where a greater number is specified. B. Submittals will receive consideration only when covered by a transmittal letter signed by Contractor. Letter shall be sent via first class mail and shall contain the list of items, name of Medical Center, name of Contractor, contract number, applicable specification paragraph numbers, applicable drawing numbers (and other information required for exact identification of location for each item), manufacturer and brand, ASTM or Federal Specification Number (if any) and such additional information as may be required by specifications for particular item being furnished. In addition, catalogs shall be marked to indicate specific items submitted for approval.

137 1. A copy of letter must be enclosed with items, and any items received without identification letter will be considered "unclaimed goods" and held for a limited time only. 2. Each sample, certificate, manufacturers' literature and data shall be labeled to indicate the name and location of the Medical Center, name of Contractor, manufacturer, brand, contract number and ASTM or Federal Specification Number as applicable and location(s) on project. 3. Required certificates shall be signed by an authorized representative of manufacturer or supplier of material, and by Contractor.

C. In addition to complying with the applicable requirements specified in preceding Article 1.9, samples which are required to have Laboratory Tests (those preceded by symbol "LT" under the separate sections of the specification shall be tested, at the expense of Contractor, in a commercial laboratory approved by Contracting Officer. 1. Laboratory shall furnish Contracting Officer with a certificate stating that it is fully equipped and qualified to perform intended work, is fully acquainted with specification requirements and intended use of materials and is an independent establishment in no way connected with organization of Contractor or with manufacturer or supplier of materials to be tested. 2. Certificates shall also set forth a list of comparable projects upon which laboratory has performed similar functions during past five years. 3. Samples and laboratory tests shall be sent directly to approved commercial testing laboratory. 4. Contractor shall send a copy of transmittal letter to both Resident Engineer and to Architect-Engineer simultaneously with submission of material to a commercial testing laboratory. 5. Laboratory test reports shall be sent directly to Resident Engineer for appropriate action. 6. Laboratory reports shall list contract specification test requirements and a comparative list of the laboratory test results. When tests show that the material meets specification requirements, the laboratory shall so certify on test report. 7. Laboratory test reports shall also include a recommendation for approval or disapproval of tested item.

138 D. If submittal samples have been disapproved, resubmit new samples as soon as possible after notification of disapproval. Such new samples shall be marked "Resubmitted Sample" in addition to containing other previously specified information required on label and in transmittal letter. E. Approved samples will be kept on file by the Resident Engineer at the site until completion of contract, at which time such samples will be delivered to Contractor as Contractor's property. Where noted in technical sections of specifications, approved samples in good condition may be used in their proper locations in contract work. At completion of contract, samples that are not approved will be returned to Contractor only upon request and at Contractor's expense. Such request should be made prior to completion of the contract. Disapproved samples that are not requested for return by Contractor will be discarded after completion of contract. F. Submittal drawings (shop, erection or setting drawings) and schedules, required for work of various trades, shall be checked before submission by technically qualified employees of Contractor for accuracy, completeness and compliance with contract requirements. These drawings and schedules shall be stamped and signed by Contractor certifying to such check. 1. For each drawing required, submit three legible photographic paper and one vellum reproducible. 2. Reproducible shall be full size. 3. Each drawing shall have marked thereon, proper descriptive title, including Medical Center location, project number, manufacturer's number, reference to contract drawing number, detail Section Number, and Specification Section Number. 4. A space 120 mm by 125 mm (4-3/4 by 5 inches) shall be reserved on each drawing to accommodate approval or disapproval stamp. 5. Submit drawings, ROLLED WITHIN A MAILING TUBE, fully protected for shipment. 6. One reproducible print of approved or disapproved shop drawings will be forwarded to Contractor. 7. When work is directly related and involves more than one trade, shop drawings shall be submitted to Architect-Engineer under one cover.

139 1-10. Samples, except laboratory samples, shop drawings, test reports, certificates and manufacturers' literature and data, shall be submitted for approval to Kenneth Irving, Architect PC 74 Memorial Plaza Pleasantville, New York, 10570

1-11. At the time of transmittal to the Architect-Engineer, the Contractor shall also send a copy of the complete submittal directly to the Resident Engineer.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 01568 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

EP-1. DESCRIPTION A. This section specifies the control of environmental pollution and damage that the Contractor is required to program for in consideration of air, water, and land, and includes management of visual aesthetics, noise, solid waste, radiant energy and radioactive materials, as well as other pollutants and resources encountered by or generated by the Contractor. Control measures specified are considered an obligation of the Contractor with the costs included within the various contract items of work. B. For the purpose of this specification, environmental pollution and damage is defined as the presence of chemical, physical, or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human life; effect other species of importance to man; or degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural and historical purposes. C. Definitions of Pollutants: 1. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by runoff water. 2. Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage, and other discarded solid materials resulting from industrial, commercial and agricultural operations and from community activities. 3. Rubbish: A variety of combustible and noncombustible wastes such as paper, boxes, glass and crockery, metal and lumber scrap, tin cans, and bones. 4. Debris: Includes both combustible and noncombustible wastes, such as leaves, tree trimmings, ashes, and

141 waste materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work. 5. Chemical Waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalies, herbicides, pesticides, organic chemicals, and inorganic wastes. 6. Sanitary Wastes: a. Sewage: That which is considered as domestic sanitary sewage; human and animal waste. b. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing, and consumption of food. EP-2. QUALITY CONTROL A. Establish and maintain quality control for the environmental protection of all items set forth herein. B. Record on daily reports any problems in complying with laws, regulations, and ordinances and corrective action taken. EP-3. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RESOURCES A. Protect environmental resourses within the project boundaries and those affected outside the limits of permanent work under this contract during the entire period of this contract. Confine activities to areas defined by the specifications and drawings. B. Protection of Land Resources: Prior to construction, identify all land resources to be preserved within the work area. Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy land resources including trees, shrubs, vines, grasses, top soil, and land forms without permission from the Resident Engineer. Do not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to trees for anchorage unless specifically authorized, or where special emergency use is permitted. 1. Work Area Limits: Prior to any construction, mark the areas that require work to be performed under this contract. Mark or fence isolated areas within the

142 general work area which are to be saved and protected. Protect monuments, works of art, and markers before construction operations are to be conducted. Convey to all personnel the purpose of marking and protecting all necessary objects. 2. Protection of Landscape: Protect trees, shrubs, vines, grasses, land forms, and other landscape features shown on the drawings to be preserved by marking, fencing, or using any other approved techniques. a. Box and protect from damage existing trees and shrubs not to be removed from the construction site. b. Immediately repair all damage to existing trees and shrubs by trimming, cleaning, and painting with antiseptic tree paint. c. Building materials or construction activity shall not occur closer to existing trees or shrubs than the farthest extension of their limbs. 3. Temporary Protection of Disturbed Areas: Retard and control runoff from the construction site by constructing diversion ditches, benches, and berms to retard and divert runoff to protected drainage approved under paragraph 208 of the Clean Water Act.

4. Protect adjacent areas from despoilment by temporary excavations and embankments. 5. Handle and dispose of solid wastes in such a manner that will prevent contamination of the environment. Place solid wastes (excluding clearing debris) in containers that are emptied on a regular schedule. Transport all solid waste off Government property and dispose of solid waste in compliance with Federal, State, and local disposal requirements. 6. Store chemical waste in corrosion resistant containers, removed from the work areas, and dispose

143 of in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 7. Handle discarded materials other than those which can be included in the solid waste category as directed by the Resident Engineer. C. Protection of Water Resources: Keep construction activities under surveillance, management, and control to avoid pollution of surface and ground waters and sewer systems. Management techniques shall be implemented to control water pollution by the listed construction activities which are included in this contract. 1. Washing and Curing Water: Do not allow waste water directly derived from construction activities to enter water areas. Collect and place these waste waters in retention ponds where suspended material can be settled out, until pollutants are separated from the water, or the water evaporates. 2. Control movement of materials and equipment at stream crossings during construction to prevent violation of water pollution control standards of the Federal, State, or local government. 3. Monitoring of water areas affected by construction activities is the responsibility of the Contractor. D. Protection of Fish and Wildlife Resources: Keep construction activities under surveillance, management, and control to minimize interference with, disturbance of, or damage to fish and wildlife. Prior to beginning construction operations, list species that require specific attention along with measures for their protection. E. Protection of Air Resources: Keep construction activities under surveillance, management and control to minimize pollution of air resources. Burning is not permitted on the station. Keep activities, equipment, processes, and work operated or performed, in strict accordance with the State of New York. Maintain ambient

144 air quality standards set by the Environmental Protection Agency, for those construction operations and activities specified. 1. Particulates: Dust particles, aerosols, and gaseous by products from all construction activities, processing, and preparation of materials, such as from asphaltic batch plants, shall be controlled at all times, including weekends, holidays, and hours when work is not in progress. 2. Particulates Control: Maintain all excavations, stockpiles, haul roads, permanent and temporary access roads, plant sites, spoil areas, borrow areas, and all other work areas within or outside the project boundaries free from particulates which would cause a hazard or a nuisance. Sprinklering, chemical treatment of an approved type, light bituminous treatment, baghouse, scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, or other methods are permissible to control particulates in the work area. 3. Hydrocarbons and Carbon Monoxide: Control monoxide emissions from equipment to Federal and State allowable limits. 4. Odors: Control odors of construction activities and prevent obnoxious odors from occurring. F. Noise Control: Take every action possible to minimize noise. Perform noise producing work in less sensitive hours of the day or week as directed by the Resident Engineer. Maintain noise produced by the work at or below the decibel levels and within the time periods specified. 1. Repetitive, high level impact noise will not be permitted. Repetitive impact noise on the property shall not exceed the following dB limitations: Time Duration of Impact Noise Sound Level in dB More than 12 minutes in any hour 70 Less than 30 seconds of any hour 85

145 Less than three minutes of any hour 80 Less than 12 minutes of any hour 75

2. Provide equipment, sound-deadening devices, and take noise abatement measures that are necessary to comply with the requirements of this contract, consisting of, but not limited to, the following:

a. Maximum permissible construction equipment noise levels at 15 m (50 feet) (dBA): EARTHMOVING MATERIALS HANDLING FRONT LOADERS 75 CONCRETE MIXERS 75 BACKHOES 75 CONCRETE PUMPS 75 DOZERS 75 CRANES 75 TRACTORS 75 DERRICKS IMPACT 75 SCAPERS 80 PILE DRIVERS 95 GRADERS 75 JACK HAMMERS 75 TRUCKS 75 ROCK DRILLS 80 PAVERS, STATIONARY80 PNEUMATIC TOOLS 80 PUMPS 75 GENERATORS 75 SAWS 75 COMPRESSORS 75 VIBRATORS 75

b. Shields or other physical barriers to restrict the transmission of noise. c. Soundproof housings or enclosures for noise-producing machinery. d. Efficient silencers on air intakes for equipment. e. Efficient intake and exhaust mufflers on internal combustion engines that are maintained to have equipment perform below noise levels specified. f. Lining of hoppers and storage bins with sound deadening material. g. Conduct truck loading, unloading and hauling operations so that noise is kept to a minimum. 3. At least once every five successive working days while work is being performed above 55 dBA noise level,

146 measure sound level for noise exposure due to the construction. Measure noise exposure at the property line or 15 m (50 feet) from the noise source, whichever is greater. Measure the sound levels on the A weighing network of a General Purpose sound level meter at slow response. To minimize the effect of reflective sound waves at buildings, measurements may be taken 900 to 1800 mm (three to six feet) in front of any building face. Submit the recorded information to the Resident Engineer noting any problems and the alternatives for mitigating actions. G. Restoration of Damaged Property: When or where in the execution of the work under this contract, any direct or indirect damage injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct, the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Government, shall restore the damaged property to a condition equal to that existing before damage or injury was done. Repair, rebuild or otherwise restore property as directed or make good such damage or injury in an acceptable manner. H. Final Clean-up: On completion of project and after removal of all debris, rubbish and temporary construction, leave the construction area in a clean condition satisfactory to the Resident Engineer. Cleaning shall include off the station disposal of all items and materials not required to be salvaged, as well as all debris and rubbish resulting from demolition and new work operations.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 01569 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE TITLE PART I - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY OF THE WORK 1.1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS 1.1.2 EXTENT OF WORK 1.1.3 RELATED WORK 1.1.4 TASKS 1.1.5 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES

1.2 VARIATION IN QUANTITIES 1.3 STOP ASBESTOS REMOVAL 1.4 DEFINITIONS 1.4.1 GENERAL 1.4.2 GLOSSARY 1.4.3 REFERENCE STANDARD ORGANIZATIONS

1.5 CODES AND REGULATIONS 1.5.1 GENERAL APPLICABILITY OF CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS 1.5.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY 1.5.3 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.5.4 STATE REQUIREMENTS 1.5.5 LOCAL REQUIREMENTS 1.5.6 STANDARDS 1.5.7 EPA GUIDANCE DOCUMENT 1.5.8 NOTICES 1.5.9 PERMITS 1.5.10 LICENSES 1.5.11 POSTING AND FILING OF REGULATIONS

1.6 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.6.1 PERSONNEL 1.6.2 CONTINGENCY PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS 1.6.3 SECURITY

1.7 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION 1.7.1 GENERAL 1.7.2 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM(RPP) 1.7.3 WRITTEN STATEMENT OF COMPANY POLICY 1.7.4 THE RPP COORDINATOR 1.7.5 WRITTEN RPP PROCEDURE FOR SELECTION AND USE OF RESPIRATORS 1.7.6 RESPIRATORS FOR ABATEMENT OPERATIONS 1.7.7 RESPIRATORS FOR PRE-ABATEMENT AND OTHER LOW LEVEL EXPOSURE OPERATIONS 1.7.8 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR RESPIRATOR WEARERS 1.7.9 WORKER AND SUPERVISOR TRAINING

148 1.7.10 RESPIRATOR FIT TEST 1.7.11 CLEANING DISINFECTION, INSPECTION, REPAIR AND STORAGE 1.7.12 REGULAR PROGRAM EVALUATION AND SPECIAL PROBLEM OF USE 1.7.13 PROPER RESPIRATOR USE PROCEDURES 1.7.14 SUBMITTALS BEFORE START OF WORK 1.7.15 BREATHING AIR SYSTEMS

1.8 WORKER PROTECTION 1.8.1 TRAINING PRIOR TO ENGAGE IN ABATEMENT WORK 1.8.2 MEDICAL EXAMINATION 1.8.3 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 1.8.4 ENTERING AND EXITING PROCEDURES 1.8.5 DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES 1.8.6 LIMITATIONS WITHIN WORK AREA

1.9 DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES 1.9.1 DESCRIPTION 1.9.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.9.3 PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES (PDF) 1.9.4 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES (EDF) 1.9.5 TEMPORARY UTILITIES TO PDF AND EDF 1.9.6 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES

1.10 NEGATIVE PRESSURE FILTRATION SYSTEMS 1.10.1 SUBMITTALS 1.10.2 NEGATIVE AIR MACHINE (HEPA UNITS) 1.10.3 PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL 1.10.4 MONITORING 1.10.5 AUXILIARY GENERATOR 1.10.6 SUPPLEMENTAL MAKE-UP AIR INLETS 1.10.7 TESTING THE SYSTEM 1.10.8 DEMONSTRATION OF NEGATIVE AIR SYSTEM OPERATION 1.10.9 USE OF SYSTEM DURING ABATEMENT OPERATIONS 1.10.10 DISMANTLING THE SYSTEM

1.11 CONTAINMENT BARRIERS AND COVERINGS OF WORK AREA 1.11.1 GENERAL 1.11.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO SEALING OFF 1.11.3 CONTROL ACCESS TO WORK AREA 1.11.4 CRITICAL BARRIERS 1.11.5 PRIMARY BARRIERS 1.11.6 EXTENSION OF WORK AREA 1.11.7 SECONDARY BARRIERS 1.11.8 FIRESTOPPING

1.12 MONITORING, INSPECTION AND TESTING 1.12.1 GENERAL 1.12.2 OUTLINE SCOPE OF SERVICES OF THE V.P.I.H. CONSULTANT 1.12.3 MONITORING, INSPECTION AND TESTING BY ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR

1.13 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP)

1.14 SUBMITTALS 1.14.1 PRE CONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS 1.14.2 SUBMITTALS DURING ABATEMENT 1.14.3 SUBMITTALS AT COMPLETION OF ABATEMENT

149 PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS

2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 2.1.1 PREPARATION 2.1.2 PACKAGING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

2.2 ENCAPSULANTS 2.2.1 TYPES OF ENCAPSULANTS 2.2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2.3 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE

2.3 RECYCLABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PRE ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES 3.1.1 PRE ABATEMENT MEETING 3.1.2 PRE ABATEMENT INSPECTION AND PREPARATION 3.1.3 PRE ABATEMENT CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONS

3.2 REMOVAL OF ACM AND ACE 3.2.1 WETTING MATERIALS 3.2.2 SECONDARY BARRIERS AND WALKWAYS 3.2.3 WET REMOVAL OF ACM OTHER THAN AMOSITE 3.2.4 WET REMOVAL OF AMOSITE AND DRY REMOVAL OF ACM AND OTHER SPECIAL PROCEDURES 3.2.5 DRY REMOVAL OF ACM AND OTHER SPECIAL PROCEDURES 3.2.6 LIMITED REMOVAL AND REPAIR OF ACM WITH GLOVEBAG 3.2.7 REMOVAL OF ROOF FLASHING

3.3 ENCLOSURE OF ACM 3.3.1 MONITORING OF ENCLOSURE WORK 3.3.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 3.3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.3.4 ACCEPTABLE ENCAPSULANTS

3.4 REPAIR OF ACM INSULATION AND LAGGING 3.4.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 3.4.2 PRODUCTS 3.4.3 PROCEDURES

3.5 LOCK BACK ENCAPSULATION 3.5.1 GENERAL 3.5.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 3.5.3 WORKER PROTECTION 3.5.4 SCRATCH COAT PLASTER OR PIPING 3.5.5 SEALING EXPOSED EDGE

3.6 DISPOSAL OF ACM AND ACE WASTE MATERIAL 3.6.1 GENERAL 3.6.2 PROCEDURES

3.7 PROJECT DECONTAMINATION

150 3.7.1 GENERAL 3.7.2 WORK AREA CLEARANCE 3.7.3 WORK DESCRIPTION 3.7.4 PRE DECONTAMINATION CONDITIONS 3.7.5 FIRST CLEANING 3.7.6 PRE CLEARANCE INSPECTION AND TESTING 3.7.7 LOCK BACK ENCAPSULATION OF WORK SURFACES 3.7.8 SECOND CLEANING 3.7.9 THIRD CLEANING 3.7.10 FINAL CLEANING

3.8 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING 3.8.1 GENERAL 3.8.2 FINAL INSPECTION 3.8.3 FINAL TESTING 3.8.4 FINAL TESTING PROCEDURES 3.8.5 SCHEDULE OF AIR SAMPLES WITH PCM 3.8.6 TEM SAMPLING 3.8.7 LABORATORY TESTING FOR PCM 3.8.8 LABORATORY TESTING FOR TEM

3.9 ABATEMENT CLOSE OUT AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE 3.9.1 COMPLETION OF ABATEMENT WORK 3.9.2 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION BY CONTRACTOR

ATTACHMENTS:

1. CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION 2. CERTIFICATE OF WORKER`S ACKNOWLEDGMENT 3. AFFIDAVIT OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

151 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT SPECIFICATION

SECTION 01569 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL:

1.1 SUMMARY OF THE WORK:

1.1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND RELATED DOCUMENTS:

Drawings, general provision of contract, including general and supplementary conditions and other division 1000 specifications, apply to the work of this section. The contract documents show the work of the contract and related requirements and conditions impacting the project. Related requirements and conditions include applicable codes and regulations, notices and permits, existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site, requirements for partial owner occupancy during work, coordination with other work and phasing of work. In the event the asbestos abatement contractor discovers an ambiguity or conflict in or between the contract documents and related requirements and codes, that issue must be immediately brought to the attention of the contracting officer for resolution. Any action taken without obtaining such guidance from the contracting officer shall be the sole risk and responsibility of the abatement contractor.

1.1.2 EXTENT OF WORK:

A brief written summary of the extent of the work and non-binding to the contract documents is as follows and is shown on the attached drawing.

A. Below is a brief description of the estimated quantities of asbestos-containing materials to be removed. This data is provided for informational purpose only, and is based on the best information available at the time of specification preparation. Nothing in this section may be interpreted as limiting the scope of work otherwise required by this contract and related documents.

B. The roof on the gymnasium of Building 26 has several leaks and needs to be replaced. Asbestos-containing roof flashing needs to be abated to allow for the roof replacement. Laboratory analysis has determined that the roof field does not contain asbestos.

C. Asbestos-containing and asbestos-contaminated materials shall be abated in accordance with New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 and federal regulations as they pertain to asbestos abatement. Removal and disposal of asbestos-containing materials and asbestos-contaminated materials is present in the following approximate quantities:

ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS QUANTITY TABLE

LOCATION MATERIAL QUANTITY Gymnasium Roof Roof Flashing 8,400 Square Feet Covered Walkway Roof Roof Flashing 735 Square Feet

D. The contractor shall coordinate the location of his personal and waste decontamination unit(s), and waste dumpster with the V.A. Engineer at the preconstruction meeting.

E. Scheduling of work shall be coordinated with the V.A. The contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the building and equipment that results due to his asbestos abatement activity. The asbestos abatement shall be coordinated to avoid interruptions to the normal activities of the V.A. Hospital and the removal may be scheduled after normal business hours at no additional cost to the V.A.

152 1. The contractor shall abate all the materials listed above in accordance with this specification and applicable codes, rules and regulations.

2. All utilities and piping shall be locked out and tagged before the contractor is to begin abatement activities.

F. All asbestos-containing materials within the contract limits must be removed and disposed of as asbestos- contaminated waste unless specifically excluded in these specifications or on the drawings.

G. The entire roof shall be considered the asbestos abatement work area. Only certified workers and authorized visitors shall be permitted on the roof during asbestos abatement activities. Asbestos abatement activities and roof replacement work shall not be permitted to occur at the same time or concurrently including different elevations of the roof (i.e. gymnasium verses covered walkway).

H. The asbestos abatement contractor shall coordinate his work with the roofing contractor so that the building is not left open to water damage.

1.1.3 RELATED WORK:

H. Contractor is required to use scaffolding for access to roof. Please refer to OSHA safety requirement for proper scaffold constructing.

1.1.4 TASKS:

Work can be briefly summarized as follows:

A. Preabatement activities including preabatement meeting, inspection, notification, permits, submittal approvals, preparations, emergency arrangements and standard operating procedures.

B. Abatement activities including removal, encapsulation, enclosure, disposal of contaminated waste, record keeping, security, inspection, and monitoring.

C. Cleaning and decontaminating activities including final inspection and testing and certification of decontamination.

D. Reinsulation activities including reinsulation of all thermal and mechanical insulation removed during the abatement process.

1.1.5 CONTRACTORS USE OF PREMISES:

A. Cooperate fully with the VA's representative to minimize conflicts and to facilitate the VA's safe and smooth usage of the buildings. Perform the work in accordance with the specifications, drawings, and phasing plan.

B. Use existing facilities in partially occupied building strictly within the limits shown in contract documents and the approved preabatement plan of action. Asbestos abatement drawings of partially occupied buildings show the limits of containment, the placement of the decontamination facilities for people and for equipment, the temporary location of bagged waste material, the path of transportation of contaminated waste to the outside, the temporary waste storage areas and the loading facilities for each containment area for each building. Variations from the arrangements shown on drawings shall be secured in writing from the VA through the preabatement plan of action.

1.2 VARIATION IN QUANTITIES:

153 The quantities and location of ACM indicated on the drawings and the extent of work included in this section are only best estimates which are limited by the physical constraints imposed by occupancy of the buildings. Accordingly minor variations of plus or minus 10% of the estimated quantities of ACM within the limits of containment for abatement is considered as having no impact on contract price and time of this contract. Locations of ACM different than that indicated on the drawings but within the limits of containment are considered as having no impact on contract price and time of this contract. Where additional asbestos abatement work is required beyond the above variations, the contract price and time will be adjusted under provisions of applicable clause in the contract. Additional or reduced abatement work beyond the variations stated will be a basis for adjustment of the contract price.

1.3 STOP ASBESTOS REMOVAL:

If the contracting officer or his field representative presents a written stop asbestos removal stop all work and initiate fiber reduction activities. Do not resume asbestos removal until authorized in writing by VA. A stop asbestos removal order will be issued at any time VA determines abatement conditions are not within specifications requirements. Stoppage will continue until conditions have been corrected. Standby time and cost required for corrective action is at the contractor’s expense. The occurrence of the following events shall be reported in writing to the VA representative and shall require the contractor to immediately stop asbestos removal and initiate fiber reduction activities.

A. Excessive airborne fibers outside containment area (0.01 f/cc or greater, or levels that are statistically greater than preabatement as determined by Phase Contrast Microscopy utilizing NIOSH 7400 Method).

B. Break in either the primary or secondary containment barriers.

C. Loss of negative air pressure (at or below 0.02 inches of water).

D. Serious worker injury within the containment area which necessitates interruption of the normal decontamination procedures.

E. Presence of a fire and/or safety emergency.

F. Respiratory protection system failure.

G. Power failure.

H. Excessive airborne fibers inside containment area (0.5 f/cc or greater when wet methods are employed).

1.4 DEFINITIONS:

1.4.1 GENERAL:

Definitions and explanations here are neither complete nor exclusive of all terms used in the contract documents, but are general for the work to the extent they are not stated more explicitly in another element of the contract documents. Drawings must be recognized as diagrammatic in nature and not completely descriptive of the requirements indicated thereon.

1.4.2 GLOSSARY:

ABATEMENT: A general term used to refer to the various processes used to control asbestos materials in buildings. Three alternative methods for ACM and/or ACE abatement are removal, encapsulation and enclosure.

ACE: Asbestos contaminated elements.

154 ACM: Asbestos containing material.

ACS: Asbestos contaminated soil.

AEROSOL: Solid or liquid particles, suspended in air.

AGGRESSIVE SAMPLING: EPA defined clearance sampling method using air moving equipment such as fans and leaf blowers to stir the air.

AHERA: Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act. Asbestos regulations issued by EPA in 1987.

AIR CELL: Type of pipe or duct insulation comprised of corrugated cardboard which frequently contains asbestos combined with cellulose or refractory binders.

AIR MONITORING: The process of collecting and analyzing air samples to determine the number of fibers present per cubic centimeter of air. This overall monitoring procedure is also called Air Testing, or testing.

AIR SAMPLE COLLECTION FILTER: Membrane filter used to collect fibers/particulates which are counted and/or analyzed. Membrane is usually made of mixed cellulose material for PCM, (phase contrast microscopy) and polycarbonate or mixed cellulose for TEM (transmission electron microscopy).

AMENDED WATER: Water to which a surfactant has been added.

ASBESTOS: The general name for a group of fibrous mineral forms including but not limited to chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, anthophyllite, actinolite and tremolite.

ASBESTOS WASTE DECONTAMINATION FACILITY: Airlock system consisting of drum/bag washing facilities and temporary storage area for cleaned containers. Used as exit for waste and equipment leaving the abatement area. May be used in an emergency to evacuate personnel.

ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (ACM): Any material containing more than 1% (one percent) by weight of asbestos of any type or mixture.

ASBESTOS CONTAMINATED ELEMENTS (ACE): Building elements such as ceilings, walls, lights and ductwork that are contaminated by asbestos.

ASBESTOS CONTAINING WASTE MATERIAL: Materials removed from an abatement area which is or is suspected of being contaminated with an asbestos containing material.

AUTHORIZED VISITOR: Any person approved by VA, the contractor or any government agency which has proven jurisdiction over asbestos related work.

BARRIER: Any surface that seals the work area to inhibit the movement of fibers. Containment Barrier - An airtight barrier, consisting of walls, floors and/or ceilings of sealed plastic sheeting, surrounding and sealing the outer perimeter of the work area. Critical barrier - the barrier responsible for isolation of the work area from adjacent spaces, typically constructed of polyethylene sheeting secured in place at penetrations such as doors, windows or another opening into the work area. Primary barrier - Barriers assembled over critical barrier and exposed directly to decontamination work. Secondary Barrier - Any additional sheeting to collect and provide protection from debris during abatement.

BREATHING ZONE: A hemisphere forward of the shoulders with a radius of approximately 6 to 9 inches.

BRIDGING ENCAPSULANT: An encapsulant that forms a discrete layer on the surface of an asbestos matrix.

155 BULK TEST: The collection and analysis of samples of suspected asbestos materials. A small amount, or bulk, of the material is physically removed from the structure and placed in a rigid airtight container for transportation to an accredited lab for analysis.

CHANGING AREA: Normally the first chamber of the personnel decontamination facilities. i.e., the "clean room".

CLEARANCE SAMPLE: An area sample taken to a certain airborne fiber levels after removal clean-up and final inspection have been completed. Performed by the VA`s I.H. consultant (VPIH).

COUNT: Refers to "fiber count" or the average number of asbestos fibers greater than five micrometers in length per cubic centimeter of air.

C.P.I.H.: Asbestos abatement contractor’s industrial hygienist. I.H. must meet qualification requirements of P.I.H.

DEMOLITION: The removal of any building component, system, finish or assembly of a facility. Wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structural member of a facility together with any related handling operations or the intentional burning of any facility. Standards for demolition involving ACM are as defined in NESHAPs 40 CFR 61.145.

DISPOSAL BAG: Six mil thick, air liquid leak proof plastic bag used for transporting asbestos waste from abatement areas to disposal site. Each is labeled in accordance with OSHA regulations.

DRUM: A rigid, impermeable container made of cardboard, metal or plastic which can be sealed in an air and watertight manner.

ENCAPSULANT: A material that surrounds or embeds asbestos fibers in an adhesive matrix and prevents release of fibers.

ENCAPSULATION: Treatment of ACM with an encapsulant.

ENCLOSURE: The construction of an air tight, impermeable, permanent barrier around ACM to control the release of asbestos fibers into the air.

ENTRANCE PORT: A name sometimes used for main entrance airlock in an OSHA defined negative air containment area.

EDF: Equipment Decontamination facility. f/cc: Abbreviation for fibers per cubic centimeter of air and standard measurement units used to measure the level of asbestos contamination in the air.

FILTER: A media component used in respirators or other equipment to remove solid or liquid particles from the air.

FIRE-STOP: Material used to close open parts of a structure and prevent the spread of fire.

FRIABLE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (F-ACM): Material that contains more than 1.0% asbestos by weight, which can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry.

GLOVE BAG: A sack (typically constructed of 6 mil transparent polyethylene or polyvinylchloride plastic) with two inward projecting long sleeve gloves, which are designed to enclose an object from which ACM is to be removed.

HIGH-EFFICIENCY PARTICULATE AIR (HEPA) FILTER: A filter which removes from the air 99.97% or more of monodisperse dioctyl phthalate (DOP) particles having a mean diameter of 0.3 micrometer.

156 HEPA FILTER VACUUM CLEANER: High efficiency particulate (absolute) vacuum collection equipment with a HEPA filter system capable of collecting and retaining asbestos fibers.

INDUSTRIAL HYGIENIST (I.H.): A person with a college degree in engineering, chemistry, physics, medicine or related physical and biological science and a competence in industrial hygiene acquired through special studies and training. Meets all definition requirements of the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA).

I.H. TECHNICIAN: A person working under the supervision of the I.H. with special training, experience, certifications and licenses required for the industrial hygiene work assigned to perform. Requires a minimum experience as I.H. technician on three projects of similar size and complexity to this project.

LOCK-BACK: Encapsulation of all surfaces involved in abatement at the conclusion of ACM removal and before removal of primary barriers.

MCEF: Mixed cellulose ester filter.

NEGATIVE PRESSURE: Air pressure lower than surrounding areas, created by exhausting air from a sealed space (work area).

NEGATIVE PRESSURE RESPIRATOR: A respirator in which the air pressure inside the respiratory-inlet covering is positive during exhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere and negative during inhalation in relation to the air pressure of the outside atmosphere.

NEGATIVE PRESSURE SYSTEM: A local exhaust system, utilizing HEPA filtration capable of maintaining a negative pressure inside the work area and a constant air flow from adjacent areas into the work area and exhausting that air outdoors.

NESHAP: National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants.

NON-FRIABLE ASBESTOS CONTAINING MATERIAL (NF-ACM): Material that contains more than 1% (one percent) asbestos by weight but can not be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand pressure when dry. Non friable asbestos materials can release asbestos fibers when power tools such as grinders, drills, sanders, etc. are used on them.

OV: Organic Vapor

PAPR: Powered air Purifying Respirator.

PCM: Abbreviation for phase contrast microscopy. Phase contrast microscopy utilizes a light microscope for the purpose of counting fibers. Reference NIOSH 7400 method.

PDF: Personnel Decontamination Facilities.

PENETRATING ENCAPSULANT: Encapsulant that is absorbed by the asbestos matrix without leaving a discrete surface layer.

PERSONAL AIR SAMPLING: Air sample collected with a special battery-powered portable pump unit which is fitted on the body of the monitored person. The collection device (filter cassette) is located within the individual’s breathing zone.

PERSONAL MONITORING: Sampling of the asbestos fiber concentration within the breathing zone of a person.

PLASTIC SHEETING: Barrier material not as strong as polyethylene.

157 PLM: Abbreviation for polarized light microscopy with dispersion staining utilizing light microscopy and refractive indices to identify type of asbestos present.

POLYETHYLENE SHEETING: Strong plastic barrier material usually transparent and made flame resistant in compliance.

POSITIVE/NEGATIVE FIT TEST: A negative-pressure respirator fit check, performed by placing the palm of one hand over the exhalation valve and exhaling (positive pressure) and feeling for face piece-to-face fit leakage or, covering the filters cartridges with the palms of the hand and inhaling (negative pressure) while feeling for face piece-to-face fit leakage.

PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL SYSTEM: System which restricts airflow from adjacent areas into work area and continuously refilters air from the HEPA filtration machine. Minimal exhaust ventilation is utilized by maintaining a pressure differential of 0.02" of water.

P.I.H.: Professional (Qualified) I.H. who meets all the definition requirements of AIHA and OSHA of a "competent person" under 29 CFR 1926.1101, has completed at least three specialized courses on asbestos abatement, supervision and management in EPA endorsed training programs, and formal training in respiratory protection and waste disposal, and has a minimum experience of (5) projects of similar complexity with this project of which at least three (3) projects serving as the supervisory I.H. licensed when required by the state or local law.

PROTECTION FACTOR: The ratio of the ambient concentration of an airborne substance inside the respirator to the concentration at the breathing zone of the wearer. The protection factor is a measure of the degree of protection provide by a respirator.

QNFT: Quantitative Fit test.

QLFT: Qualitative fit test.

REMOVAL: Means removal of ACM and ACE. Accomplished with tools such as scrapers, chisels, and nylon brushes.

REMOVAL ENCAPSULANT: A penetrating encapsulant specifically designated for removal of ACM rather than encapsulation.

RENOVATION: Alteration of a facility or one or more facility components in any way, including the striping or removal of ACM are as defined in NESHAPs 40 CFR 61.145.

RESPIRATOR: A device designed to protect the wearer from the inhalation of harmful atmospheres.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM COORDINATOR (RPPC): Individual who is authorized and responsible for all aspects of the contractor's respiratory protection program (RPP).

RPP: Respiratory Protection Program.

RPPC: Respiratory Protection Program Coordinator.

SAR: Supplied Air Respirator.

SCBA: Self Contained Breathing Apparatus.

SEALANT: Another name for encapsulating material. This term also refers to the approved coating which is used to cover brown coat ceilings after asbestos surfaces have been removed.

158 SEALED WORK AREA: Refers to work area after containment barriers and decontamination facilities have been erected and a negative pressure air system has been installed.

SHOWERS: Shower stalls installed in the Personnel Decontamination Facilities and used as part of the decontamination process required for every person leaving the sealed work areas. Also used in the Equipment Decontamination Facilities to wash disposable bags.

S.O.P.: Standard Operating Procedures required to be submitted by contractor.

STATION SAMPLE OR AREA SAMPLE: Refers to air samples collected at a specific spot or station using high volume air pumps.

SURFACTANT: A chemical wetting agent added to water to improve penetration, thus reducing the quantity of water required for a given operation or area.

TEM: Abbreviation for transmission electron microscopy. TEM is used for the purpose of fiber counting and it has the analytical capacity of identifying asbestos fibers.

TESTING: One or two types of testing done in relation to asbestos bulk and air testing.

VA REPRESENTATIVE: VA official responsible for on-going project work. For central office projects, the A/E is the representative and has the authority to delegate the abatement responsibilities to the V.P.I.H. for station level work, any official or V.P.I.H. in charge of the project is the representative.

VAT: Vinyl-asbestos tile.

VISIBLE EMISSIONS: Any emission containing particulate asbestos material that are visually detected without the aid of instruments. This does not include condensed uncombined water vapor.

V.P.I.H.: Department of Veterans Affairs retained Industrial Hygienist.

WET CLEANING: The process of thoroughly eliminating asbestos contamination from building surfaces and objects by using cloths, mops, or other cleaning utensils which have been dampened with amended water or diluted removal encapsulant.

WETTING AGENT: See Surfactant.

WORK AREA: Area where asbestos related work or removal operations are performed which is defined and isolated to prevent the spread of asbestos dust, fibers or debris, and the entry of unauthorized personnel. Work area is a regulated area as defined by OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1926.1101, also called Containment Area.

WORKER DECONTAMINATION FACILITY (WDF): Another name for the main entrance/exit airlock system consisting of clean/change room, shower facilities, and equipment (dirty room). Intended to be used exclusively for worker access to/from abatement area.

1.4.3 REFERENCED STANDARD ORGANIZATIONS:

A. The following acronym or abbreviations as referenced in contract documents are defined to mean the associated names. Both names and addresses are subject to change, and are believed to be, but are not assured to be, accurate and up to date of contract documents.

B. V.A. Department of Veterans Affairs

159 810 Vermont Avenue,N.W. Washington, D.C. 20420

C. AIHA American Industrial Hygiene Association 2700 Prosperity Avenue. Suite 250 Fairfax, VA 22031

D. ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway New York, NY 10018

E. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103

F. CFR Code of Federal Regulations available from Government printing office; Washington, DC 20420 (Usually first published in federal register)

G. CGA Compressed Gas Association 1235 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington, VA

H. CS Commercial Standard of NBS (U.S. Dept. of Commerce)

I. EPA Environmental Protection Agency 401 M Street, S.W. Washington, DC 20460

J. MIL-STD Military Standard/Standardization Division Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense Washington 25, DC

K. MSHA Mine Safety and Health Administration (Respiratory Protection division) Balston Tower #3 Department of Labor Arlington VA 22203

L. NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (U.S. Dept of Commerce) Gaithersburg, MD 20234

N. NEC National Electrical Code (By NFPA)

M. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 2101 L Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20037

O. NFPA National Fire Protection Association Batterymarch Park Quincy, MA 02269

P. NIOSH National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health 4676 Columbia Parkway Cincinnati, OH 45226

Q. NYSDOL New York State Department of Labor

160 State Office Building Campus Asbestos Control Program Room 511 Albany, New York 12240

R. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration (U.S. Dept. of Labor) Government Printing Office Washington, DC

S. UL Underwriters Laboratories 333 Pfingsten Rd. Northbrook IL 60062

T. USA United States Army-Army Chemical Corps Department of Defense

1.5 CODES AND REGULATIONS:

1.5.1 GENERAL APPLICABILITY OF CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARD:

Except to the extent that more stringent requirements are written directly into the contract documents, all applicable codes, regulations, and standards have the same force and effect (and are made a part of the contract documents by reference) as if copied directly into the contract documents, or as if published copies are bound herewith.

1.5.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY:

The Asbestos Abatement Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for the compliance with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations pertaining to work practices, hauling and disposal of ACM and ACE, and protection of workers, visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas adjacent to the site. Contractor is responsible for providing medical examinations and maintaining medical records of personnel as required by the applicable Federal, State and local regulations. Contractor shall hold the VA and VPIH consultants harmless for failure to comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health or other part of himself, his employees, or his subcontractors. Contractor incurs all costs of the C.P.I.H. including all sampling/analytical costs for sampling to comply with OSHA regulation.

Abatement Contractor shall determine the applicability of any process patents he/she may be employing and be responsible for paying any fees, royalties or licenses that may be required for the use of patented processes.

1.5.3 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS:

Federal requirements which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos waste material include but are not limited to the following regulations.

A. U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, (OSHA).

1. Occupational Exposure to Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actinolite; Final Rules Title 29, Part 1926, Section 1101 of the Code of Federal Regulations and Respiratory Protection Title 29, Part 1910, Section 134 of the Code of Federal Regulations Construction Industry Title 29, and Section 103, Part 1926, of the Code of Federal Regulations.

2. National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), Section 112 of the Clean Air Act; and those asbestos standards contained in Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 61, Subpart M.

3. Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA), Public law 99-519, and Title II, Sec. 201, et, seq., of the Toxic Substance Control Act, 15 USC 2601.

161 4. Access to Employee Exposure and Medical Records Title 29, Part 1910, Section 2 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

5. Hazard Communication Title 29, Part 1910, Section 1200 of the Code of Federal Regulation.

6. Specification for Accident Prevention Signs and Tags Title 29, Part 1910, Section 145 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

B. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)

1. Asbestos Abatement Projects Rule 40 CFR Part 762 CPTS 62044, FRL 2843-9 Federal Register, vol.50 No. 134, July 12, 1985 P-28540.

2. Regulation for Asbestos, Title 40, Part 61, Sub-part A of the Code of Federal Regulations.

3. National Emission Standard for Asbestos Title 40, Part 61, Sub-part M (Revised Sub-part B) of the Code of Federal Regulations

1.5.4 STATE REQUIREMENTS:

State requirements which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos waste materials include but are not limited to the following:

A. State of New York Asbestos Regulations Title 12, NYCRR Part 56 and subsequent amendments

B. New York State Department of Environmental Conservation Title 6, NYCRR

1. NYCRR Part 360 - Solid Waste Management Facilities

2. NYCRR Part 364 - Waste Transporter Permits

C. New York Code of Rules and Regulations Chapter II, Title 10, Part 73: Asbestos Safety Program Requirements

1.5.5 LOCAL REQUIREMENTS:

Abide by all local requirements if these requirements are more stringent than state and federal requirements which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos waste materials.

1.5.6 STANDARDS:

A. Standard which govern asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos waste materials include but are not limited to the following:

1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Z-79 Fundamental Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems

2. Z88.2 Practices for Respiratory Protection

3. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)586-90 UL Standard for Safety High Efficiency, Particulate Air Filters Units, Seventh Edition

162 B. Standards which govern encapsulation work include but are not limited to the following:

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, PA 19103 (215) 299-5400

1. Specification for Encapsulants for Friable Asbestos-containing Materials Proposal P-189

2. Safety and Health Requirements Relating to Occupational Exposure to Asbestos-E-849-82

C. Standards which govern the fire and safety in the asbestos containment areas:

National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

1. NFPA 241 - Standard for safeguarding Construction, Alteration and Demolition Operations

2. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Resistant Textiles and Film

3. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code

1.5.7 EPA GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS:

EPA guidance documents which discuss asbestos abatement work or hauling and disposal of asbestos waste materials are listed below. These documents are made part of this section by reference. EPA maintains an information number (800)334-8571 and publications can be ordered from (800)424-9065 (554-1404 in Washington DC).

A. Guidance for Controlling Asbestos Containing Materials in Buildings (Purple Book) EPA 560/5-85-024

B. Asbestos Waste Management Guidance. EPA 530-SW-85-007

C. A Guide to Respiratory Protection for the Asbestos Abatement Industry, EPA 560-OPTS-86-001.

D. (T 799) 20th July 1990 Guide to managing asbestos in place.

E. Asbestos in Buildings. Simplified Sampling Scheme for Friable Surfacing Materials.

F. Commercial Laboratories with Polarized Light Microscopy capabilities for bulk asbestos identification.

1.5.8 NOTICES:

A. Federal, State and Local Agencies: Send written notification as required by federal, state and local regulations including the local fire department prior to beginning any work on asbestos containing materials as follows:

1. The Contractor shall send written notification as required by USEPA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP's) Asbestos Regulations (40 CFR 61, Subpart M) to the regional asbestos NESHAP's Contact at least 10 working days prior to beginning work on asbestos-containing materials on a form approved by the USEPA. Send notification to the following address by certified mail return receipt requested:

USEPA Region II

163 Asbestos NESHAP's Coordinator Air and Waste Management Division 26 Federal Plaza New York, New York 10007

2. Include, as a minimum, the following information in the notification sent to the NESHAP's contact:

a. Name and address of VA Medical Center.

b. Description of the facility being demolished or renovated, including the size, age, and prior use of the facility.

c. Estimate of the approximate amount of friable asbestos-containing material present in the facility in terms of linear feet of pipe, and surface area on other facility components.

d. Location of the facility being demolished or renovated.

e. Scheduled starting and completion dates of demolition or renovation.

f. Nature of planned demolition or renovation and method(s) to be used.

g. Procedures to be used to comply with the requirements of USEPA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP's) Asbestos Regulations (40 CFR 61 Subpart M).

h. Name and location of the waste disposal site where the friable asbestos waste material will be deposited.

B. State Agencies

Send written notification, by certified mail return receipt requested, to New York State Department of Labor, Division of Safety and Health, Asbestos Control Program, on form provided by the Department, as required, 10 days prior to beginning any work on asbestos-containing materials.

C. Copies

Copies of notifications shall be submitted to VA for the facility’s records in the same time frame notification is given to EPA, State, and Local authorities.

D. Variances

Contractor shall obtain and comply with all necessary variances from federal, state, and local regulatory agencies prior to starting any work on the project. Prior to any variance application, obtain written approval from the DVA Resident Engineer.

1.5.9 PERMITS:

Permits: An annual "Industrial Waste Hauler Permit" specifically for asbestos-Containing Materials (ACM), is required for transporting asbestos waste to a disposable site.

1.5.10 LICENSES:

164 Maintain current licenses as required by applicable state or local jurisdictions for removal, transporting and disposal or other regulated activity relative to the work of this contract.

1.5.11 POSTING AND FILING REGULATIONS:

Maintain two (2) copies of applicable Federal, State and Local regulations. Post one copy of each at the job site where workers will have ready, easy and daily exposure to the text. Keep on file in contractor’s office one copy of each.

1.6 PROJECT COORDINATION:

Minimum administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordination of work on the project are personnel, contingency arrangements and security.

1.6.1 PERSONNEL:

A. Administrative and Supervisory Personnel: Shall consist of a qualified general superintendent, C.P.I.H. and I.H. technicians, and appropriate number of qualified or competent foremen required to complete abatement within contract time. The contractor's "competent person" as defined by OSHA must meet all OSHA requirements of the I.H. technician as identified in this section. C.P.I.H. does training for employees and emergency personnel and shall be independent from V.P.I.H. I.H. technicians do personal monitoring to comply with OSHA requirements and other I.H. monitoring and inspection work under the supervision of the C.P.I.H. Administrative personnel shall work full time for the contractor and be dedicated to this project. These employees are the contractor's representatives responsible for compliance with these specifications. They must meet the minimum qualifications criteria described in Paragraph C below.

B. Non-Supervisory Personnel: An adequate number of qualified personnel shall be able to meet the schedule requirements of the project. Laborers employed for abatement shall meet the minimum qualifications criteria described in paragraph C below. Personnel employed in this abatement work shall be pre-approved by the VA representative. Supervisors and laborers will comply with each component of the OSHA Asbestos Standard, 29 CFR 1926.1101. Submit a request for approval for any person intended to be employed in the project with name, social security, qualifications, "Certificate of Worker's Acknowledgment" (Attachment #2) and "Affidavit of Medical Surveillance and Respiratory Protection " (Attachment #3).

C. Minimum qualifications: Abatement Construction Company and assigned Personnel for this project shall meet the following minimum requirement:

1. The Abatement Construction Company: Has completed within the last 3 years, 3 asbestos abatement projects of comparable complexity and dollar value with this project; has not been penalized for major violations of asbestos regulations in the last 3 years; carries liability insurance for asbestos abatement work; is licensed in the state in which this project is located; and has available equipment, materials and supplies in adequate quantity, capacity and number to perform the work of this project. The Abatement Construction Company shall provide explanation of default(s) on any asbestos abatement project in the last 3 years (refer to article 1.14, SUBMITTALS, paragraph 1.14.1.H.)

2. Superintendent and Foremen: The superintendent and foremen must meet federal, state, and local requirements for training and licensing for asbestos abatement. The superintendent has four years abatement construction experience of which two years as a foreman and one year as superintendent. Has worked as superintendent in at least three projects, two of which are comparable in complexity and size to this project. Has completed four courses of specialized training in which two are on management and supervision of asbestos abatement. Has medical

165 records and other OSHA requirements. Has current NYSDOL asbestos supervisor certifications and licenses.

The foreman has three years abatement construction experience of which one year as foremen, have worked in five abatement projects, three of which are of comparable complexity with this project, have completed two courses of specialized training in asbestos abatement construction and regulations. One course shall be on management of asbestos contracts with content equivalent to the national asbestos training center/EPA course. Have medical records and other OSHA requirements. Have asbestos handler certificates as required by NYSDOL.

3. Contractor Professional I.H. (C.P.I.H): Has 5 years of experience monitoring and supervising abatement construction, is presumed as a competent person due to I.H. training and past experience, has participated as senior I.H. in 5 abatement projects, 3 of which are of comparable complexity and dollar value with this project, has developed at least one complete written standard operating procedure for abatement and has trained abatement workers for 3 years.

Has specialized training in asbestos abatement management, respiratory protection and training, asbestos waste disposal, abatement, monitoring, inspection and testing and has medical records. Has successfully completed the EPA AHERA courses for supervisors and workers. Has certification and license where required by state or local government. Has NYSDOL certification as a Project Monitor and Air Sampling Technician.

4. Laborers: Have specialized training in asbestos abatement which meets state and local requirements, and meet (as a minimum) the training required by AHERA (see Section 206 of the Toxic Substances Control Act). Have specialized training in abatement construction, OSHA and EPA regulations, the standard operating procedures of the company, asbestos hazards and respiratory protection. Have completed a course similar to the National Asbestos Council field instructor’s course, the New York State Department of Health asbestos course or other states course equivalent content. Have one year of abatement construction experience. Have medical records and other OSHA requirements. Have asbestos handler certificates as required by NYSDOL.

1.6.2 CONTINGENCY PLANS AND ARRANGEMENTS:

Prepare a contingency plan for emergencies including fire, accident, failure of power, failure of negative air system, failure of supplied air system or any other event that may require modification of standard operating procedures during abatement. Include specific procedures to ensure safe exiting and to provide medical attention in the event of an emergency. Post the telephone numbers and locations of emergency services including fire, ambulance, doctor, hospital, police, power company and telephone company in the clean room of personnel decontamination facilities. Notify all these emergency services as to the danger of entering the containment area, and to invite them to participate in an informal training program by the qualified I.H. on relevant aspects of asbestos abatement. Provide assistance on developing contingency plans for responding safely and efficiently to any emergency during abatement. Provide and clearly indicate the location of approved fire extinguisher for every 10,000 sq. ft. and train the asbestos crew on the use of equipment.

1.6.3 SECURITY:

Provide a 24-hour security system at the entrance of a containment area with guard and log book during working hours to ensure that every entry to the containment will be logged in and that only properly trained and outfitted workers will be allowed to enter. Entrance will be allowed also to any authorized VA representatives and inspectors from regulatory agencies if properly fitted with protective clothing and respirators. Work area will be locked during nonworking hours.

1.7 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION:

1.7.1 GENERAL:

Provide respiratory protection in accordance with OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910, Section 1001, 29 CFR 1910.134 and 29 CFR 1926.1101, EPA regulations 40 CFR 763.120, 121, ANSI standards Z88.2-1980, CGS Pamphlet g-7 and specification G-7.1, the NIOSH, and MSHA standards. In case of conflict, the most stringent requirements are applicable for this project.

1.7.2 RESPIRATORY PROTECTION PROGRAM (RPP):

Develop, implement and maintain a respiratory protection program consisting of the following elements:

A. Written statement of company policy, including assignment of individual responsibility, accountability, and authority for required activities of the respiratory protection program.

B. Written standard operating procedures governing the selection and use of respirators.

C. Respiratory section (from NIOSH/MSHA approved and certified models) on the basis of hazards to which the worker is exposed.

D. Medical examination of workers to determine whether or not they may be assigned an activity where respiratory protection is required.

E. User training in the proper use and limitations of respirators (as well as a way to evaluate the skill and knowledge obtained by the worker through training).

F. Respiratory fit testing.

G. Regulatory cleaning and disinfecting of respirators.

H. Routine inspection of respirators during cleaning, and at least once a month and after each use for those respirators designated for emergency use.

I. Storage of respirators in convenient, clean and sanitary locations.

J. Surveillance of work area conditions and degree of employee exposure (e.g. through air monitoring).

K. Regular inspection and evaluation of the continued effectiveness of the program.

L. Recognition and resolution of special problems as they affect respirators use (e.g., facial hair, eye glasses, etc.)

M. Proper respirator use (procedures for donning and doffing respirators when entering and exiting the abatement area.

1.7.3 WRITTEN STATEMENT OF COMPANY POLICY:

Provide a written statement of intent to provide a safe and healthful work place for workers. Written statement shall include assignment of individual responsibility, accountability, enforcement procedures and authority for required activities of the RPP.

1.7.4 THE RPP COORDINATOR:

Responsibility and authority for administering the entire RPP shall be with the contractor’s designated and qualified Respiratory Protection Program Coordination (RPPC). The minimum qualifications of the designated RPPC are:

167 A. Completion of OSHA training institute 2 week course on respiratory protection or NIOSH course "Occupational Respiratory Protection".

B. Two years experience running such a program for an abatement contractor after completion of training course. The RPP shall write the operating procedures of the RPP. Where other individuals are involved in the administration of the program, they shall report directly to C.P.I.H. who in turn shall be responsible directly to the contractor. RPPC shall ensure that the employees wear the appropriate personal protective equipment and are trained in the use of appropriate methods of exposure control. In addition the RPPC shall be responsible for purchasing approved respirators, issuing respirators, controlling inventory and record keeping. Record keeping shall include a list of employees who are trained in respirator use, medical records trained in respirator use, medical records of each respirator user, results of any pre or post training evaluations of worker’s knowledge and hands on skill, documentation of respirator care and maintenance, verification that respirators have been inspected for defects, airborne concentration of asbestos and descriptions of any problems encountered during abatement.

1.7.5 WRITTEN RPP PROCEDURE FOR SELECTION AND USE OF RESPIRATORS:

The RPP shall include a written procedure for selection and use of respirators. Procedures shall be written clearly and simply for the workers to understand and use. Provide a copy to the VA representative of this procedure as part of the contractor’s qualification sheet to be completed and submitted along with proposal. Maintain an extra copy at the job site for ready reference by any authorized employee or visitor.

1.7.6 RESPIRATORS FOR ABATEMENT OPERATIONS:

Where a person is or could reasonably be expected to be exposed during abatement operations to airborne asbestos above 0.5 f/cc or where ACM debris is visible, one of the following maximum levels of respiratory protection is required:

A. A combination respirator which includes a Type-C supplied air respirator (SAR) with a full face piece operated in the pressure demand mode and with an auxiliary self contained breathing apparatus (SAR/SCBA) operated in the pressure demand mode shall be worn whenever fiber concentrations are equal to or greater than 10.0 f/cc.

B. A self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) with a full facepiece operated in the pressure demand mode.

C. A pressure demand, full facepiece supplied air respirator that is equipped with an emergency backup HEPA filter shall be worn whenever fiber concentrations are equal or greater than 0.5 f/cc and less than 10.0 f/cc. The HEPA filter would be used when air flow unexpectedly ceased to provide emergency protection.

1. Head coverings: Combination pressure demand SAR/SCBA or pressure demand SCBA shall be equipped with full face pieces. Full face pieces shall be worn with either a bonnet-type disposable head/hood or with a full head cover/hood which is part of a fully encapsulating protective garment. Bonnet type head covers/hoods are used with the head straps located under the hoods. This allows removal of the head covering prior to showering without disturbing the respirators (which is worn into the shower).

D. Reserve air shall be provided per OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1910.134 as part of any supplied air system with the above respirators.

E. Exemptions from maximum respiratory protection during abatement operations: When the abatement contractor has demonstrated to the VA`s satisfaction that levels of airborne asbestos fibers in the work area are consistently below 0.5 f/cc, a full facepiece PAPR with HEPA cartridges may be used.

1.7.7 RESPIRATORS FOR PRE-ABATEMENT AND OTHER LOW LEVEL EXPOSURE OPERATIONS:

168 A. Air purifying respirators (1/2 face) supplied with HEPA filters may be used only in special situations such as during preabatement inspections, preparation of preabatement area, and operations after concentrations of asbestos are below 0.1 f/cc. These respirators may be used for glove bag application where the environment in which glove bag operation is to be conducted is free of any measurable concentration of asbestos. These respirators may be used for the loading, transportation and disposal of asbestos containing waste.

B. The use of half mask air purifying respirators is only a precaution in the event of an accidental asbestos exposure. Should such accidental asbestos exposure occur, the exposed personnel shall immediately leave the area of exposure and begin personal decontamination procedures in an appropriate PDF designated for this purpose.

C. The following respirators are suitable for non-abatement operations:

1. Pressure-demand SAR.

2. Any continuous-flow SAR.

3. Any powered air purifying respirators with HEPA filters.

4. Any dust, fume and mist respirator with HEPA filters.

1.7.8 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR RESPIRATOR WEARERS

Determine whether an employee is capable of wearing and using a respirator. Submit a certificate for each employee on the abatement job, signed by the examining physician and stating each employee is fit to perform all duties assigned for asbestos abatement.

1.7.9 WORKER AND SUPERVISOR TRAINING:

Provide formal instruction in the proper use of respirators to workers and supervisors. The supervisors shall have more comprehensive training in addition to the basic worker training. Submit copies of employee’s certificates or proof of attendance and a copy of course outline along with name and address of instructor. Furnish proof that instructor has satisfactorily completed the OSHA respirator course or its equivalent.

1.7.10 RESPIRATOR FIT TEST:

A. Perform a quantitative fit test (QNFT) or qualitative fit test (QLFT) in accordance with OSHA regulations CFR 1926.1101, to determine satisfactory fit with any respirator which creates a negative pressure in the facepiece, such as negative pressure air purifying respirator or a SAR fitted with an emergency HEPA filter as back up. Submit QNFT/QLFT results for each abatement employee.

B. Routine donning of respirators with tight fitting facepiece requires negative and positive pressure test to ensure adequate sealing fit. This shall be performed by the wearer prior to each entry into the work area.

C. Negative pressure test: For SCBA, SAR/SCBA, and SAR, block the end of the breathing tube with the palm of the hand and for negative pressure air purifying respirators close off the cartridge(s) or filter(s) by covering with the palms of the hands. The wearer shall inhale gently and hold at least 10 seconds. The face piece shall collapse slightly without inward leakage of air into the face piece.

D. Positive pressure test: For SCBA, SAR/SCBA, SAR and for negative pressure air purifying respirators, the exhalation valve is closed off and wearer exhales gently for at least 10 seconds. A slightly positive pressure shall be built up inside the face piece without any outward leakage of air from the face piece.

1.7.11 CLEANING, DISINFECTION, INSPECTION, REPAIR AND STORAGE:

169 Respirators shall be cleaned after each use by the wearer at the end of each shift. Collect all respirators at the change room of the PDF for additional inspection and cleaning. An individual with special training from the respirator manufacturer shall be assigned for this task. Every worker’s respirator shall bear identification and shall always be assigned to the same worker. If the respirators are serviced between shifts, only one respirator per worker is needed. If the cleaning is done during a work shift or if a worker will be entering and leaving the abatement area more than once during a shift, each worker requires two or more respirators depending on the number of exits and entries. Perform continuous inspection of respirators to identify malfunctions. Inspections shall be performed in accordance with manufacture’s instructions. Repair of respirators and replacement of parts shall be done by the manufacturer. Replacement parts for respirators shall be from the manufacturer of the respirator only. Substitution of parts from a different brand or type of respirator, or unauthorized modification will void the approval of the respirator and will lead to serious violation of these specifications. Any such violation will cause stoppage of abatement work; shall be reported to OSHA, EPA and other agencies having jurisdiction; and shall cause the mandatory substitution of the individual responsible for the infraction. Store respirators in a convenient, clean, and sanitary location to ensure proper function when used. Protect against dust, chemicals, sunlight, excessive heat or cold, and mechanical damage. Store thoroughly dried respirators in sealed plastic bags or in containers with tight fitting lids.

1.7.12 REGULAR PROGRAM EVALUATION AND SPECIAL PROBLEMS OF USE:

A. The RPPC shall periodically assess the effectiveness of the respiratory protection program during all phases of asbestos abatement operations. Frequent walk through inspections during abatement activities shall be conducted to monitor and document supervisor and worker compliance with requirements of the program. In addition to general assessment of the overall respiratory program, specific evaluations of the respirator cleaning, inspection, maintenance, repair, storage, and use procedures shall be frequently conducted to ensure that the desired results of these operations are consistently achieved.

B. The following special problems shall be addressed and resolved, if encountered when wearing respirators:

1. Facial hair, including beards, sideburns, moustaches or even a few days of growth of stubble shall not be allowed for employees wearing any type of respirator.

2. Ordinary eye glasses shall not be used with full face respirators. Special corrective lenses are available from manufacturers and shall be permanently mounted by an individual designated by the manufacturer as qualified to install accessory items. Eyeglasses and goggles may interfere with the half face pieces. In this case, a full face piece with special corrective lenses as installed by manufacturer shall be provided. Contact lenses will not be allowed with any kind of respirator.

3. Facial deformities which prevent tight seals are scars, deep skin creases, prominent cheekbones, severe acne and the lack of teeth or dentures.

4. Communications while wearing a respirator with a face piece can break the seal of the face piece. When communication is necessary within the work area, it shall be done with the help of special communicating equipment obtained from the respirator manufacturer.

5. Under high or low temperatures, the respirator shall be equipped with a vortex tube to either warm or cool the air supply if such device has been approved by the respirator manufacturer, or the air supply shall heat or cool the air supplied to the respirator.

1.7.13 PROPER RESPIRATOR USE PROCEDURES:

Establish a well defined procedure for donning and doffing of respirator when entering and exiting the work area through the PDF. Donning and doffing of respiratory protective devices and work clothes shall be accomplished using the "BUDDY" system, involving two employees assisting each other to ensure full and satisfactory compliance with the establish procedures. Established written procedures for proper respirator use shall be in accordance with the requirements described in the EPA/NIOSH publication EPA-560-OPTS-86-001 titled "A Guide to Respiratory Protection for the Asbestos Abatement Industry". The procedures described in this document for

170 clean room (entry), shower room (entry), equipment room (entry), work area, equipment room (exit), shower room (exit), and clean room (exit) for pressure demand SAR/SCBA are made by reference part of this specification.

1.7.14 SUBMIT BEFORE START OF WORK:

Manufacturer’s product information for each component including NIOSH and MSHA certification, system diagram for Type "C" supplied air system, showing assembly of components into a complete system, showing location of compressor, filter banks, backup air lines to work area(s) from compressor.

1.7.15 BREATHING AIR SYSTEMS:

A. Where required, provide a breathing air system for a continuous sufficient supply of "Grade D" or better breathing air in accordance with CGA standards. Provide one hour reserve or escape type for all type SARs including SAR/SCBA and SAR with backup HEPA. The air system shall provide breathing air temperature control, continuous monitoring and alarm against carbon monoxide (CO) in the airstream and an alarm for air compressor failure. Alarm shall be audible throughout the project area above the operating noise of equipment and normal work. Provide continuous monitoring of the breathing air system operation including compressor, filter system, back up air capacity, and monitoring and warning devices by a dedicated individual trained by the manufacturer for the operation and maintenance of the system. Two types of breathing air systems that may be used are the high pressure breathing air system and the high pressure air storage cylinders:

1. High pressure breathing air system shall operate between 2000 and 4000 psi and shall consist of a high pressure compressor, an inter cooler/after cooler assembly, and air purifier assembly, an in line high pressure air storage bank and a high pressure distribution line and control panel with connections for the respirators.

2. High pressure air storage cylinders shall be used for small jobs only such as maintenance and repair. The system consists of pre-pumped high pressure cylinders containing "Grade D" or better in accordance with CGA. These cylinders may be obtained from commercial suppliers.

B. The low pressure breathing air system and the ambient air pump system are not allowed for asbestos abatement work in this project.

1.8 WORKER PROTECTION:

1.8.1 TRAINING PRIOR TO ENGAGE IN ABATEMENT WORK:

Train workers in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 and this section. Workers shall be trained and be knowledgeable on the following topics: Methods of recognizing ACM; health effects of asbestos exposure; effects of smoking and asbestos exposure; activities that could result in hazardous exposure; protective controls; practices and procedures to minimize exposure including engineering controls, work practices, respirators, housekeeping procedures, hygiene facilities, protective clothing, decontamination procedures, emergency procedures and waste transportation and disposal; review OSHA 29 CFR 1910.134 for respirators; medical surveillance program; review OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101, and for air monitoring, personal and area; review this section of the project specification.

1.8.2 MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS:

Provide medical examinations for all workers and any other employee entering the work area per OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 regardless of asbestos exposure levels. In addition, the contractor's physician shall perform an evaluation of each individual's ability to work in heat stress environments.

1.8.3 PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:

171 Provide boots with steel shank and toe, hard hats, goggles and gloves for all workers. Equipment shall meet OSHA requirements for personal protection. Provide all persons entering the work area with disposable full body coveralls, disposable head covers, undershorts, and 18" boot type covers. Ensure that disposable clothes will not be compromised by employees. Provide disposable plastic or rubber gloves to protect hands. Cloth gloves may be worn inside the disposable gloves but shall not be used alone. Use tape to secure sleeves at the wrists and to secure foot coverings at the ankles.

1.8.4 ENTERING AND EXITING PROCEDURES:

Provide worker protection per most stringent applicable requirements. Provide as a minimum the following:

A. Ensure that each time workers enter the work area, they remove all street clothes and jewelry in the changing room of the personal decontamination unit and put on new disposable coveralls, new head covers, and clean respirators, then proceed through the shower to equipment room, and put on work boots.

1.8.5 DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES:

Require that all workers adhere to the following decontamination procedure whenever they leave the work area:

A. Require that all workers use the following decontamination procedure as a minimum requirement whenever leaving the work area:

1. When exiting work area, remove disposable coveralls, and all other clothes, disposable head covers, and disposable footwear covers or boots in the equipment room.

2. Still wearing respirators, and completely naked proceed to showers. Showering is mandatory. Care must be taken to follow reasonable procedures in removing the respirator to avoid asbestos fibers while showering. The following procedure is required as a minimum:

a. Thoroughly wet the body including hair and face. If using a Powered Air-Purifying Respirator (PAPR) hold unit above head to keep canisters dry.

B. With respirators still in place thoroughly wash body, hair, respirator face piece, and all parts of the respirator except the blower unit and battery pack on a PAPR. Pay particular attention to clean seal between face and respirator and under straps.

C. Take a deep breath, hold it and/or exhale slowly, completely wet hair, face, and respirator. While still holding breath, remove respirator and hold it away from face before starting to breath.

3. Carefully wash face piece of respirator inside and out. If using PAPR: shutdown in the following sequence, first cap inlets to filter cartridges, then turn off blower unit (this sequence will keep debris from dislodging and contaminating the outside of the unit). Thoroughly wash blower unit and hoses. Carefully wash battery pack with wet rag. Be extremely cautious of getting water in the battery pack as this will short out and destroy the battery.

4. Shower completely with soap and water. Rinse thoroughly.

5. Rinse shower room walls and floor prior to exit.

6. Proceed from shower to changing room and change into street clothes or into new disposable work items.

D. Air Purifying-Negative Pressure Respirators: Require that all workers use the following decontamination procedure as a minimum requirement leaving the work area with a full face cartridge type respirator:

172 1. When exiting area, remove disposable coveralls, and all other clothes, disposable head covers, and disposable footwear covers or boots in the equipment room.

2. Still wearing respirators and completely naked, proceed to showers. Showering is mandatory. Care must be taken to follow reasonable procedures in removing the respirator and filters to avoid asbestos fibers while showering. The following procedure is required as a minimum:

a. Thoroughly wet body from neck down. Wet hair as thoroughly as possible without wetting the respirator filter if using as air purifying type respirator.

b. Take a deep breath, hold it and/or exhale slowly, completely wetting of hair, thoroughly wetting face, respirator and filter (air purifying respirator). While still holding breath, remove respirator and hold it away from face before starting to breath.

3. Dispose of wet filters from air purifying respirator.

4. Carefully wash face piece of respirator inside and out.

5. Shower completely with soap and water. Rinse thoroughly.

6. Rinse shower room walls and floor prior to exit.

7. Proceed from shower to Changing Room and change into street clothes or into new disposable work items.

1.8.6 LIMITATIONS WITHIN WORK AREA:

Ensure that workers do not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or in any way break the protection of the respiratory protection system in the work area.

1.9 DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES:

1.9.1 DESCRIPTION

Provide each work area with separate personnel and equipment decontamination facilities. Ensure that the PDF are the only means of ingress and egress for the work area and that all equipment, bagged waste material and other material exit the work area only through the equipment decontamination facilities (EDF). See drawings for minimum requirements of each arrangement and OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.1101.

1.9.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

All persons entering and exiting the work area shall follow the entry and exit procedures required by the applicable regulations and these specifications. Process all equipment and material exiting the work area through the EDF and decontaminate as required by the specifications. Construct walls and ceilings of PDF and EDF airtight with at least 6-mil flame resistant polyethylene sheeting and attach to existing building components or to a temporary framework. Use a minimum of 2 layers of 6-mil opaque flame resistant polyethylene to cover floor under PDF. Construct doors from overlapping flame resistant polyethylene sheets so that they overlap adjacent surfaces. Weigh sheets at bottom so that they quickly close after release. Put arrow on sheets showing direction of overlap and travel. If building is partially occupied construct solid barrier on the public site to protect sheeting. When a pressure differential system is selected and approved by VA Representative, PDF and EDF openings will be of rigid fire retardant construction such as plywood or sheet rock with a rigid rubber flanged door to restrict air flow into work area from adjacent areas. Construct rigid enclosures as indicated on drawings with fire retardant lumber.

1.9.3 PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES (PDF):

173 A. Provide a PDF consisting of serial arrangement of change room, shower room and equipment room. Provide adequately sized PDF to accommodate the number of employees scheduled for the project. The center chamber of the three chamber PDF shall be fitted with as many portable walk through shower stalls as necessary so that all employees will be able to go through the entire decontamination procedure within 15 minutes. Construct PDF of opaque or colored flame-resistant polyethylene for privacy. Construct PDF so that it will not allow for parallel routes of exit without showering.

B. Changing room for PDF: The changing room of the PDF must be physically and visually separated from the rest of the building for the purpose of worker changing into protective clothing or dressing into street clothing. Construct using 6-mil minimum thickness polyethylene sheeting to provide an airtight room. Provide a minimum of two, three feet wide flapped doorways constructed from sheet polyethylene. One doorway shall be from the outside and one from the shower. Maintain floor of this room dry and clean at all times. Do not allow overflow from shower into this room. Damp wipe all surfaces twice after each shift change with a disinfectant solution. Provide in this room adequate supply of disposable or recyclable bath towels and protective clothing. Provide 1 storage locker per employee, benches for employees to sit on and all other components indicated on the drawings. Provide a portable type "ABC" fire extinguisher in this room as per NFPA Standard 10. Require all persons to remove all street clothes in this room, dress in disposable or recyclable protective clothes, dress with cleanly laundered warm wear and disposable or recyclable protective clothes, and respiratory protection equipment. Ensure that any person entering this room will do so either from outside with street clothes or from the showers completely naked and thoroughly washed. If a female is required to enter or exit the work area make all necessary provisions to ensure her privacy throughout the decontamination process.

C. Airlock: Provide an airlock between shower and clean room. This is a transit area for workers. Separate this room from the rest of the building with curtained doorways and airtight walls fabricated of 6-mil polyethylene.

D. Showers Room of PDF: The showers room of PDF provides a completely water tight operational compartment to be used for transit of all persons entering the work area from the changing room, or for showering by all persons headed out of the work area after undressing in the equipment room. Construct each stall and shower walls so that water running down the walls will drip into the pan. Install a freely draining smooth wooden floor on top of shower pan. Separate this room from the rest of the building and the adjacent equipment and changing rooms with the air tight walls fabricated of a minimum 6-mil flame- resistant polyethylene. Provide splash proof entrances to changing and equipment rooms with two doors arranged as follows:

1. At each entrance to the shower room, construct door frame from 2'x4' lumber with 1-1/2" head and sill. Attach to the frame two overlapping flaps of rubber roofing material, fastened at the head and jambs. Overlap flaps at least 6" in a direction that presents a shingle-like configuration to the water stream from the shower. Overlap sill by 1-1/2" minimum. Arrange so that any air movement from the work area will cause the flaps to seal against the door frame. At one foot toward shower from each entrance to the shower room construct a second 2'x4' door head. Attach to this head a one piece flap of rubber roofing material fastened at the top, overlapping onto each side of the shower unit by 1-1/2" minimum and stopping 1" clear of floor. Provide shower heads and controls, temporary cold and hot water and drainage, soap dish and continuous supply of soap and maintain sanitary conditions. Arrange controls so that a single individual can shower without assistance. Provide flexible hoses shower head, hose bib and all other items shown on drawings. Pump waste water to drain or storage for use as amended water. If pumped to drain, provide 20 micron and 5 micron waste water filters in line to drain. Change filters daily. Locate filters inside shower so that water lost during filter changes drains into shower pan. Hose down all surfaces of the showers room after each shift and clean debris from the shower pan. Dispose of residue as asbestos contaminated waste.

174 E. Airlock: Provide an airlock between shower and equipment room. This is a transit area for workers. Separate this room from the rest of the building with curtained doorways and airtight walls fabricated of 6- mil polyethylene.

F. Equipment Room of PDF: The equipment room of the PDF provides a completely airtight compartment to be used to store work equipment, reusable footwear and warm clothing and as a transit and change station. Separate this room from the work area by a minimum 3` wide flap door of 6 mil flame-resistant polyethylene sheeting. Separate this room from the shower room, the work area and other rooms with airtight walls and ceiling constructed of a minimum 6 mil flame-resistant polyethylene sheeting. If the airborne asbestos level in the work area is expected to be higher than .5 f/cc (i.e.,dry removal operations),add an intermediate cleaning space between the equipment room and the work area. Damp wipe all surfaces of the equipment room after each shift change. Provide an additional floor layer of 6-mil clear polyethylene sheeting per shift change and remove contaminated layer after each shift. Provide temporary electrical sub-panel in this room to accommodate any power tools and equipment in work area. Provide benches for workers to sit on.

1.9.4 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION FACILITIES (EDF):

Provide an EDF consisting of a serial arrangement of an airlock, wash room, airlock, and holding room (clean room) for removal of equipment and material from work area. Do not allow entry or exit of people through EDF for other than emergencies. Clean debris and residue from inside EDF on a daily basis. Wipe down or hose down all surfaces after each shift and clean shower pan from debris.

A. Airlock: Provide an airlock between work area and wash room. This is a transit area for waste and equipment. Separate this room from the rest of the building with curtained doorways and airtight walls fabricated of 6-mil polyethylene.

B. Wash down station: Provide an enclosed shower unit located in work area just outside wash room as an equipment, bag and container cleaning station. Provide wash room for cleaning of bagged or containerized asbestos-containing waste materials passed from the work area. Construct wash room of 2'x4' wood framing and polyethylene sheeting, at least 6-mil in thickness. Locate room so that packaged materials, after being wiped clean can be passed to the Holding Room.

C. Wash Room: Provide wash room for cleaning of bagged or containerized asbestos containing waste materials passed from the work area. Construct wash room of 2'x4' wood framing and flame resistant polyethylene sheeting, at least 6 mil in thickness. Locate room so that packaged materials, after being wiped clean can be passed to the holding Room. Separate this room from the work area by a single flap of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting.

D. Airlock: Provide an airlock between holding room and wash room. This is a transit area for waste and equipment. Separate this room from the rest of the building with curtained doorways and airtight walls fabricated of 6-mil polyethylene.

E. Holding Room: Provide Holding Room as a drop location for bagged asbestos containing materials passed from the wash room. Construct clean room of 2'x4' wood framing and polyethylene sheeting, at least 6 mil thickness and located so that bagged materials can not be passed from the wash room through the Holding Room to the Clean Room. Separate this room from the adjacent rooms by double flaps fabricated from +/- 1/16 inch thick single ply rubber roofing material either EDPM (ethylene-propylene diene monomer) or neoprene.

F. Clean Room: Provide a clean room to isolate the holding room from the building exterior. Separate this room from the exterior by a single flap of 6 mil polyethylene sheeting. When a pressure differential system is selected, a rigid enclosure separation between the EDF clean room and adjacent areas will be constructed.

1.9.5 TEMPORARY UTILITIES TO PDF AND EDF:

175 Provide temporary water service connection to the PDF and the EDF. Provide backflow protection at the point of connection to the VA system. Provide UL rated 40 gallon electric hot water heater to supply hot water at a minimum of 100 degrees F to the showers of the PDF.

Hot water may be secured from the building hot water system if authorized in writing by the representative and provided that backflow protection will be installed at the point of connection. Water supply must be properly pressurized and temperature balanced at shower discharge. Provide temporary electric power with ground fault protection and overhead wiring throughout the PDF and EDF. Provide sub-panel for all temporary power in changing room. Provide lighting to reach 50 foot candles throughout PDF and EDF. Provide temporary heat to maintain 70 F throughout PDF and EDF except that shower of PDF shall be maintained at 75 F.

1.9.6 EQUIPMENT DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES:

At washdown station, thoroughly wet-clean contaminated equipment and/or sealed polyethylene bags and pass into wash room. When passing equipment and or containers into the wash room, close all doorways of the EDF, other than the doorway between the washdown station and the wash room. Keep all outside personnel clear of the EDF. Once inside the washroom, wet-clean the bags and/or equipment. When cleaning is complete pass items into Holding Room. Close all doorways except the doorway between the holding room and the clean room. Workers from the building exterior shall enter holding room area and remove decontaminated equipment and/or containers for disposal. Require these workers to wear full protective clothing and appropriate respiratory protection. At no time is a worker from an uncontaminated area allowed to enter the enclosure when a removal worker is inside.

1.10 NEGATIVE PRESSURE FILTRATION SYSTEMS:

Asbestos Contractor shall provide enough HEPA filtered negative air units to completely exchange the work air 4 times/hour. For dry removals increase room air changes to 6. Contractor shall demonstrate the number of units needed per work area for 4 room air changes by calculating the volume flow rate (cfm) delivered by each unit under 2 inches pressure drop across filters. Provide at least one standby unit in the event of a machine failure or emergency such as contamination in surrounding non-work area. When a pressure differential system is selected provide enough HEPA filtration units to filter and recirculate the air in the work area at a rate of 4 room air changes per hour.

1.10.1 SUBMITTALS:

Before start of work submit design of pressure differential system to the V.P.I.H. for review. Submittal shall include number, location and size of HEPA units, points of exhaust, projected air flow within work area, anticipated pressure differential and supporting calculations for sizing. In all cases, submit the following:

A. Manufacturer`s product data on the HEPA units.

B. Methods of supplying adequate power to the units and designation of panels supplying power.

C. Description of testing methods for correct airflow and pressure differential and manufacturer`s data on generator and switch.

D. Location of the machines in the work area.

E. Manufacturer's product data on equipment used to monitor pressure differential between inside and outside of work area.

On a weekly basis: Submit printout from pressure differential monitoring equipment. Mark print out with date and start of time for each day. Use print out paper that indicates elapsed time in intervals no greater than hours. Cut printout into segments by day, attach to 8 ½" by 11" paper. Label with project name, Contractors name and date.

1.10.2 NEGATIVE AIR MACHINES (HEPA UNITS):

176 General: Supply the required number of HEPA filtered fan units to the site in accordance with these specifications. Use units that meet the following requirements.

A. Cabinet: Constructed of durable materials able to withstand damage from rough handling and transportation. The width of the cabinet should be less than 30" to fit through standard-size doorways. Provide units whose cabinets are factory sealed to prevent asbestos-containing dust from being released during use, transport, or maintenance.

B. Fans: Rate capacity of fan according to usable air-moving capacity under actual operating conditions.

C. HEPA Filters: Provide units whose final filter is the HEPA type with the filter media (folded into closely pleated panels) completely sealed on all edges with a structurally rigid frame.

1. Provide units with a contiguous rubber gasket located between the filter and the filter housing to form a tight seal.

2. Provide HEPA filters that are individually tested and certified by the manufacturer to have an efficiency of not less than 99.97% when challenged with 0.3 micron dioctylpthalate (DOP) particles. Provide filters that bear a UL586 label to indicate ability to perform under specified conditions.

3. Provide filters that are marked with: name of the manufacturer, serial number, air flow rating, efficiency and resistance, and the direction of test air flow.

D. Prefilters: Which protect the final filter by removing the larger particles, are required to prolong the operating life of the HEPA filter. Two stages of penetration are required. Provide units with the following prefilters:

1. First-stage prefilters: low-efficiency type (e.g., for particles 100 microns and larger)

2. Second-stage (or intermediate) filter: medium efficiency (e.g., effective for particles down to 5 microns)

Provide units with prefilters and intermediate filters installed either on or in the intake grid of the unit and held in place with special housing or clamps.

E. Instrumentation: Provide units equipped with a magnehelic gauge or manometer to measure the pressure drop across filters and indicate when filters have become loaded and need to be changed. A table indicating the usable air-handling capacity for various static pressure readings on the magnehelic gauge affixed near the gauge for reference, or the magnehelic reading indicating at what point the filters should be changed, noting cubic feet per minute (CFM) air delivery at that point. Unit should have an elapsed time meter to show the total accumulated hours of operation.

F. Provide units with the following safety and warning devices:

1. Electrical (or mechanical) lockout to prevent fan from operating without a HEPA filter.

2. Automatic shutdown system to stop fan in the event of a rupture in the HEPA filter or blocked air discharge.

3. Warning lights to indicate normal operating (green), too high a pressure drop across the filters (i.e., filter overloading) (yellow), and too low a pressure drop (i.e., rupture in HEPA filter or obstructed discharge) (red).

4. Audible alarm if unit shuts down due to operation of safety systems.

177 G. Electrical Components: Provide units with electrical components approved by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and Underwriter's Laboratories (UL). Each unit is to be equipped with overload protection sized for the equipment. The motor, fan, fan housing, and cabinetry are to be grounded.

1.10.3 PRESSURE DIFFERENTIAL:

Provide a fully operational negative air system within the work area continuously maintaining a pressure differential across work area enclosures of -0.02 inches of water. Demonstrate to the VA representative the pressure differential by use of a pressure differential meter or a manometer, before disturbance of any asbestos containing materials. This pressure differential will be used for either negative air system or pressure differential system.

1.10.4 MONITORING:

Continuously monitor and record the pressure differential between the work area and the building outside the work area with a monitoring device incorporating a strip chart recorder. Make the strip chart record part of the project log.

1.10.5 AUXILIARY GENERATOR:

For all partially occupied buildings during abatement construction, provide auxiliary gasoline or diesel powered generator located outside of the building in a location protected from the weather. Arrange so that if a power failure occurs the generator automatically starts and supplies power to a minimum of 50% of the negative air machines in operation.

1.10.6 SUPPLEMENTAL MAKE-UP AIR INLETS:

Provide air flow through the work space in location approved by the VA representative by making openings in the plastic sheeting to allow air from outside the building into the work area. Locate auxiliary make-up air inlets as far as possible from the exhaust unit (e.g., on an opposite wall), off the floor (preferably near the ceiling), and away from barriers that separate the work area from occupied clean areas. Cover with flaps to reseal automatically if the negative pressure system should shut down for any reason. Spray flap and around opening with spray adhesive so that flap seals if it closes.

1.10.7 TESTING THE SYSTEM:

Test negative pressure system before any ACM is wetted or removed. After the work area has been prepared, the decontamination facility set up, and the exhaust unit(s) installed, start the unit(s) (one at a time). Demonstrate operation and testing of negative pressure system to the VA representative.

1.10.8 DEMONSTRATION OF NEGATIVE AIR SYSTEM OPERATION:

A. Demonstrate the operation of the negative pressure system to the VA representative to include, but not be limited to the following:

1. Curtain of decontamination units move slightly in toward the work area. Demonstrate pressure differential system will maintain -0.02" of water.

2. Emergency shut off will operate in case of fire.

3. Plastic barriers and sheeting move slightly in toward work area.

4. Noticeable movement of air through the decontamination unit. Use smoke tube to demonstrate air movement from clean room to shower, from shower to equipment room, and from equipment room to work area.

178 5. Positive motion of air across all areas in which work is to be performed. Use smoke tubes to demonstrate air motion. Use a differential pressure meter or manometer to demonstrate a pressure differential of at least -0.02 inches of water across every barrier separating the work area from the balance of the building or outside. Modify the negative pressure system as necessary to successfully demonstrate the above.

1.10.9 USE OF SYSTEM DURING ABATEMENT OPERATIONS:

A. Start exhaust units before beginning work (before any ACM is disturbed). After abatement work has begun, run units continuously to maintain a constant negative pressure until decontamination of the work area is complete. Do not turn off units at the end of the work shift or when abatement operations temporarily stop.

B. Do not shut down negative air system during abatement operations procedures, unless authorized by the VA Representative in writing.

C. Start abatement work at a location farthest from the exhaust units and proceed toward them. If an electric power failure occurs, immediately stop all removal work and do not resume until power is restored and all exhaust units are operating again.

D. At completion of abatement work, allow exhaust units to run as specified under this section, to remove airborne fibers that may have been generated during abatement work and cleanup and to purge the work area with clean make-up air. Units may be required to run after decontamination, if dry or only partially wetted asbestos material was encountered during any abatement work.

1.10.10 DISMANTLING THE SYSTEM:

When a final inspection and the results of the final air tests indicate that the area has been decontaminated, exhaust units may be removed from the work area. Before removal from the work area, remove and properly dispose of prefilters, and seal intake to the machine with 6-mil flame-resistant polyethylene bag to prevent environmental contamination from the prefilters.

1.11 CONTAINMENT BARRIERS AND COVERINGS OF WORK AREA:

1.11.1 GENERAL:

Seal off perimeter of work area to completely isolate abatement areas and to contain all airborne asbestos contamination created by abatement work. Cover all surfaces of the work area to protect them from cross contamination, to facilitate more efficient clean-up, and to protect the finishes from the asbestos abatement work. Should the area beyond the seal off limits become contaminated as a consequence of the work, clean those areas in accordance with procedures described in this section at no additional cost to the government. Provide fire-stopping and identify all fire barrier penetrations due to abatement work.

1.11.2 PREPARATION PRIOR TO SEALING OFF:

Place all tools, scaffolding, staging, etc. necessary for the work in the area to be isolated prior to erection of temporary plastic sheeting enclosure. Remove all uncontaminated removable furniture, equipment, and/or supplies from the work area before commencing work, or completely cover with two layers of flame-resistant polyethylene sheeting, at least 6-mil in thickness, securely taped in place with duct tape. Such furniture and equipment shall be considered outside the work area unless covering plastic or seal is broached. Disable ventilating systems or any other system bringing air into or out of the work area. Disable system utilizing positive means that will prevent accidental premature restarting of equipment, i.e., disconnecting wires, removing circuit breakers, lockable switch, etc.

1.11.3 CONTROL ACCESS TO WORK AREA:

179 Permit access to the work area only through the personnel decontamination facilities (PDF). All other means of access shall be closed off and sealed and warning signs displayed on the clean side of the sealed access. Where the work area is immediately adjacent to or within view of occupied areas, provide a visual barrier of opaque flame- resistant polyethylene sheeting at least 6-mil thickness so that the work procedures are not visible to building occupants. Where the area adjacent to the work area is accessible to the public, construct a sturdy barrier able to withstand the negative pressure as specified. Construct barrier with nominal 2'x4' wood or metal studs 16" on center, securely anchored to prevent movement, covered with minimum 3/8" plywood. All wood must be fire retardant.

Provide warning signs at each visual and physical barrier per OSHA requirements. Alternate method of containing the work area or different definition of the limits of seal-off from the one shown on the drawings may be submitted to the VA's representative for approval in accordance with this section. Do not proceed with any such alterations without prior written approval by the VA. Post asbestos warning signs.

1.11.4 CRITICAL BARRIERS:

Completely separate the work area from other portion of the building, and the outside by flame-resistant sheet plastic barriers at least 6-mil in thickness, or by sealing with duct tape. Individually seal all ventilation openings (supply and exhaust), lighting fixtures, clocks, doorways, windows, convectors and speakers, and other openings into the work area with duct tape alone or with flame resistant polyethylene sheeting at least 6-mil thickness, taped securely in place with duct tape. Maintain seal until all work including project decontamination is completed. Take care in sealing off lighting fixtures to avoid melting or burning of sheeting. Provide flame resistant sheet plastic barriers at least 6-mil in thickness as required to completely seal openings from the work area into adjacent areas. Seal the perimeter of all sheet plastic barriers with duct tape or spray cement.

1.11.5 PRIMARY BARRIERS:

A. Clean all contaminated furniture, equipment and supplies with HEPA vacuum cleaner or wet cleaning, as specified in this Section, prior to being moved or covered. See drawings for areas requiring this work. Clean all surfaces in work area with HEPA vacuum or by wet wiping prior to the installation of any sheet plastic.

B. Enclose work areas with two layers of plastic sheeting on floor and one layer on walls, or as otherwise directed on the contract drawings or in writing by the VA Representative. Cover floor of work area with 2 individual layers of clear flame resistant polyethylene sheeting, each at least 6 mil in thickness, turned up walls at least 12 inches. Form a sharp right angle bend at junction of floor and wall so that there is no radius which could be stepped on causing the wall attachment to be pulled loose. Both spray glue and duct tape all seams in floor covering. Locate seams in top layer six feet from, or at right angles to, seams in bottom layer. Install sheeting so that top layer can be removed independently of bottom layer. Remove all electrical and mechanical items, such as lighting fixtures, clocks, diffusers, registers, etc., which cover any part of the surface to be worked on with the work. Cover all walls in work area including critical barriers sheet plastic barriers with one layer of polyethylene sheeting, at least 6-mil thickness, mechanically supported and sealed with duct tape or spray glue in the same manner as "critical barrier" sheet plastic barriers. Tape all joints including the joining with the floor covering with duct tape or as otherwise indicated on the contract documents.

C. Elevator: Cover walls, floor and ceiling of elevator with 2 layers of 6-mil polyethylene. Arrange entry to work area so that elevator door is in a positively pressurized space outside the clean room of the decontamination unit. At completion of work elevator shall be cleaned per this section.

D. Stairs and Ramps: Where stairs or ramps are covered with plastic, provide 3/4" exterior grade plywood treads securely held in place, over plastic. Do not cover rungs or rails with any type of protective materials.

1.11.6 EXTENSION OF WORK AREA:

180 If the enclosure barrier is breached in any manner that could allow the passage of asbestos debris or airborne fibers, then where possible, add affected area to the work area. Enclose it as required by this section of the specification and decontaminate it as described elsewhere in this section. If contamination cannot be added to work area, decontamination measures shall start immediately after contamination is discovered and work will stop in work area. Decontamination procedures will continue until exposure returns to background levels.

1.11.7 SECONDARY BARRIERS:

Provide secondary layer of plastic as a drop cloth to protect the primary layer from debris generated by the asbestos abatement work.

1.12 MONITORING, INSPECTION AND TESTING:

1.12.1 GENERAL:

A. Perform throughout abatement work monitoring, inspection and testing inside the work area in accordance with OSHA requirements and these specifications. The C.P.I.H. shall inspect and oversee the performance of the Contractor I.H. Technician. I.H. Technician shall continuously inspect and monitor conditions inside the work area to ensure compliance with these specifications. In addition, the C.P.I.H. shall personally manage air sample collection, analysis and evaluation for personal and work area samples to satisfy OSHA requirements. Additional inspection and testing requirements are specified in other parts of this section.

B. The VA will employ an independent industrial hygienist (V.P.I.H.) consultant to perform various services on behalf of the VA. The V.P.I.H. consultant will perform the necessary monitoring, inspection, testing and other support services to ensure that VA patients, employees and visitors will not be adversely impacted by the abatement work, and the abatement work proceeds in accordance with these specifications, that the abated areas or abated buildings have been successfully decontaminated. The work of the V.P.I.H. consultant in no way relieves the abatement contractor from his responsibility to perform his work in accordance with contract documents, to perform continuous inspection, monitoring and testing for the safety of his employees, and to perform other such services as specified in this section. The cost of the VA, V.P.I.H. consultant and his services will be born by the VA except for repeated final inspection and testing that may be required due to unsatisfactory initial results. These repeated final inspections and testing, if required, will be paid for by the contractor.

C. If fibers counted by the V.P.I.H. consultant during abatement work, either inside or outside the work area utilizing NIOSH 7400 air monitoring method exceed the specified respective limits, then contractor shall stop work. Asbestos contractor may request confirmation of above results by analysis of samples with TEM. Request must be in writing and submitted to the VA representative. Cost for the confirmation of results will be born by the contractor for both the collection of samples and for the time delay that may result for this confirmation. Confirmation sampling and analysis will be the responsibility of the C.P.I.H. with review and approval by the V.P.I.H. An agreement between the two I.H.'s will be reached on the exact details of the confirmation effort in writing including such things as number of samples, location, collection, quality control on-site, analytical laboratory, interpretation of results and follow up action. This agreement shall be co-signed by both I.H.'s and delivered to the VA representative.

1.12.2 OUTLINE SCOPE OF SERVICES OF THE V.P.I.H. CONSULTANT:

A. The purpose of the work of the V.P.I.H. consultant is to: Assure quality, resolve problems, and prevent the spread of contamination beyond the work area. In addition, the consultant’s work includes performance, final inspection and testing, to determine whether a space or building has been adequately decontaminated. All air monitoring is to be done utilizing PCM with an option to utilize TEM after approval from the VA representative. The V.P.I.H. consultant will perform the following tasks:

1. TASK 1: Establish background levels a day before abatement work will start. This will include taking background samples (at least 5) and retaining samples for possible TEM analysis.

181 2. TASK 2: Perform continuous air monitoring, inspection and testing outside the work area during actual abatement work to detect any faults.

3. TASK 3: Perform unannounced site visits to spot check overall compliance of work with contract documents. These visits may include any inspection, monitoring and testing inside and outside the work area and all aspects of operation except personnel monitoring.

4. TASK 4: Provide support to the VA representative such as evaluation of submittals from the abatement contractor, resolution of unforeseen developments in abatement work etc.

5. TASK 5: Perform, in the presence of the Va representative, final inspection and testing of a decontaminated area or building at the conclusion of the abatement and cleanup work to certify compliance with VA decontamination standards.

6. TASK 6: Issue certification of decontamination for each area or building and project report.

B. All data, inspection results and testing results generated by the V.P.I.H. consultant will be available to the contractor for information and consideration. Contractor shall provide cooperation and support to the V.P.I.H. consultant for efficient and smooth performance of their work.

C. Monitoring and inspection results of the V.P.I.H. consultant will be used by the VA to issue any stop removal orders to the contractor during abatement work and to accept or reject area or a building as decontaminated. The V.P.I.H. consultant will make available to the contractor the plan for sample collection and analysis for continuous monitoring outside the work areas and the plan of final inspection and testing for each space or building prior to executing each plan. Plan will include location for samples, name and qualification of person taking samples, lab analysis procedures, methodology of analysis. lab information and qualifications of laboratory analyst.

1.12.3 MONITORING, INSPECTION AND TESTING BY ABATEMENT CONTRACTOR:

The C.P.I.H. is responsible for managing all monitoring, inspection and testing required by these specification, the OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1926.1101, and for continuous monitoring of all sub-systems and procedures effecting the safety of the contractor's employees.

Safety of the contractor's employees and providing safe conditions inside the work area for all persons entering is the exclusive responsibility of the contractor. The person performing the personnel and area monitoring inside the work area (OSHA "Competent Person") shall be an I.H. technician, who shall have specialized field experience in air sampling. A minimum of two training courses on asbestos sampling and analysis and participation in five abatement projects collecting personal and area samples are minimum qualifications requirements. The analytical laboratory that will be used by the contractor to analyze the samples shall be AIHA P.A.T. accredited. Keep a daily log of personnel and area samples taken and analyzed and make such log available to the VA Representative. Log shall contain information on the person sampled, the date of sample collection the time of sample start and finish, flow rate, sample volume and fibers/cc. Take and analyze personal samples for at least 25% of the workers in each shift, but not less than two, and one area sample per 1000 sq. ft. of work space per shift but not less than one per room where active abatement takes place. An asbestos Analyst Registry (AIHA) registered microscopist is required if on site analysis is to be performed. In addition to the continuous monitoring required, the C.P.I.H. will perform inspection and testing at the final stages of abatement for each work area or building as specified elsewhere in this section. Air samples collected for clearance monitoring must be submitted on VA form 10-0018.

1.13 STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES (SOP):

Asbestos contractor shall have established a standard operating procedures (SOP) in printed form and loose leaf folder consisting of simplified text, diagrams, sketches and pictures that establish and explains clearly the ways and

182 procedures to be followed during all phases of work by his employees. The SOP must be modified as necessary to address any specific requirements of the project and shall be submitted for review and approval prior to the start of any abatement work. The minimum topics and areas to be covered by the SOP are as follows:

A. Minimum Personnel Qualifications.

B. Contingency Plans and Arrangements.

C. Security and Fire and Safety in the Work place.

D. Respiratory Protection Systems and Training.

E. Worker Protection, Medical Examinations, Recordkeeping, Protective clothing, Entering and Exiting procedures.

F. Work Area Limitations

G. Decontamination Facilities, PDF and EDF.

H. Negative Pressure Systems.

I. Containment Barriers and coverings of Work Area.

J. Monitoring, Inspection and Testing.

K. Removal of Contaminated Soil.

L. Removal of ACM and ACE.

M. Glove Bag Application.

N. Enclosure of ACM.

O. Encapsulation of ACM.

P. Project Close-out.

Q. Project Decontamination.

R. Work Area Clearance.

S. Disposal of ACM and ACE Waste.

1.14 SUBMITTAL:

1.14.1 PRECONSTRUCTION SUBMITTALS:

Submit to the VA representative a minimum of 14 days prior to the pre-construction meeting the following for review and approval. Conformance to these requirements is a prerequisite for the pre-construction meeting of this project:

A. Detailed work schedule for the entire project reflecting contract documents and the phasing and schedule requirements from the CPM chart.

183 B. Staff organization chart showing all persons to be employed in what capacity. Their identification and qualifications, the "Certification of Worker’s training" and the "Affidavit of Medical Surveillance and Respiratory Protection". Provide evidence of qualifications, training and licensing.

C. Tailor made standard operating procedure for this project prepared by the C.P.I.H., dated and signed.

D. The specifics of the material and equipment to be used for this project with brand names, model numbers, performance characteristics, pictures or diagrams, and number available, for the following:

1. Air supply system, negative pressure air units, HEPA vacuum, air monitoring pumps and calibration devices, pressure differential monitor, recorder and emergency power systems.

2. Waste water filtration system, shower stall and containment barriers.

3. Encapsulant sprayers, low pressure water sprayers, bridging encapsulant, glove-bags, removal tools and fire extinguisher.

4. Respirators and protective clothing.

5. Fire and Safety equipment to be used in the abatement areas.

E. Name, location and phone number of the landfill, proof that landfill is approved for ACM disposal, the type of trucks for waste transportation, and if a waste disposal sub-contractor will be used, provide name, permits for disposal if applicable, address and phone number of sub contractor.

F. Specific notifications and arrangements made with regulatory entities having jurisdiction and the specific contingency arrangements made with local health, fire and safety authorities and any other notifications and arrangements required by the specification.

G. Name, location and qualification of the analytical laboratory to be used for the analysis of samples required to meet OSHA regulations 29 CFR 1926. If on site analysis is performed, provide VA a copy of the Asbestos Analyst Registration (AIHA) of the microscopist who performed the work.

H. Qualifications Verification: Submit the following evidence of qualifications. Ensure that all references are current and verifiable by phone numbers provided and documentation submitted.

1. ABATEMENT CONSTRUCTION COMPANY:

a. Project experience. Submit the following information for projects completed within last 3 years, 3 of which are of comparable complexity and dollar value):

Project Type abatement DurationReference Name Final Date Name (Pipe,sprayed) cost phone No Clear. Comp.

b. List of projects halted by owner, A/E or I.H. consultant in last 5 years:

Project Reason for Date Reference Name and Name Action Telephone Number

184 c. List asbestos abatement citations, penalties, damages paid and legal actions taken against the company in the last five years. Provide full references for easy verification.

d. List with full explanations, default(s) on any asbestos abatement project within the last 3 years.

2. PERSONNEL

Provide a resume; address each item specifically and completely, provide references, phone numbers, copies of certificates, etc. Provide an affidavit signed by C.P.I.H. stating that all personnel submitted below have medical records in accordance with OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 and the company follows a medical surveillance program and record keeping in accordance with regulations. Provide name and phone number of medical doctor utilized.

a. C.P.I.H.: Name, years of abatement experience, list of projects participated (information similar to H.1. above) certificates of courses of specialized asbestos training, professional affiliations, number of workers trained, samples of training material developed, samples of standard operating procedures developed and samples of articles published, medical certificate, licenses and permits (must include certificate showing completion of AHERA training).

b. Superintendent and Foremen: Number, Name, Social Security number, years of abatement experience, years of abatement experience as superintendent and foreman, list of projects (information similar to H.I. above) as superintendent, as foreman and as laborer, certificate of courses of specialized training (must include certificate showing completion of AHERA training), and maximum number of laborers supervised in anyone project. Medical Certificate and licenses.

c. Laborers: Name, social security number, years of abatement experience, certificates of training courses in asbestos abatement (must include certificate showing completion of AHERA training) and respiratory protection, qualitative/qualitative fit test (y,n), state certification.

3. LICENSES, INSURANCE, STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURE

Provide copies of the following: information on who provides training and how often, who provides medical surveillance and how often, how is air monitoring executed and list references of independent laboratories and I.H.'s familiar with your air monitoring and your standard operating procedure. Provide copies of monitoring results of five referenced projects listed under in Minimum Qualification section. Describe analytical methods used on these projects.

I. ENCAPSULATION REQUIREMENTS

1. Submit, before start of work, manufacturer`s technical data for surfactant and all types of encapsulants - removal encapsulants, penetrating encapsulants, bridging encapsulants and lock back encapsulants. Provide installation instructions with specific project requirements noted and certification of the installer.

2. Submit certification and data substantiating testing and compliance with the performance requirements stated in Article 2.2, Encapsulants, paragraph 2.2.2.

3. Submit material safety data sheets for each encapsulant in accordance with OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.1200.

4. Submit certification from manufacturer that wetting product will wet ACM as required by NESHAPs 40 CFR 61, Subpart M.

J. LOCK-BACK ENCAPSULANTS

185 Submit prior to any work manufacturer's technical data on products, installation instructions with specific project requirement noted, performance guarantee, certification of the installer, and a material safety data sheet for each material in accordance with OSHA regulation 29 CFR 1910.1200.

1.14.2 SUBMITTALS DURING ABATEMENT:

A. Maintain a daily log at the job site documenting the dates and times of the following: Meetings, purpose, attendees and brief discussion; all persons entering/exiting work area; special or unusual events, such as barrier breaching, equipment failures, emergencies and any cause for stop of work; air monitoring tests and tests results; submit complete daily log to the VA's Representative.

B. The C.P.I.H. shall document the following events during abatement and submit to the VA Representative:

1. Inspection of work area preparation prior to start of abatement and daily during work.

2. Removal of any polyethylene barriers.

3. Inspection and testing by the C.P.I.H. prior to the lock-back encapsulation.

4. Removal and disposal of waste material from work area.

5. Decontamination of equipment. Provide list of item.

6. Disposal of ACM and ACE waste materials: Submit copies of all manifests and landfill receipts to the VA Representative on a weekly basis.

1.14.3 SUBMITTALS AT COMPLETION OF ABATEMENT:

The C.P.I.H. shall submit to the VA Representative an asbestos report consisting of the daily logbook and the documentation of events during abatement including the original disposal manifests signed by operator of licensed landfill. The project report shall include a certificate of completion in accordance with attachment #1, dated and signed by the C.P.I.H. All certificates and original disposal manifests are due to the VA Representative office within 30 (thirty) days after completion of abatement work. All clearance and perimeter samples must be submitted on VA form 10-0018. The VA Representative will forward the abatement report to the Medical Center after completion of this project.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS AND MATERIAL

2.1 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT:

2.1.1 PREPARATION:

Prior to the start of the work contractor shall provide and maintain a sufficient quantity of materials and equipment to assure continuous and efficient work throughout the project. Do not start work unless the following items have been delivered on site and the C.P.I.H. has submitted verification to the VA Representative to this effect:

A. Flame-Resistant polyethylene sheeting 6 and 10 mil in clear, opaque and black shades, moisture resistant duct tape capable to continuously sealing polyethylene through project abatement duration, lumber, drywall and plywood for enclosure, posters, signs and notices.

B. Installation and plumbing hardware, shower stalls, hoses, drain pans, sump pumps and water storage drums or waste water filters.

186 C. Negative pressure units to provide 4 air changes per hour in work area plus two reserve units able to replace any malfunctioning HEPA unit without delay, HEPA vacuum cleaners, high and low volume air pumps and loaded filter cassettes for air monitoring, supply air system, air lines, differential pressure gauge and strip chart stock.

D. Scrapers, brushes, brooms, staple guns, shovels, ladders and scaffolds of suitable height and length, water hose to reach all areas, airless spray equipment, and other hand tools, electric cords, electric power with ground fault interruption; and auxiliary generators.

E. Impermeable drums and 6-mil polyethylene bags for asbestos containing waste; spray adhesive free of methylene chloride to seal seams on polyethylene material; glove-bags and penetrating encapsulants.

F. Respirators, disposable and recyclable protective clothing, goggles and footwear.

2.1.2 PACKAGING OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT:

Deliver materials to the job site in their original packaging or containers. Store all materials away from damage, weather, and contamination. Protect polyethylene from cold exposure. Do not store flammable material inside buildings. Inspect material regularly for damage, deterioration or contamination. Discard any damaged material. Discard ACM per these specifications. Do not block or hinder use of buildings by patients, employees and visitors of VA in partially occupied buildings by placing material in any unauthorized place.

2.2 ENCAPSULANTS:

2.2.1 TYPES OF ENCAPSULANTS:

The following four types of encapsulants must comply with performance requirements stated in paragraph 2.2.2.

A. Removal Encapsulant: Used as a wetting agent to remove ACM.

B. Bridging Encapsulant: Provides a tough, durable surface coating on ACM.

C. Penetrating Encapsulant: Penetrate the ACM in excess of one half inch, encapsulating all asbestos fibers.

D. Lock-down Encapsulant: Seals or "locks-down" minute asbestos fibers left on surface in spaces from which ACM has been removed.

2.2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS:

Encapsulants shall meet the latest requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), shall not contain toxic or hazardous substances, no solvent, and shall comply with the following performance requirements.

A. General (for all encapsulants):

1. ASTM E 84: Flame spread of 25, smoke emission of 50.

2. Univ. of Pittsburgh Protocol: Combustion Toxicity, zero- mortality.

3. ASTM C732, Accelerated Aging Test Life Expectancy-20 years.

4. ASTM E96: Permeability - minimum of 0.4 perms.

B. Bridging and penetrating Encapsulants:

1. ASTM E736: Cohesion/Adhesion Test - 50 Lbs/ft.

187 2. ASTM E119: Fire Resistance - 3 hours ( Classified by UL for use over fibrous and cementitious sprayed fireproofing).

3. ASTM D2794, Gardner Impact test: Impact resistance- minimum 43 in/Lb.

4. ASTM D522, Mandrel Bend test: Flexibility - no rupture or cracking.

C. Lock-Down Encapsulants:

1. ASTM 119: Fire Resistance - 3 hours (Tested with fireproofing over Encapsulant applied directly to steel member.

2. ASTM E736: Bond Strength - 100 Lbs/ft (Test comparability with cementitious and fibrous fireproofing).

3. In certain situations, it may become necessary to apply the Lock-Down Encapsulant to "hot" steam lines or equipment. Therefore, the encapsulant must withstand high temperatures without cracking or delaminating and not off gassing any noxious fumes during application. Also, it must comply with all other performance requirements of the standard Lock-Down encapsulants.

2.2.3 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE:

Abatement contractor shall submit to the VA Representative the test results and certificates from manufacturer substantiating compliance with performance requirements for encapsulants when installed according to manufacturer recommendations.

2.3 RECYCLABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:

A. Provide recyclable protective clothing such as UNI-SERVE or equal, if cost effective or as required by federal, state and local regulations to reduce or eliminate hazardous waste.

B. Recyclable clothing or coveralls shall have fully closable openings, integral hood, and integral elastic bands at the wrists, waist, hood, and ankles. Provide separate foot covering compatible with recyclable clothing.

C. Laundering of asbestos contaminated clothing shall be done by provider of recyclable wear or by local facility approved by recyclable clothing provider. Laundered recyclable clothing shall meet the minimum degree of cleanliness required by OSHA and EPA.

D. Recyclable clothing shall be placed in 6-mil disposal bags. Loaded disposal bags shall be washed off and placed in a second disposal bag. This second disposal bag shall be placed in a labeled container for return to laundry. Verify disposal and return procedure with recyclable clothing service.

PART 3 - EXECUTION:

3.1 PRE-ABATEMENT ACTIVITIES:

3.1.1 PRE-ABATEMENT MEETING:

The VA Representative upon receipt, review and substantial approval of all pre-abatement submittals and upon verification by the C.P.I.H. that all material and equipment required for the project are on site, will arrange for a preabatement meeting between the abatement contractor, the C.P.I.H., superintendent and foremen and the VA representatives and the V.P.I.H. consultants. The purpose of the meeting is to discuss any aspects of the project execution and the sequence of operations. The abatement contractor and his employees shall be prepared to provide any supplemental evidence and information to the VA's representative pertaining to any aspects of the submittals or the material and equipment. Upon satisfactory resolution of any outstanding items or question, the VA

188 representative will issue a written order to proceed to the abatement contractor. No abatement work of any kind described in the following provisions of these specifications shall be initiated prior to the written order to proceed.

3.1.2 PRE-ABATEMENT INSPECTION AND PREPARATIONS:

A. Before any work begins on the containment barriers, the contractor will:

1. Conduct a space-by-space inspection with an authorized VA Representative, and prepare a written inventory of all existing damage in those spaces where asbestos removal work will occur. Still or video photography may be used to supplement this written damage inventory. Document will be signed and certified as accurate by both parties. The VA will be responsible for relocating movable objects within the work area.

2. Ensure that all furniture, machinery, equipment curtains, drapes, blinds and other movable objects that the contractor is bound to remove from the work area have been removed or protected.

3. The contractor will notify the VA representative on systems that need to be shut down at least 10 days in advance. The VA representative shall coordinate shutdown with contractor. VA facility shall perform and monitor shutdown as required by contractor.

a. Shutdown and seal off all heating, cooling, ventilating or other air handling system serving the work area. The environment of the work area shall be completely isolated from all other airflows in the building. The VA representative will monitor shutdown.

b. Shutdown all electrical circuits which pose a potential hazard on the job. Exact electrical arrangements will be tailored to the particular space and systems involved. All electrical circuits will be turned off at the box outside the removal area, not just the wall switch. Potential for electrical shock is a major threat to life in a work area where large amounts of water will be sprayed on ceilings, conduits, lighting fixtures and other electrical items. Electrical lines that are used to power work lights and equipment will conform to all electrical safety standards and will be protected by a ground fault interrupter.

4. Firestopping (or lack there of) in a building to be abated must be inspected by the contractor to determine if existing firestopping is in good condition, airtight and have a fire-rating equal to the walls or floors penetrated. Any discrepancies and violations to the safety codes shall be reported to the contracting officer and resolved before abatement commences.

3.1.3 PRE-ABATEMENT CONSTRUCTION AND OPERATIONS:

A. Perform all preparatory work for the first work area in accordance with the approved detailed work schedule. Execute the preparatory work in accordance with this specification.

B. Upon completion of all preparatory work the C.P.I.H. will inspect the work and systems and will notify the VA Representative when such work is in accordance with this specifications. The VA Representative may inspect the work and the systems with the VPIH consultant and may require that upon satisfactory inspection the contractor’s employees perform all major aspects of the approved SOP. The operating systems for the negative pressure air system(s) shall be demonstrated for performance.

C. C.P.I.H. shall document the preabatement activities described above and deliver a copy of to the VA representative.

D. Upon satisfactory inspection of the installation and systems and satisfactory demonstration of operations the VA representative will notify the contractor in writing to proceed with abatement work.

3.2 REMOVAL OF ACM AND ACE:

189 3.2.1 WETTING MATERIALS:

A. Adequately wet and remove all ACM as follows:

1. Spray wetting agent on ACM. Perforate outer covering of any ACM which has been painted and/or jacketed in order to allow penetration of amended water or wetting agent, or where necessary, carefully strip away while simultaneously spraying wetting agent on the ACM to minimize dispersal of asbestos fibers into the air.

2. After wetting, seal all ACM waste in leak-tight containers while wet. For waste material not fitting into containers without additional breaking, put material into leak-tight wrapping.

3. Label containers and wrapped material using warning labels as specified by OSHA 29 CFR 1910.1001 or 1926.1101.

4. For ACM being transported off the facility site, label ACM waste containers and wrapped material with the name of the waste generator and the location where the waste was generated.

5. Amended Water: Provide water to which a surfactant has been added. Use a mixture of surfactant and water which results in wetting of the ACM and retardation of fiber release during disturbance of the material equal to or greater than that provided by the use of one ounce of a surfactant consisting of 50% polyoxyethylene ester and 50% polyethylene ether mixed with five gallons of water.

6. Removal Encapsulant: Provide a penetrating type encapsulant designed specifically for removal of ACM. Use a material which results in wetting of the ACM and retardation of fiber release during disturbance of the material equal to or greater than that provided by the use of one ounce of a surfactant consisting of 50% polyoxyethylene ester and 50% polyethylene ether mixed with five gallons of water.

3.2.2 SECONDARY BARRIERS AND WALKWAYS:

A. Install as a drop cloth a 6-mil flame resistant plastic sheeting at the beginning of each work shift in areas where removal work is to be carried out during the shift. Completely cover floors and any walls within 10 feet from work. Secure secondary barrier with duct tape so that debris will not get behind it. Debris must be removed at the end of each shift or as work in an area is completed. Keep material on sheet continuously wet. Fold plastic toward center of sheet and pack in disposable bags for disposal.

B. Install walkways with 6-mil flame-resistant black plastic sheeting between active removal areas and decontamination facilities (PDF and EDF) to protect primary layer from track material. Install walkways at the beginning of, and remove at the end of each work shift.

3.2.3 WET REMOVAL OF ACM OTHER THAN AMOSITE:

A. Thoroughly wet ACM to be removed prior to stripping and/or tooling to reduce fiber dispersal into the air. Use a fine spray (mist) of amended water or removal encapsulant. Saturate material sufficiently to wet to the substrate without causing excess dripping. Allow time for water or removal encapsulant to penetrate material thoroughly. If amended water is used, spray material repeatedly during the work process to maintain a continuously wet condition. If removal encapsulant is used, apply in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Perforate outer covering of any insulation which has been painted and/or jacketed in order to allow penetration of amended water or removal encapsulant, or where necessary, carefully strip away while simultaneously spraying amended water or removal encapsulant on the insulation to minimize dispersal of asbestos fibers into the air.

B. If ACM does not wet well with amended water because it is coated or thick, remove as follows:

190 1. Mist work area with amended water whenever necessary to reduce airborne fiber levels.

2. Remove saturated ACM in small sections from all areas. Do not allow material to dry out. As it is removed, simultaneously pack material while still wet into disposal bags. Twist neck of bags, bend over and seal with minimum three wrap of duct tape. Clean outside and move to washdown station adjacent to the material decontamination facility.

3. Fireproofing or Architectural Finish on scratch coat: Spray with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow time for materials to saturate to substrate. Do not over saturate causing excess dripping. Scrape materials from substrate. Remove materials in manageable quantities and control the descent to staging or floor below. If over 10 feet use drop chute to contain material through descent. Remove residue remaining on scratch coat after scraping using stiff nylon bristled hand brush. If a removal encapsulant is used remove residue completely before encapsulant dries. Re-wet if substrate dries before complete removal of residue.

4. Fireproofing or Architectural finish on wire lath: Spray with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow time to completely saturate material. Do not over saturate to cause excess dripping. If surface of material has been painted or otherwise coated cut small holes as required and apply amended water or removal encapsulant from above. Cut wire lath into 2'x6' sections and cut hanger wires. Roll up complete with ACM and hand place in disposal bag. Do not drop on floor. After removal of lath and ACM, remove any overspray on decking and structure above using stiff nylon bristled brush. Depending on hardness of overspray scrapers may be necessary to remove overspray.

5. Pipe insulation: Remove outer layer of wrap while spraying amended water in order to saturate ACM. Spray with a fine mist of amended water or removal encapsulant. Allow time to saturate material to substrate. Cut bands holding preformed pipe insulation, slit jackets at seams, remove and hand place in a disposal bag. Remove job molded fitting insulation in chunks and hand place in a disposal bag. Do no drop on floor. Remove any residue on pipe or fitting with stiff bristle nylon hand brush or scraper/wire brush. In locations where pipe-fitting insulation is removed from pipe with straight runs insulated with fibrous glass or other non-asbestos containing fibrous material, remove fibrous material 6" from the point where it contacts the ACM.

3.2.4 WET REMOVAL OF AMOSITE AND DRY REMOVAL OF ACM AND OTHER SPECIAL PROCEDURES:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.2.5 DRY REMOVAL OF ACM AND OTHER SPECIAL PROCEDURES:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.2.6 LIMITED REMOVAL AND REPAIR OF ACM WITH GLOVE-BAG

Glove bag is limited to removal of ACM insulation from short pipe runs or single fittings and to limited ACM work for maintenance.

A. Apply glove-bag only where shown in drawings or referenced within this specification. Stationary glovebags shall be used with a tent enclosure placed under negative pressure in accordance with the requirements of New York State Industrial Code Rule 56. The tent enclosure will have an airlock attached to it. If additional glove bag applications are desired by contractor, the C.P.I.H. shall prepare a proposal showing the location, size and configuration of the piping elements to be treated with glove bag and the specific justification for use. Special attention shall be paid to aspects of safety, exposure, contamination and quality of decontamination. Do not proceed with any additional glove bag applications unless the VA Representative has authorized such additional applications in writing.

191 B. For all individual rooms such as offices, bedrooms, etc. The room shall be empty throughout the process of any VA patient, visitor, employee or any other person not fully trained and protected against exposure. In large open areas such as gyms or auditoriums cordon off the area for 50 feet in all directions using temporary barriers and warning signs and ensure abeyance of all precautions and requirements for safety and prevention of exposure for workers and occupants.

C. Follow manufacturer`s instructions for using the glove-bag. Only experienced worker`s with glove bag application shall be employed under the close supervision of the C.P.I.H. because of the potential for tearing the glove-bag and contamination of the area. If an area is contaminated by such action, the entire room shall be isolated by constructing critical barriers with flame-resistant polyethylene and decontaminated in accordance with procedures specified elsewhere in these specifications.

D. Workers and authorized visitors in the area shall be protected by respirators and disposable or recyclable coveralls. Place plastic sheeting under the area of the glove bag application and proceed step by step with the work. At the conclusion of the removal, encapsulate all areas from which ACM has been removed as well as friable surfaces of ACM insulation inside glove bag with a penetrating, post removal lock-back encapsulant. Encapsulant shall be in a CO2 propelled aerosol can included inside the glove-bag before it is mounted on the pipe. Evacuate bag with HEPA vacuum, remove nozzle of the HEPA vacuum and place entire enclosure into a labeled plastic bag for disposal. Clean work area thoroughly by wet wipes and/or HEPA vacuum. Remove and dispose as contaminated coveralls before exiting the room. Remove respirator outside room and place in sealed plastic bag to be decontaminated in the PDF. The C.P.I.H. will perform final inspection and testing and if area is found decontaminated will notify the VA Representative. The VA Representative may have the V.P.I.H. consultant perform a confirmation final inspection and testing. When area is found acceptable to the VA Representative the signs will be released as decontaminated.

E. Workers throughout the glove bag procedure shall be protected with full body disposable or recyclable coveralls with attached hoods and shoe covers and respirators. Rubber gloves shall be worn taped to the sleeves of the coveralls so that a continuous seal is created and so that gloves and coveralls can be removed without breaking the seal.

F. Make provisions to enable the glove bag worker to don a second clean coverall and walk to remote PDF shower for full decontamination in the event of glove bag containment failure.

G. For purposes of air monitoring, each room in which glove bag is applied shall be considered a separate work area. The C.P.I.H. shall perform the required inspection and monitoring during the work and to verify decontamination as specified elsewhere in this section.

3.2.7 REMOVAL OF ROOF FLASHING:

A. Remove asbestos roof flashing in accordance with these specifications and with state, local, OSHA and EPA regulations. The asbestos abatement contractor shall follow New York State Industrial Code Rule 56 for asbestos roofing flashing removal.

B. Remove the asbestos roof flashing so that it does not become friable during removal.

C. The removal shall be executed under the guidance and monitoring of the C.P.I.H. so that the asbestos roof flashing does not become airborne during removal. After removal of the asbestos roof flashing, the C.P.I.H. shall perform a final inspection of the area and notify the VA representative when results are satisfactory.

D. Removal of the asbestos roof flashing shall be performed with wet methods and hand tools. Power tools, grinders or other machines that may produce any dust during removal of the asbestos roof flashing are not allowed unless equipped with a manufacturer installed HEPA-filtered local exhaust ventilation unit.

3.3 ENCLOSURE OF ACM:

192 3.3.1 GENERAL:

Perform all enclosure of materials with fire retardant materials of rigid construction. These materials must be sealed air tight and coated with an encapsulating material.

3.3.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:

Deliver materials to the job site in original and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information:

A. Name and title of material;

B. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture;

C. Manufacturer's name;

D. Thinning instructions; and

E. Application instructions.

Deliver materials together with a copy of the OSHA Material Safety Data Sheets for the material. MSDS shall be received and reviewed prior to approval of all materials to be used.

3.3.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

Install all materials by a firm and personnel approved by the manufacturer for the primary materials. Submit written Performance Warranty, executed by the manufacturer and co-signed by the contractor, agreeing to repair/replace spray-on work, or any other item or material which has cracked, fallen from substrate, or otherwise deteriorated to a condition where it would not perform effectively for its intended purposes due substantially to defective materials or workmanship and not due to abuse by occupants, improper maintenance, non-foreseeable ambient exposures or other causes beyond anticipated conditions and manufacturer's/contractor's control.

3.3.4 MONITORING OF ENCLOSURE WORK:

The C.P.I.H. shall closely monitor and supervise the enclosure work to ensure protection of the workers and prevention of asbestos contamination environment. Secure the area where the work is performed against unauthorized entry and erect warning signs and temporary barricades. At the conclusion of the work the C.P.I.H. will perform a final inspection and testing to determine satisfactory completion in accordance with these specifications and notify the VA Representative when results are satisfactory. VA may use their V.P.I.H. consultant to perform a confirmation final inspection and testing. When the area will be found acceptable to the VA Representative the warning signs and temporary barricade will be removed and the area will be released as decontaminated.

3.3.4 ACCEPTABLE ENCAPSULANTS

A. Penetrating and bridging encapsulants shall be rated acceptable when tested under the performance requirements specified in paragraph 2.2.2 of this specification.

B. Prior to applying any encapsulating material, the C.P.I.H. shall ensure application of the sealer will not cause the base material to fail and allow the sealed material to fall of its own weight or separate from the substrate. Do not commence application of encapsulating materials until all removal work required within the work area has been completed. Before beginning work with any material for which a Material Safety Data Sheet has submitted, provide workers with the required protective equipment. Require that appropriate protective equipment be used at all times. Solvent and/or silicate based encapsulants that are considered toxic and/or combustible shall not be used within a confined area, unless no other water based

193 non-toxic product is available and specific permission is received by the VA Representative. Provide worker protection, respiratory protection, complete enclosure of work area and decontamination facilities as per specifications in this specification.

C. Examine existing conditions to determine if the friable asbestos material to be encapsulated remains sufficiently bonded to receive the encapsulation process and if process will effectively prevent release of asbestos fibers from the material. If the existing asbestos material is loose and deteriorated, immediately notify the VA Representative that removal of friable asbestos material must be accomplished before encapsulation. In all cases concerning encapsulation, a sample ACM section shall be treated with the encapsulant for visual and physical performance to serve as a standard for the entire room or project. ASTM E736-86 adhesive cohesive test may be performed at the discretion of the VA Representative.

D. Comply with all manufacturer`s instructions for particular conditions of installation in each case. Consult with manufacturer`s technical representative for conditions not covered. Encapsulate all surfaces in full compliance with manufacturer`s procedures. At completion of encapsulation and before removal of work area enclosures and negative pressure system, decontaminated space in accordance with requirements specified elsewhere in this specification. At completion of work submit manufacturer`s record of inspection of completed work and manufacturer`s performance guarantee executed by both manufacturer and contractor.

3.4 REPAIR OF ACM INSULATION AND LAGGING:

3.4.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK:

A. Not Applicable

3.4.2 PRODUCTS:

Provide all material required for an adequate repair project. Mineral wool insulating cement, job mixed and manufactured for use on plumbing equipment. Waterproof cement pre-mixed or job mixed, manufactured for coating of thermal insulation lagging. Non woven fibrous glass mat felt approximately 3/32" thick, fabricated from glass fibers. Open weave glass fiber mat cloth with approximately 1/12" in diameter. Bridging type encapsulant as specified elsewhere in this specification. If area to be repaired and encapsulated has potential for future damage or will be walked upon, use a high temperature, high strength mastic coating layered at 1/16 inch thick minimum.

3.4.3 PROCEDURES:

A. Piping: Remove loose material with HEPA vacuum. No existing jacket material is to be removed. Fill holes with mineral wool insulating cement and cover damaged areas with non-woven fibrous glass mat completely saturated with bridging type encapsulant. Wrap open joints with non-woven fibrous glass mat imbibed in bridging type encapsulant. Smooth mat to a wrinkle free condition. Allow to dry and coat entire surface of mat with an additional coat of bridging type encapsulant or high strength mastic and brush to a smooth uniform appearance.

B. Fittings: Patch damaged fittings as required, using mineral wool insulating cement. Smooth insulation to a uniform appearance, continuous with and not overlapping adjacent straight insulation runs. Cover entire surface of fitting with non-woven fibrous glass mat embedded in bridging type encapsulant. Stretch to conform to shape of fitting and smooth to a uniform appearance without wrinkles. Overlap jackets of adjacent straight insulation sections by 3". Allow to dry and coat entire surface of mat with bridging type encapsulant and brush to a smooth finished appearance.

C. Equipment Lagging: (Hot water tanks, converters, Etc.) Fill damaged portion of lagging with mineral wool insulating cement and cover with non-woven fibrous glass mat completely embedded in bridging type encapsulant. Coat area of repair and six inches on all sides with bridging type encapsulant, brush out to a uniform appearance. Completely coat Lagging which do not possess a canvas jacket with two coats of bridging type encapsulant.

194 D. Boiler and Breaching Lagging: Fill damaged portions of Lagging with mineral wool insulating cement. Coat entire surface of lagging with 1/4" minimum thickness of rated insulating cement reinforced with open weave glass fiber mat, Trowel surface smooth finish.

E. Labeling: Label all as asbestos containing piping insulation, fitting insulation Lagging, etc. in unoccupied areas with a 3" x 5" yellow sticker containing the words "DANGER: CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS AVOID CREATING DUST _ CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD." Apply labels minimum 2 per side or maximum of 5 feet apart on boilers, breaching and equipment and a minimum of one per section and a maximum of eight feet apart on pipe runs. Apply labels to both sides of pipe runs that are accessible from both sides. During repair work in occupied areas provide on all entry points of each room containing ACM labels shaped like stop signs approximately 3" across with text reading: "STOP - Before doing any work in this area.

3.5 LOCK BACK ENCAPSULATION:

3.5.1 GENERAL:

Lock back encapsulant is an integral part of ACM removal. At the conclusion of ACM removal and before removal of the primary barriers as specified elsewhere in this section, all surfaces shall be encapsulated with a lock back encapsulant. The extent of work for lock back encapsulation is described elsewhere in this section.

3.5.2 DELIVERY AND STORAGE:

Deliver materials to the job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer`s name and label, and following information:

A. Name or title of material;

B. Manufacturer`s stock number and date of manufacture;

C. Manufacturer`s name;

D. Thinning instructions; and

E. Application instruction.

Deliver materials together with a copy of the OSHA material safety data sheet for the material. MSDS shall be received and reviewed prior to approval of all materials to be used.

3.5.3 WORKER PROTECTION:

Before beginning work with any material for which a material safety data sheet has been submitted provide workers with the required protective equipment. Require that appropriate protective breathing equipment be used at all times. In addition to protective breathing equipment required by OSHA requirements or by this specification, use painting prefilters on respirators to protect the dust filters.

3.5.4 SCRATCH COAT PLASTER OR PIPING:

A. Apply encapsulant to the scratch coat plaster or piping after all ACM has been removed. Apply in strict accordance with the manufacturer`s printed instructions for use of the encapsulant as an asbestos post removal lock-back encapsulant. Any deviations from such printed instructions must be approved by the VA Representative in writing prior to commencing work.

B. Apply encapsulant with an airless spray gun orifice as recommended by the encapsulant manufacturer. Any encapsulant used as a post removal or lock-down coating must first have been tested for compatibility

195 with the proposed spray back fireproofing or acoustical re-spray in accordance with the asbestos encapsulant performance requirements specified herein. Encapsulant for this purpose must be effective for application over surfaces that are either damp or dry. Apply in strict adherence to manufacturer`s instructions.

3.5.5 SEALING EXPOSED EDGES

Seal edges of ACM exposed by removals up to an inaccessible port such as sleeves and wall penetrations. A penetrating encapsulant should first be applied to exposed pipe insulation and followed by a bridging encapsulant if new insulation is to butt or be in contact with existing. Bridging encapsulant must be able to withstand current pipe temperature without delaminating or corroding. Encapsulant to be of color other than clear. If new insulation does not butt up against existing then apply high-temperature mastic encapsulant in a bull nose fashion to create a continuous seal from pipe lagging to exposed pipe. Seal exposed asbestos using wettable cheese cloth.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF ACM AND ACE WASTE MATERIAL:

3.6.1 GENERAL:

Dispose all ACM and debris that is packaged in accordance with these specifications at the approved landfill. Dispose of non-friable ACM in accordance with the applicable regulations and these specifications. Ensure ACM transport vehicles are properly marked per NESHAPs and New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) requirements.

3.6.2 PROCEDURES:

A. Carefully load containerized waste on sealed trucks for transport. Ensure that an unauthorized persons do not have access to the material outside of the work area. Take bags from the work area directly through the EDF process to a sealed truck. Double bagged material may be transported in open trucks only if they are first loaded in sealed drums. Label drums with same warning labels as bags. Dispose drums as contaminated, do not attempt to empty them for refuse.

B. Advise the sanitary landfill operator, at least 24 hours in advance of transport, of the quantity of material to be delivered. At the burial site, sealed plastic bags may be carefully dumped from the truck. If bags are broken or damaged, leave in the truck and decontaminate entire truck and contents using procedures set forth elsewhere in this section.

3.7 PROJECT DECONTAMINATION:

3.7.1 GENERAL:

A. The entire work of project decontamination shall be performed under the close supervision and monitoring of the C.P.I.H.

3.7.2 WORK AREA CLEARANCE:

Air testing and other requirements that must be met before release of contractor and re-occupancy of the work area are specified elsewhere in this Section.

3.7.3 WORK DESCRIPTION:

A. The work of decontamination includes the decontamination of the air within the work area and the decontamination and removal of temporary facilities installed prior to abatement work including primary and critical barrier, decontamination facilities (PDF and EDF) and negative Pressure Systems.

B. The work of decontamination includes the cleaning, and decontamination of all surfaces (ceiling, walls, floor) of the work area, and all furniture or equipment in the work area.

196 3.7.4 PRE-DECONTAMINATION CONDITIONS:

A. Before decontamination work starts, all ACM and ACE from the work area shall be removed, all waste collected and removed, and disposed of along with any gross debris generated by the work.

B. At the start of work of decontamination, the following will be in place:

1. Primary barrier consisting of two layers of polyethylene sheeting on floor, walls and ceiling.

2. Decontamination facilities for personnel and equipment in operating condition and negative pressure system in operation.

3.7.5 FIRST CLEANING:

Carry out a first cleaning of all surfaces of the work area including items of remaining sheeting, tools, scaffolding and/or staging by use of damp/or a HEPA filtered vacuum. Do not perform dry dusting or dry sweeping. Use each surface of a cleaning cloth one time only and then dispose of as contaminated waste. Recyclable cleaning cloths shall be disposed in appropriately marked containers. Continue this cleaning until there is no visible debris from removed materials or residue on plastic sheeting or other surfaces.

3.7.6 PRE-CLEARANCE INSPECTION AND TESTING:

The C.P.I.H. will perform a thorough and detailed visual inspection at the end of the first cleaning to determine whether there are any signs of visible ACM or dust in the work area. If the visual inspection is satisfactory the C.P.I.H. will notify the VA Representative to that effect with a brief report from the C.P.I.H. showing the inspection. VA reserves the right to utilize their own V.P.I.H. consultant to perform a pre-clearance inspection and air sampling for verification.

3.7.7 LOCK-BACK ENCAPSULATION OF WORK SURFACES:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.7.8 SECOND CLEANING:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.7.9 THIRD CLEANING:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.7.10 FINAL CLEANING:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.8 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTING:

3.8.1 GENERAL:

Notify the VA Representative 8 hours in advance for the performance of the final visual inspection and testing. The final visual inspection will be performed by the V.P.I.H., VA Representative, or A/E Project Engineer starting no sooner than 1 hour after conclusion of the final cleaning.

3.8.2 FINAL INSPECTION:

197 Final inspection will include the entire work area, the personnel decontamination facilities, all plastic sheeting, seals over ventilation openings, doorways, windows and other openings. If any debris, residue on surfaces, dust or other matter is shall be detected. Dust samples may be collected and analyzed at the discretion of the V.H.I.P. to confirm visual finding. The roof area will be considered abated when there is no visible debris or dust remaining and the VPIH has performed a successful visual inspection.

3.8.3 FINAL TESTING:

NOT APPLICABLE

3.8.4 FINAL TESTING PROCEDURES:

A. Contractors release criteria: Work in an area is complete when the work area is visually clean and the VPIH has performed a successful visual inspection.

B. Air monitoring and final clearance sampling: To determine if the elevated airborne fibers counts encountered during abatement operations have been reduced to the specified level, the V.P.I.H. will secure samples and analyze them according to the following procedures.

1. Clearance Sampling for Asbestos Containing Soil (ACS) Clearance goals will be met when clearance samples, and wipe samples from horizontal surfaces, for ACS are less than or equal to 1% asbestos (any form)

2. Aggressive Sampling: All final air testing samples will be taken using aggressive sampling techniques (except where soil is not encapsulated or enclosed). Aggressive air sampling collected on a NIOSH approved cellulose ester filter (MCEF) will be taken for PCM analysis. Before sampling pump are started, the exhaust from forced air equipment (leaf blower with at least 1 horsepower electric motor) will be swept against all walls, ceilings, floors, ledges and other surfaces in the room. This procedure will be continued for 5 minute per 10,000 cubic feet of room volume. One 20 inch diameter fan per 10,000 cubic feet of room volume will be mounted in a central location at approximately 6 feet above floor, directed toward ceiling and operated at low speed for the entire period of sample collection. Air samples will be collected in areas subject to normal air circulation away from room corners, obstructed locations, and sites near windows, doors or vents. After air sampling pumps have been shut-off, fans shall be shut off. The negative air system will continue to operate.

3.8.5 SCHEDULE OF AIR SAMPLES WITH PCM:

A. The V.H.I.P. consultant will perform background and abatement area sampling during asbestos abatement. Clearance air samples will not be collected unless elevated fiber concentrations are detected during abatement activities.

B. At least five background samples will be taken before work begins for a baseline measurement. The V.H.I.P. will sample at a rate of one sample per 1000 sq. ft. of work area with a minimum of two area samples for small containment areas. NIOSH 7400 method will be utilized. Sample at 0.5 L/min or greater. Adjust sampling flow rate, and time, to produce a fiber deposition of 100 to 1300 fibers/mm2 (for maximum accuracy). A sampling rate of 1 to 4 L/min for 8 hours is appropriate in non-dusty atmospheres (containing less than 0.1 f/ml). Dusty atmospheres require smaller volumes (Less than 400 L) to obtain countable samples.

3.8.6 TEM SAMPLING:

VA reserves the right to use TEM for confirmation purposes of final testing for a work area. Up to 13 samples may be taken and analyzed per work area. Up to five active samples inside the work area and up to five active samples outside the work area using either MCEF or polycarbonate filter media with a minimum volume of 3000 liters and a

198 collection rate of 2 to 12 liters per minute. Three blanks for every 10 samples collected will be taken from the job site.

3.8.7 LABORATORY TESTING FOR PCM:

The services of a AIHA P.A.T. laboratory will be employed by VA to perform laboratory analysis of the air samples. A technician will be at the job site, and samples will be sent daily by overnight mail, so that verbal reports on air samples can be obtained with 4 hours. A complete report, certified by the testing laboratory, of all air monitoring tests and results will be furnished to the VA representative and the Abatement Contractor upon request.

3.8.8 LABORATORY TESTING FOR TEM:

Samples shall be sent to a qualified testing laboratory overnight courier for analysis by TEM. Verbal results shall be available during the 4th working day after receipt of sample by the laboratory. The laboratory is capable of analyzing a maximum of 10 such samples from this project at any one time. A complete record, certified by the testing laboratory, of all TEM results will be furnished to the VA representative and the Abatement Contractor.

3.9 ABATEMENT CLOSE OUT AND CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE:

3.9.1 COMPLETION OF ABATEMENT WORK:

Seal negative air machines with 6-mil polyethylene sheet and duct tape to form a tight seal at intake end before being moved from work area. Complete asbestos abatement work upon meeting the work area clearance criteria and fulfilling the following steps.

A. Remove all equipment, materials, debris from the work site.

B. Dispose of all as asbestos containing waste material as specified elsewhere in this section.

C. Repair or replace all interior finishes damaged during the course of asbestos abatement work.

D. Replace all asbestos containing insulation and other ACM with suitable non-asbestos material so that facility is fully functional and safe as prior to abatement.

E. Fulfill other project close out requirements as specified elsewhere in this section.

3.9.2 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION BY CONTRACTORS:

The C.P.I.H. shall complete and sign a "Certificate of Completion" in accordance with attachment #1 at the completion of the abatement and decontamination of a work area.

***END***

199 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION PROJECT: ------VAMC: ------1. I certify that I have personally inspected, monitored and supervised the abatement work of------(Specify Work Area or Building)

Which took place from ------to------(Beginning of work) (End of work)

2. That throughout the work all applicable regulations and the VA specifications were observed.

3. That any person who entered this area was protected with the appropriate clothing and respiratory systems and that they followed the proper entry and exit procedures and the proper operating procedures throughout the work.

4. That all employees of the contractor engaged in this work were trained in respiratory protection, experienced with abatement work, had proper medical records and were not exposed to asbestos without the benefit of adequate respiratory protection.

5. That I performed and supervised all inspection and testing specified and required by applicable regulations and VA specifications.

6. That the condition inside the work area were always safe and the fiber count never exceeded 0.5 f/cc. Except as Described here:

7. That the negative pressure air systems were installed and operated properly maintaining the specified negative pressure in the work area throughout the work.

P.I.H. NAME ( AND LICENSE No.)

CONTRACTOR`S NAME

SIGNATURE AND DATE

200 01569-Attachment #1 CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

PROJECT NAME DATE

PROJECT ADDRESS

CONTRACTOR`S NAME

WORKING WITH ASBESTOS CAN BE DANGEROUS. INHALING ASBESTOS FIBERS HAS BEEN LINKED WITH VARIOUS TYPES OF CANCER. IF YOU SMOKE AND INHALE ASBESTOS FIBERS, THE CHANCE THAT YOU WILL DEVELOP LUNG CANCER IS GREATER THAN THAT OF THE NON SMOKING PUBLIC.

Your employer`s contract with the owner for the above project requires that: you be supplied with the proper respirator and be trained in it`s use. You be trained in safe work practices and in the use of the equipment found on the job. You receive a medical examination. These things are to have been done at no cost to you. By signing this certification you are assuring the owner that your employer has met these obligations to you.

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION: I have been trained in the proper use of respirators, and informed of the type of respirator to be used on the above referred project. I have a copy of the written respiratory protection manual issued by the employer. I have been equipped at no cost with the respirator to be used on the above project.

TRAINING COURSE: I have been trained in the dangers inherent in handling asbestos and breathing asbestos dust and in proper work procedures and personal and area protective measures. The topics covered in the course included the following:

Physical characteristics of asbestos; Health Hazards associated with asbestos; Respiratory protection; Use of protective equipment; Negative air systems; Work practices including hands on or on job training; Personal decontamination procedures; and Air monitoring, personal and area.

MEDICAL EXAMINATION: I have had a medical examination within the past 12 months that was paid for by my employer. This examination included: Health history, pulmonary function tests and may have included an evaluation of a chest X-ray. SIGNATURE------PRINTED NAME------SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER------WITNESS------

201 01569-Attachment #2

AFFIDAVIT OF MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE AND RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

VA PROJECT NAME AND NUMBER:

VA MEDICAL FACILITY:

CONTRACTOR`S NAME AND ADDRESS:

1. I verify that the following individual ( Name and social security number):

Who is proposed to be employed in asbestos abatement work associated with the named project by the named contractor, is covered by a medical surveillance plan in accordance with the OSHA regulations CFR 1926.1101, and that complete records of this medical surveillance plan is kept at the offices of the contractor at the following address:

2. I verify that this individual has been trained, fit tested and instructed in the use of all appropriate respiratory protection systems and that he/she is capable of working safely in the expected work environment of this project.

3. I verify that I meet the minimum qualifications criteria of the VA project specifications for a P.I.H.

SIGNATURE OF P.I.H. DATE

PRINTED NAME OF P.I.H. License Number (if applicable)

SIGNATURE OF CONTRACTOR DATE

PRINTED NAME OF CONTRACTOR

SECTION 01730 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

1.1 DESCRIPTION

This specification covers the requirements for management of non- hazardous building construction and demolition waste. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Safety Requirements: Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS, Article, ACCIDENT PREVENTION. B. Reserved items which are to remain the property of the Government: Section 01010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C. Asbestos Removal: Section 01569, ASBESTOS ABATEMENT. 1.3 GOVERNMENT POLICY

A. Contractor shall practice efficient waste management when sizing, cutting and installing building construction products. B. Contractor shall use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators and facilitate their recycling. C. Contractor shall be responsible for implementation of any special programs involving rebates or similar incentives related to recycling and any revenues or savings obtained from salvage or recycling shall accrue to the Contractor. D. Contractor shall ensure that facilities used for recycling, reuse and disposal shall be permitted for the intended use to the extent required by federal, state and local regulations. 1.4 PLAN

A. Conduct a site assessment to estimate the types of materials that will be generated by demolition at the site. The Whole Building Design Guide website (http://www.wbdg.org) has a Construction Waste Management Database that contains information on companies that haul, collect, and process recyclable debris from construction projects B. Develop and implement procedures to reuse and recycle materials to the greatest extent feasible based upon the contract, the construction and

203 demolition debris management plan, the estimated quantities of materials, and the availability of recycling facilities.

C. Prepare and submit to the Resident Engineer a written demolition debris management plan. The plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following information: 1. Contractor and project identification information; 2. Procedures to be used for debris management; 3. A listing of the materials to be reused, recycled, or taken to the landfill. 4. The names and locations of reuse and recycling facilities or sites. 1.5 COLLECTION

A. Provide necessary containers, bins and storage areas to facilitate effective waste management. B. Clearly identify so that recyclable materials are separated from trash and can be transported to respective recycling facility for processing. 1.6 DISPOSAL

A. Contractor shall be responsible for transporting and disposing of materials that cannot be delivered to a source-separated or mixed materials recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can accept the materials in accordance with state law. B. Building or demolition materials with no practical use or that cannot be recycled shall be disposed of at a landfill or incinerator. 1.7 REPORT

With each application for progress payment, the contractor shall submit a summary of construction and demolition debris diversion and disposal, quantifying all materials generated at the work site and disposed of or diverted from disposal through recycling. - - - E N D - - -

SECTION 02070 REMOVALS

PART 1 - GENERAL Applicable requirements of the conditions of the contract shall apply to all work of this section. 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. The work of this Section consists of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and appliances necessary and required for the removal of all portions of existing work necessitated by the design of this Project not being removed by roof abatement contractor, as necessary to make the work complete. B. Perform all removals, dismantling, cutting, patching, repair and alterations for work on the existing roofs. C. The Contractor shall comply with all regulations of the Veterans Administration, OSHA, AHERA, and all other agencies having jurisdiction. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 01569 - Asbestos Abatement B. Section 01730 – Construction Waste Management. C. Section 06150 - Carpentry. D. Section 07220 - Roof & Deck Insulation. E. Section 07532 - EPDM Roofing (Fully Adhered). F. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metals. G. Section 07920 – Sealants and Caulking. H. Cut openings in masonry walls for new roof leaders: Section 15050 - Basic Methods and Requirements (Mechanical). I. New roof drains: Section 15400 – Plumbing Systems. J. Section 16670 - Lightning Protection System. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. AHERA, Industrial Code 56 for asbestos removal procedures. B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Codes and Regulations (OSHA). 1.4 GENERAL

205 A. Removal work shall be performed as indicated, as necessary, and as specified herein. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified herein, all materials removed under this Contract shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site.

B. Removals: Removals shall be performed without damage to adjacent retained work; however, where such work is damaged, the Contractor shall patch, repair or otherwise restore same to its original condition. Removals shall be as indicated and as specified herein, and shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner to the limits indicated or specified, or to the minimum extent necessary or required for the proper installation of new work. C. Debris: Debris shall be placed in approved Contractor furnished containers to prevent the spread and accumulation of dust and dirt. Location of containers shall be coordinated with V.A. Contracting Officer. Debris shall be removed from the area of work as often as necessary, but not less than at least once at the end of each work day. Debris shall not be thrown from the roof. 1.5 PROCEDURES

A. The General Contractor shall coordinate the work of this section with Section 01569 – Asbestos Abatement. The procedures proposed for the execution of the removal of items as required shall be submitted to the VA Resident Engineer for approval within 20 days after the signing of the contract. The procedures shall provide for safe conduct of the work, protection of property which is to remain undisturbed, coordination with other work in progress. The procedures shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation, and the sequence of operation and the time involved in the operation. 1.6 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

A. The existing building, structures and facilities within the area of operation under this Contract shall be protected. Any disturbance of damage to the work, the existing building and structures, or any impairments of facilities resulting directly or indirectly from the

206 Contractor's operations, shall be promptly restored, repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer at no additional cost to the VA. B. Barricades, etc., shall be provided so as to adequately protect all workers, employees of the Building and the public from possible injury. C. No materials or debris shall be burned on the premises. No open fires, including open drum, barrel fires, salamanders, will be permitted. D. No material shall be dropped or thrown from any height. All removed roofing materials shall be lowered to ground level through the use of approved chutes. E. No load shall be placed on any existing roof or structural element which will exceed the live load capacity of said roof or structural element. F. All required precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the existing structures. G. Temporary fire protection in the form of fire extinguisher shall be provided during any required metal burning operations. The fire protection shall also be provided on the level below the area in which metal is being removed or welded. 1.7 TEMPORARY WORK

A. All required temporary work shall be provided for the safe and proper performance of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequate design and construction of all scaffolding and any other temporary work, collectively referred to in this paragraph as "temporary work" used in the performance of the work. The Contractor shall certify to the Contracting Officer that the design and erection drawings for all such temporary work have been checked and approved as adequate by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of New York who has at least five years of experience as a Structural Engineer, and that the temporary work has been constructed in conformance with the design which was checked and approved by said Professional Engineer. The Contractor and the Professional Engineer retained by the Contractor to approve the design and the erection drawings for such temporary work erected during the course of the job shall be responsible for the proper design, construction, dismantling and removal of such temporary work.

207 1.8 CONDITION OF PREMISES

A. The Contractor shall accept the premises as he finds them and shall complete the Removals as specified in this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. The Contractor shall provide all tools, equipment, labor and utilities necessary for the execution of the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION:

A. Contractor shall verify that conduits and piping scheduled for removal are inactive prior to demolition. 3.2 REMOVALS: Removals shall include but not be limited to the following:

A. Remove existing roof system flush to existing concrete decking. Prepare concrete decking to suit new roofing system. B. Existing sealants shall be removed and the surface prepared to receive new sealants. C. Replace all rotted wood blocking and nailers as per Section 06150, Carpentry. D. Remove existing roof drains. 3.3 DAMAGE:

A. Existing work which is not to be removed under this Contract shall not be disturbed nor damaged in any way. Except to the extent specifically required by this Contract in order to accomplish the removals. The Contractor shall assume the risk of such disturbance or damage arising out of or in connection with the performance of the Contract. If any such disturbance or damage occurs to the existing work, the Contractor shall promptly restore, repair and replace such disturbance or damage to the existing work to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer without expense to the VA. 3.4 PATCHING:

A. Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces that will be exposed in the finished work, these holes and damaged surfaces shall be patched and repaired to match adjacent finished surfaces. Where new work is to be applied to existing surfaces, removals and patching shall produce surfaces that are suitable for the provision of the new work. Patching shall be performed by workmen skilled in the trade involved and shall

208 be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Finished surfaces of patched areas shall be flush with the adjacent surface as closely as possible as to texture and finish. Patching shall be as specified and indicated and shall include: 1. All holes and depressions caused by previous physical damage or left as a result of removals of existing mechanical equipment, or as a result of previous removals, shall be completely filled with an approved roofing structural system and patching material, applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 2. Concrete roof decks shall be inspected, and all holes and depressions in existing concrete roof decks shall be patched flush with the existing roof deck with cementitious patching material. 3.5 TEMPORARY ROOF

A. Install temporary roof when sequences of work or weather does not permit installation of a completed permanent roof system or roof would be subject to phasing of roof work, construction traffic, scaffolds, and work over roof area. B. Use of 1.15 mm (0.045-inch) thick non-reinforced EPDM membrane or other temporary membrane as approved. C. Repair cuts, tears, and punctures with patches to keep system watertight. E. Install permanent roof system within one year. END OF SECTION

SECTION 04100 MORTAR AND GROUT

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION:

Section specifies mortar and grout materials and mixes. 1.2 RELATED WORK:

A. Mortar used in Section: 1. Section 04200, UNIT MASONRY. 2. Section 04515, MASONRY TUCK POINTING. 1.3 TESTING LABORATORY-CONTRACTOR RETAINED:

A. Engage a commercial testing laboratory approved by Resident Engineer to perform tests specified below. B. Submit information regarding testing laboratory's facilities and qualifications of technical personnel to Resident Engineer. 1.4 TESTS:

A. Test mortar, grout, and materials specified. B. Certified test reports. C. Identify materials by type, brand name and manufacturer or by origin. D. Do not use materials until laboratory test reports are approved by Resident Engineer. E. After tests have been made and materials approved, do not change without additional test and approval of Resident Engineer. F. Testing: 1. Test materials proposed for use for compliance with specifications in accordance with test methods contained in referenced specifications and as follows: 2. Mortar: a. Test for compressive strength and water retention; ASTM C780. b. Mortar compressive strengths 28 days as follows: Type S: Minimum 12400 kPa (1800 psi) at 28 days. Type N: Minimum 5170 kPa (750 psi) at 28 days 3. Grout: a. Test for compressive strength; ASTM C1019. b. Grout compressive strength of 13790 kPa (2000 psi) at 28 days.

210 4. Sand: Test for deleterious substances, organic impurities, soundness and grading.

1.5 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Certificates: 1. Indicating that following items meet specifications: a. Portland cement b. Masonry cement c. Mortar cement d. Hydrated lime e. Fine aggregate (sand). f. Coarse aggregate for grout. g. Color admixture

C. Laboratory Test Reports: 1. Mortar, each type. 2. Grout, each type. 3. Admixtures.

D. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Cement, each kind. 2. Hydrated lime. 3. Admixtures. 4. Liquid acrylic resin. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING:

A. Deliver masonry materials in original sealed containers marked with name of manufacturer and identification of contents. B. Store masonry materials under waterproof covers on planking clear of ground, and protect damage from handling, dirt, stain, water and wind. 1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:

A. Publications listed below form a part of specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C40-04...... Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete C91-03...... Masonry Cement

211 C109-02...... Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or 50-MM Cube Specimens) C144-03...... Aggregate for Masonry Mortar C150-04...... Portland Cement C207-04...... Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes C270-03...... Mortar for Unit Masonry C307-03...... Tensile Strength of Chemical - Resistant Mortar, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacing C321-00...... Bond Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars C348-02...... Flexural Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars C404-03...... Aggregate for Masonry Grout C476-02...... Grout for Masonry C595-03...... Blended Hydraulic Cement C780-02...... Preconstruction and Construction Evaluation of Mortars for Plain and Reinforced Unit Masonry C979-99...... Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete C1019-03...... Sampling and Testing Grout C1329-04...... Mortar Cement PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 HYDRATED LIME:

ASTM C207, Type S.

2.2 AGGREGATE FOR MASONRY MORTAR:

A. ASTM C144 and as follows: 1. Light colored sand for mortar for laying face brick. 2. White plastering sand meeting sieve analysis for mortar joints for pointing and laying of structural facing tile units except that 100 percent passes No. 8 sieve, and not more than 5 percent retained on No. 16 sieve.

B. Test sand for color value in accordance with ASTM C40. Sand producing color darker than specified standard is unacceptable.

2.3 AGGREGATE FOR MASONRY GROUT:

ASTM C404, Size 8.

2.4 BLENDED HYDRAULIC CEMENT:

ASTM C595, Type IS, IP, I(PM).

212 2.5 MASONRY CEMENT:

A. ASTM C91. Type N, S, or M. B. Use white masonry cement whenever white mortar is specified.

2.6 MORTAR CEMEMT:

ASTM C1329, Type N, S or M.

2.7 PORTLAND CEMENT:

A. ASTM C150, Type I. B. Use white Portland cement wherever white mortar is specified.

2.8 LIQUID ACRYLIC RESIN:

A formulation of acrylic polymers and modifiers in liquid form designed for use as an additive for mortar to improve physical properties.

2.9 WATER:

Potable, free of substances that are detrimental to mortar, masonry, and metal.

2.10 POINTING MORTAR:

A. For Cast Stone or Precast Concrete: Proportion by volume; One part white Portland cement, two parts white sand, and 1/5 part hydrated lime.

2.11 MASONRY MORTAR:

A. Conform to ASTM C270. B. Admixtures: 1. Do not use mortar admixtures color admixtures unless approved by Resident Engineer. 2. Submit laboratory test report showing effect of proposed admixture on strength, water retention, and water repellency of mortar. 3. Do not use antifreeze compounds.

C. Colored Mortar: 1. Maintain uniform mortar color for exposed work throughout. 2. Match mortar color in approved sample or mock-up. 3. Color of mortar for exposed work in alteration work to match color of existing mortar.

213 D. Color Admixtures: 1. Proportion as specified by manufacturer.

2.12 HIGH BOND MORTAR:

A. Mixture by volume, one-part Portland cement, 1/4-part hydrated lime, three-parts sand, water, and liquid acrylic resin. B. Mortar properties when tested in accordance with referenced specifications. 1. Compressive Strength, ASTM C109: Minimum 19,305 kPa (2800 psi), using 50 mm (2 inch) cubes. 2. Tensile Strength, ASTM C307: 3861 kPa Minimum (560 psi), using the 25mm (1 inch) briquettes. 3. Flexural Strength, ASTM C348: Minimum 6067 kPa (880 psi), using flexural bar. 4. Bond Strength, ASTM C321: Minimum 2965 kPa (430 psi), using crossed brick. 2.13 GROUT:

A. Conform to ASTM C476 except as specified. B. Grout type proportioned by volume as follows: 1. Fine Grout: a. Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement: one part. b. Hydrated lime: 0 to 1/10 part. c. Fine aggregate: 2-1/4 to three times sum of volumes of cement and lime used.

2. Coarse Grout: a. Portland cement or blended hydraulic cement: one part. b. Hydrated lime: 0 to 1/10 part. c. Fine aggregate: 2-1/4 to three times sum of volumes of cement and lime used. d. Coarse aggregate: one to two times sum of volumes of cement and lime used. 3. Sum of volumes of fine and coarse aggregates: Do not exceed four times sum of volumes of cement and lime used. 2.14 COLOR ADMIXTURE:

A. Pigments: ASTM C979. B. Use mineral pigments only. Organic pigments are not acceptable.

214 C. Pigments inert, stable to atmospheric conditions, nonfading, alkali resistant and water insoluble.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MIXING:

A. Mix in a mechanically operated mortar mixer. 1. Mix mortar for at least three minutes but not more than five minutes.

B. Measure ingredients by volume. Measure by the use of a container of known capacity. C. Mix water with dry ingredients in sufficient amount to provide a workable mixture which will adhere to vertical surfaces of masonry units. D. Mix water with grout dry ingredients in sufficient amount to bring grout mixture to a pouring consistency. E. Mortar that has stiffened because of loss of water through evaporations: 1. Re-tempered by adding water to restore to proper consistency and workability. 2. Discard mortar that has reached its initial set or has not been used within two hours.

F. Pointing Mortar: 1. Mix dry ingredients with enough water to produce a damp mixture of workable consistency which will retain its shape when formed into a ball. 2. Allow mortar to stand in dampened condition for one to 1-1/2 hours. 3. Add water to bring mortar to a workable consistency prior to application. 3.2 MORTAR USE LOCATION:

A. Use Type S mortar for masonry containing vertical reinforcing bars (non-engineered) masonry below grade masonry solar screens and setting cast stone. C. For brick veneer over frame back up walls, use Type N portland cement- lime mortar or Type S masonry cement or mortar cement mortar. D. Use Type N mortar for other masonry work, except as otherwise specified. E. Use Type N mortar for tuck pointing work.

215 3.3 GROUT USE LOCATIONS:

A. Use fine grout for filling wall cavities and cells of concrete masonry units where the smallest dimension is 50 mm (2 inches) or less. B. Use either fine grout or coarse grout for filling wall cavities and cells of concrete masonry units where the smallest dimension is greater than 50 mm (2 inches). C. Do not use grout for filling bond beam or lintel units.

- - - E N D - - -

216 SECTION 04200 UNIT MASONRY

This section specifies requirements for construction of masonry unit walls. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Cavity insulation: Section 07210, BUILDING INSULATION. B. Flashing: Section 07600, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. C. Sealants and sealant installation: Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Samples: 1. Face brick, sample panel, 200 mm by 400 mm (8 inches by 16 inches,) showing full color range and texture of bricks, bond, and proposed mortar joints. 2. Concrete masonry units, when exposed in finish work. 3. Anchors, and ties, one each and joint reinforcing 1200 mm (48 inches) long.

C. Shop Drawings: 1. Special masonry shapes. 2. Drawings, showing reinforcement, applicable dimensions and methods of hanging soffit or lintel masonry and reinforcing masonry for embedment of anchors for hung fixtures.

D. Certificates: 1. Certificates signed by manufacturer, including name and address of contractor, project location, and the quantity, and date or dates of shipment of delivery to which certificate applies. 2. Indicating that the following items meet specification requirements: a. Face brick. b. Solid and load-bearing concrete masonry units, including fire- resistant rated units. c. Ceramic glazed facing brick. d. Glazed structural clay facing tile. e. Structural clay tile units. 3. Testing laboratories facilities and qualifications of its principals and key personnel to perform tests specified.

217 E. Laboratory Test Reports: 1. Brick for pre-built masonry panels. 2. Ceramic glazed facing brick.

F. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Anchors, ties, and reinforcement. 2. Shear keys. 3. Reinforcing bars.

1.4 SAMPLE PANEL

A. Before starting masonry, lay up a sample panel in accordance with Masonry Standards Joint Committee (MSJC) and Brick Industry Association (BIA). 1. Use brick from random piles of brick delivered on site. 2. Include reinforcing, ties, and anchors.

B. Use sample panels approved by Resident Engineer for standard of workmanship of new masonry work. C. Use sample panel to test cleaning methods. 1.5 WARRANTY

Warranty exterior masonry walls against moisture leaks and subject to terms of "Warranty of Construction" article in Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS, except that warranty period shall be five years. 1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A82-02...... Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement A615/A615M-04...... Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C34-03...... Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile C55-03...... Concrete Building Brick C56-04...... Structural Clay Non-Load-Bearing Tile C62-04...... Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale) C67-03...... Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile C90-03...... Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units

218 C126-99...... Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units C216-04...... Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale) C612-04...... Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation C744-04...... Prefaced Concrete and Calcium Silicate Masonry Units. D1056-00...... Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber D2000-04...... Rubber Products in Automotive Applications D2240-04...... Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness D3574-03...... Flexible Cellular Materials-Slab, Bonded, and Molded Urethane Foams F1667-03...... Fasteners: Nails, Spikes and Staples

C. Masonry Industry Council: All Weather Masonry Construction Manual, 2000. D. Federal Specifications (FS): FF-S-107C...... Screws, Tapping and Drive

E. Brick Industry Association - Technical Notes on Brick Construction (BIA): 11-1986...... Guide Specifications for Brick Masonry, Part I 11A–1988...... Guide Specifications for Brick Masonry, Part II 11B–1988...... Guide Specifications for Brick Masonry, Part III Execution 11C-1984...... Guide Specification for Brick Masonry Engineered Brick Masonry, Part IV 11D-1988...... Guide Specifications for Brick Masonry Engineered Brick Masonry, Part IV continued

F. Masonry Standards Joint Committee; Specifications for Masonry Structures (ACI 530.1-99/ASCE 6-99/TMS 602-99) (MSJC). PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 BRICK

A. Face Brick: 1. ASTM C216, Grade SW, Type FBS. 2. Brick when tested in accordance with ASTM C67: Classified slightly efflorescent or better. 3. Size:

219 a. Modular b. Thin Brick: 13 mm (1/2 inch) thick with angle shapes for corners.

B. Building Brick: ASTM C62, Grade MW for backup and interior work; Grade SW where in contact with earth. C. Ceramic Glazed Facing Brick: ASTM C126; Grade S, Type I (single-faced units) where only one face is exposed; Grade S, Type II (two-faced units) where two opposite finished faces are exposed. 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Hollow and Solid Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C90. 1. Unit Weight: Normal weight. 2. Fire rated units for fire rated partitions. 3. Sizes: Modular 4. For molded faces used as a finished surface, use concrete masonry units with uniform fine to medium surface texture unless specified otherwise. 5. Use concrete masonry units exposed in finished work with 25 mm (one inch) minimum radius rounded vertical exterior corners. 6. Customized units: a. Sound-Absorbing Units: 1) Vertical slots in face to core areas. 2) Acoustical absorption insert: Mineral fiber and metal septum, providing unit with NRC rating of 0.70. 2.3 CLAY TILE UNITS – N/A 2.4 SHEAR KEYS

A. ASTM D2000, solid extruded cross-shaped section of rubber, neoprene, or polyvinyl chloride, with a durometer hardness of approximately 80 when tested in accordance with ASTM D2240, and a minimum shear strength of 3.5 MPa (500 psi). B. Shear key dimensions: Approximately 70 mm by 8 mm for long flange and 38 mm by 16 mm for short flange (2-3/4 inches by 5/16 inch for long flange, and 1-1/2 inches by 5/8 inch for short flange). 2.5 ANCHORS, TIES, AND REINFORCEMENT

A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615M, deformed bars, grade as shown. B. Joint Reinforcement: 1. Form from wire complying with ASTM A82. 2. Galvanized after fabrication.

220 3. Width of joint reinforcement 40 mm (1-5/8 inches) less than nominal width of masonry wall or partition. 4. Cross wires welded to longitudinal wires. 5. Joint reinforcement at least 3000 mm (10 feet) in length. 6. Joint reinforcement in rolls is not acceptable. 7. Joint reinforcement that is crimped to form drip is not acceptable. 8. Maximum spacing of cross wires 400 mm (16 inches) to longitudinal wires. 9. Ladder Design: a. Longitudinal wires deformed 5 mm (0.1875 inch) diameter wire. b. Cross wires 4 mm (0.1483 inch) diameter. 10. Trussed Design: a. Longitudinal and cross wires not less than 4 mm (0.1483 inch nominal) diameter. b. Longitudinal wires deformed. 11. Multiple Wythes and Cavity wall ties: a. Longitudinal wires 2.6 mm (0.1055 inch), two in each wythe with ladder truss wires 2.6 mm (0.1055 inch) overlay, welded to each longitudinal wire. b. Longitudinal wires 4 mm (0.155 inch) with U shape 2.6 mm (0.1055 inch) rectangular ties extending into other wythe not less than 75 mm (3 inches) spaced 400 mm o.c. (16 inches). Adjustable type with U shape tie designed to receive 4 mm (0.155 inch) pintle projecting into other wythe 75 mm (3 inches).

C. Adjustable Veneer Anchor for Frame Walls: 1. Two piece, adjustable anchor and tie. 2. Anchor and tie may be either type; use only one type throughout. 3. Loop Type: a. Anchor: Screw-on galvanized steel anchor strap 2.75 mm (0.1084 inch) by 19 mm (3/4 inch) wide by 225 mm (9 inches) long, with 9 mm (3/8 inch) offset and 100 mm (4 inch) adjustment. Provide 5 mm (3/16 inch) hole at each end for fasteners. b. Ties: Triangular tie, fabricated of 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter galvanized cold drawn steel wire. Ties long enough to engage the anchor and be embedded not less than 50 mm (two inches) into the bed joint of the masonry veneer. 4. Angle Type:

221 a. Anchor: Minimum 2 mm (16 gage) thick galvanized steel angle shaped anchor strap. Provide hole in vertical leg for fastener. Provide hole near end of outstanding leg to suit upstanding portion of tie. b. Tie: Fabricate from 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter galvanized cold drawn steel wire. Form "L" shape to be embedded not less than 50 mm (2 inches) into the bed joint of the masonry veneer and provide upstanding leg to fit through hole in anchor and be long enough to allow 50 mm (2 inches) of vertical adjustment.

D. Dovetail Anchors: 1. Corrugated steel dovetail anchors formed of 1.5 mm (0.0598 inch) thick by 25 mm (1 inch) wide galvanized steel, 90 mm (3-1/2 inches) long where used to anchor 100 mm (4 inch) nominal thick masonry units, 140 mm (5-1/2 inches) long for masonry units more than 100 mm (4 inches) thick. 2. Triangular wire dovetail anchor 100 mm (4 inch) wide formed of 4 mm (9 gage) steel wire with galvanized steel dovetail insert. Anchor length to extend at least 75 mm (3 inches) into masonry, 25 mm (1 inch) into 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) thick units. 3. Form dovetail anchor slots from 0.6 mm (0.0239 inch) thick galvanized steel (with felt or fiber filler).

E. Individual ties: 1. Rectangular ties: Form from 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter galvanized steel rod to a rectangular shape not less than 50 mm (2 inches) wide by sufficient length for ends of ties to extend within 25 mm (1 inch) of each face of wall. Ties that are crimped to form drip are not permitted. 2. Adjustable Cavity Wall Ties: a. Adjustable wall ties may be used at Contractor's option. b. Two piece type permitting up to 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) adjustment. c. Form ties from 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter galvanized steel wire. d. Form one piece to a rectangular shape 105 mm (4-1/8 inches) wide by length required to extend into the bed joint 50 mm (2 inches). e. Form the other piece to a 75 mm (3 inch) long by 75 mm (3 inch) wide shape, having a 75 mm (3 inch) long bent section for engaging the 105 mm (4-1/8 inch) wide piece to form adjustable connection.

222 F. Wall Ties, (Mesh or Wire): 1. Mesh wall ties formed of ASTM A82, W0.5, 2 mm, (16 gage) galvanized steel wire 13 mm by 13 mm (1/2 inch by 1/2 inch) mesh, 75 mm (3 inches) wide by 200 mm (8 inches) long. 2. Rectangular wire wall ties formed of W1.4, 3 mm, (10 gage) galvanized steel wire 50 mm (2 inches) wide by 200 mm (8 inches) long.

G. Corrugated Wall Tie: 1. Form from 1.5 mm (0.0598 inch) thick corrugated, galvanized steel 30 mm (1-1/4 inches) wide by lengths so as to extend at least 100 mm (4 inches) into joints of new masonry plus 38 mm (1-1/2 inch) turn-up. 2. Provide 5 mm (3/16 inch) hole in turn-up for fastener attachment.

H. Adjustable Steel Column Anchor: 1. Two piece anchor consisting of a 6 mm (1/4 inch) diameter steel rod to be welded to steel with offset ends, rod to permit 100 mm (4 inch) vertical adjustment of wire anchor. 2. Triangular shaped wire anchor 100 mm (4 inches) wide formed from 5 (3/16 inch) diameter galvanized wire, to extend at least 75 mm (3 inches) into joints of masonry.

I. Adjustable Steel Beam Anchor: 1. Z or C type steel strap, 30 mm (1 1/4 inches) wide, 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick. 2. Flange hook not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) long. 3. Length to embed in masonry not less than 50 mm (2 inches) in 100 mm (4 inch) nominal thick masonry and 100 mm (4 inches) in thicker masonry. 4. Bend masonry end not less than 40 mm (1 1/2 inches).

J. Ridge Wall Anchors: 1. Form from galvanized steel not less than 25 mm (1 inch) wide by 5 mm (3/16 inch) thick by 600 mm (24 inches) long, plus 50 mm (2 inch) bends. 2. Other lengths as shown. 2.6 PREFORMED COMPRESSIBLE JOINT FILLER

A. Thickness and depth to fill the joint as specified. B. Closed Cell Neoprene: ASTM D1056, Type 2, Class A, Grade 1, B2F1. C. Non-Combustible Type: ASTM C612, Class 5, 1800 degrees F.

223 2.7 ACCESSORIES

A. Weep Hole Wicks: Glass fiber ropes, 10 mm (3/8 inch) minimum diameter, 300 mm (12 inches) long. B. Box Board: 1. Mineral Fiber Board: ASTM C612, Class 1. 2. 25 mm (1 inch) thickness. 3. Other spacing material having similar characteristics may be used subject to the Resident Engineer's approval.

C. Masonry Cleaner: 1. Detergent type cleaner selected for each type masonry used. 2. Acid cleaners are not acceptable. 3. Use soapless type specially prepared for cleaning brick.

D. Fasteners: 1. Concrete Nails: ASTM F1667, Type I, Style 11, 19 mm (3/4 inch) minimum length. 2. Masonry Nails: ASTM F1667, Type I, Style 17, 19 mm (3/4 inch) minimum length. 3. Screws: FS-FF-S-107, Type A, AB, SF thread forming or cutting. 2.8 PRE-BUILT MASONRY PANELS

A. Shop fabricated under a controlled environment, in a plant capable of manufacturing, transporting, and storing the finished panels. B. Fabricate panels to size and configuration shown, conforming to approved shop drawing. C. Fabricate panels in jigs. D. Reject panels failing to meet these requirements. 1. Plumb head joints. 2. Panel dimensions tolerances: Accurate to plus 0 mm (0 inch) and minus 6 mm (1/4 inch) in 3600 mm (12 feet). 3. Panels true, free of warp or rack, and plumb on base. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Protection: 1. Cover tops of walls with nonstaining waterproof covering, when work is not in progress. Secure to prevent wind blow off. 2. On new work protect base of wall from mud, dirt, mortar droppings, and other materials that will stain face, until final landscaping or other site work is completed.

224 B. Cold Weather Protection: 1. Masonry may be laid in freezing weather when methods of protection are utilized. 2. Comply with MSJC and “Hot and Cold Weather Masonry Construction Manual”. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES

A. Lay masonry units plumb, level and true to line within the tolerances as per MSJC requirements and as follows: B. Maximum variation from plumb: 1. In 3000 mm (10 feet) - 6 mm (1/4 inch). 2. In 6000 mm (20 feet) - 10 mm (3/8 inch). 3. In 12 000 mm (40 feet) or more - 13 mm (1/2 inch).

C. Maximum variation from level: 1. In any bay or up to 6000 mm (20 feet) - 6 mm (1/4 inch). 2. In 12 000 mm (40 feet) or more - 13 mm (1/2 inch).

D. Maximum variation from linear building lines: 1. In any bay or up to 6000 mm (20 feet) - 13 mm (1/2 inch). 2. In 12 000 mm (40 feet) or more - 19 mm (3/4 inch).

E. Maximum variation in cross-sectional dimensions of columns and thickness of walls from dimensions shown: 1. Minus 6 mm (1/4 inch). 2. Plus 13 mm (1/2 inch).

F. Maximum variation in prepared opening dimensions: 1. Accurate to minus 0 mm (0 inch). 2. Plus 6 mm (1/4 inch). 3.3 INSTALLATION GENERAL

A. Keep finish work free from mortar smears or spatters, and leave neat and clean. B. Anchor masonry as specified in Paragraph, ANCHORAGE. C. Wall Openings: 1. Fill hollow metal frames built into masonry walls and partitions solid with mortar as laying of masonry progresses. 2. If items are not available when walls are built, prepare openings for subsequent installation.

D. Tooling Joints: 1. Do not tool until mortar has stiffened enough to retain thumb print when thumb is pressed against mortar.

225 2. Tool while mortar is soft enough to be compressed into joints and not raked out. 3. Finish joints in exterior face brick work with a jointing tool, and provide smooth, water-tight concave joint unless specified otherwise. 4. Tool Exposed interior joints in finish work concave unless specified otherwise.

E. Partition Height: 1. Extend partitions at least 100 mm (four inches) above suspended ceiling or to overhead construction where no ceiling occurs. 2. Extend following partitions to overhead construction. a. Where noted smoke partitions, FHP (full height partition), and FP (fire partition) and smoke partitions (SP) on drawings. b. Both walls at expansion joints. c. Corridor walls. d. Walls at stairway and stair halls, elevators, dumbwaiters, trash and laundry chute shafts, and other vertical shafts. e. Walls at refrigerator space. g. Reinforced masonry partitions 3. Extend finish masonry partitions at least four-inches above suspended ceiling and continue with concrete masonry units or structural clay tile to overhead construction:

F. Lintels: 1. Lintels are not required for openings less than 1000 mm (3 feet 4 inches) wide that have hollow metal frames. 2. Openings 1025 mm (3 feet 5 inches) wide to 1600 m (5 feet 4 inches) wide with no structural steel lintel or frames, require a lintel formed of concrete masonry lintel or bond beam units or filled with 25 MPa (3000 psi) concrete and reinforced with 1- #15m (1-#5) rod top and bottom for each 100 mm (4 inches) of nominal thickness unless shown otherwise. 3. Precast lintels of 25 Mpa (3000 psi) concrete, of same thickness as partition, and with one Number 5 deformed bar top and bottom for each 100 mm (4 inches) of nominal thickness, may be used in lieu of reinforced CMU masonry lintels. 4. Use steel lintels, for openings over 1600 m (5 feet 4 inches) wide, brick masonry and elevator openings unless shown otherwise. 5. Doors having overhead concealed door closers require a steel lintel, and a pocket for closer box.

226 6. Length for minimum bearing of 200 mm (8 inches) at ends. 7. Build masonry openings or arches over wood or metal centering and supports when steel lintels are not used.

G. Wall, Furring, and Partition Units: 1. Lay out field units to provide for running bonding of walls and partitions, with vertical joints in second course centering on first course units unless specified otherwise. 2. Align head joints of alternate vertical courses. 3. At sides of openings, balance head joints in each course on vertical center lines of openings. 4. Use no piece shorter than 100 mm (4 inches) long. 5. On interior partitions provide a 6 mm (1/4 inch) open joint for caulking between existing construction, exterior walls, and abutting masonry partitions. 6. Use not less than 100 mm (4 inches) nominal thick masonry for free standing furring unless shown otherwise. 7. Do not abut existing plastered surfaces except suspended ceilings with new masonry partitions.

H. Use not less than 100 mm (4 inches) nominal thick masonry for fireproofing steel columns unless shown otherwise. I. Before connecting new masonry with previously laid, remove loosened masonry or mortar, and clean and wet work in place as specified under wetting. J. When new masonry partitions start on existing floors, machine cut existing floor finish material down to concrete surface.

K. Structural Steel Encased in Masonry: 1. Where structural steel is encased in masonry and the voids between the steel and masonry are filled with mortar, provide a minimum 25 mm (1 inch) mortar free expansion space between the masonry and the steel by applying a box board material to the steel before the masonry is laid. 2. Do not place spacing material where steel is bearing on masonry or masonry is bearing on steel.

L. Chases: 1. Do not install chases in masonry walls and partitions exposed to view in finished work, including painted or coated finishes on masonry.

227 2. Masonry 100 mm (4 inch) nominal thick may have electrical conduits 25 mm (1 inch) or less in diameter when covered with soaps, or other finishes. 3. Full recess chases after installation of conduit, with mortar and finish flush. 4. When pipes or conduits, or both occur in hollow masonry unit partitions retain at least one web of the hollow masonry units.

M. Wetting and Wetting Test: 1. Test and wet brick or clay tile in accordance with BIA 11B. 2. Do not wet concrete masonry units or glazed structural facing tile before laying. 3.4 ANCHORAGE

A. Veneer to Frame Walls: 1. Use adjustable veneer anchors. 2. Fasten anchor to stud through sheathing with self drilling and tapping screw, one at each end of loop type anchor. 3. Space anchors not more than 400 mm (16 inches) on center vertically at each stud.

B. Veneer to Concrete Walls: 1. Install dovetail slots in concrete vertically at 600 mm (2 feet) on centers. 2. Locate dovetail anchors at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals. 3. Anchor new masonry facing to existing concrete with corrugated wall ties spaced at 400 mm, (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals, and at 600 mm (2 feet) maximum horizontal intervals. Fasten ties to concrete with power actuated fasteners or concrete nails.

C. Masonry Facing to Backup and Cavity Wall Ties: 1. Use individual ties for new work. 2. Stagger ties in alternate courses, and space at 400 mm (16 inches) maximum vertically, and 600 mm (2 feet) horizontally. 3. At openings, provide additional ties spaced not more than 900 mm (3 feet) apart vertically around perimeter of opening, and within 300 mm (12 inches) from edge of opening. 4. Anchor new masonry facing to existing masonry with corrugated wall ties spaced at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals and at every second masonry unit horizontally. Fasten ties to masonry with masonry nails.

228 5. Option: Use joint reinforcing for multiple wythes and cavity wall ties spaced not more than 400 mm (16 inches) vertically. 6. Tie interior and exterior wythes of reinforced masonry walls together with individual ties. Provide ties at intervals not to exceed 600 mm (24 inches) on center horizontally, and 400 mm (16 inches) on center vertically. Lay ties in the same line vertically in order to facilitate vibrating of the grout pours.

D. Anchorage of Abutting Masonry: 1. Anchor interior 100 mm (4 inch) thick masonry partitions to exterior masonry walls with wall ties. Space ties at 600 mm (2 foot) maximum vertical intervals. Extend ties 100 mm (4 inches) minimum into masonry. 2. Anchor interior masonry bearing walls or interior masonry partitions over 100 mm (4 inches) thick to masonry walls with rigid wall anchors spaced at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals. 3. Anchor abutting masonry walls and partitions to concrete with dovetail anchors. Install dovetail slots vertically in concrete at centerline of abutting wall or partition. Locate dovetail anchors at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals. Secure anchors to existing wall with two 9 mm (3/8 inch) by 75 mm (3 inch) expansion bolts or two power-driven fasteners. 4. Anchor abutting interior masonry partitions to existing concrete and existing masonry construction, with corrugated wall ties. Extend ties at least 100 mm (4 inches) into joints of new masonry. Fastened to existing concrete and masonry construction, with powder actuated drive pins, nail or other means that provides rigid anchorage. Install anchors at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals.

E. Masonry Furring: 1. Anchor masonry furring less than 100 mm (4 inches) nominal thick to masonry walls or to concrete with corrugated wall ties or dovetail anchors. 2. Space not over 600 mm (2 feet) on centers in both directions.

F. Anchorage to Steel Beams or Columns: 1. Use adjustable beam anchors on each flange. 2. At columns weld the 6 mm (1/4 inch) steel rod to steel columns at 300 mm (12 inch) intervals, and place wire ties in masonry courses at 400 mm (16 inches) maximum vertically.

229 3.5 REINFORCEMENT

A. Joint Reinforcement: 1. Use as joint reinforcement in CMU wythe of combination brick and CMU, cavity walls, and single wythe concrete masonry unit walls or partitions. 2. Reinforcing may be used in lieu of individual ties for anchoring brick facing to CMU backup in exterior masonry walls. 3. Brick veneer over frame backing walls do not require joint reinforcement. 4. Locate joint reinforcement in mortar joints at 400 mm (16 inch) maximum vertical intervals. 5. Additional strip reinforcement is required in mortar joints at both 200 mm (8 inches) and 400 (16 inches) above and below windows, doors, louvers and similar openings in masonry, except where other type anchors are required for anchorage of masonry to concrete structure. 6. Joint reinforcement is required in every course of stack bond CMU masonry. 7. Wherever brick masonry is backed up with stacked bond masonry, joint reinforcement is required in every course of CMU backup, and in corresponding joint of facing brick.

B. Steel Reinforcing Bars: 1. Install in cells of hollow masonry units where required for vertical reinforcement and in bond beam units for lintels and bond beam horizontal reinforcement. Install in wall cavities of reinforced masonry walls where shown. 2. Use grade 40 bars if not specified otherwise. 3. Bond Beams: a. Form Bond beams of load-bearing concrete masonry units filled with 25 MPa (3000 psi) masonry grout and reinforced with 2-#15m (#5) steel rods top and bottom unless shown otherwise. b. Brake bond beams only at expansion joints and at control joints, if shown. 4. Stack Bond: a. Locate reinforcement in vertical and horizontal joints as shown. b. Anchor vertical reinforcement in floor slab, and hold in place. c. Provide temporary bracing until masonry is completed. 5. Grout openings:

230 a. Leave cleanout holes in double wythe walls during construction by omitting units at the base of one side of the wall. b. Locate clean-out holes at location of vertical reinforcement. c. Keep grout space clean of mortar accumulation and sand debris. Clean the grout space every day using a high pressure jet stream of water, or compressed air, or industrial vacuum, or by laying wood strips on the metal ties as the wall is built. If wood strips are used, lift strips with wires as the wall progresses and before placing each succeeding course of wall ties.

3.6 BRICK EXPANSION AND CMU CONTROL JOINTS.

A. Provide brick expansion (BEJ) and CMU control (CJ) joints where shown on drawings. B. Keep joint free of mortar and other debris. C. Where joints occur in masonry walls. 1. Install preformed compressible joint filler in brick wythe. 2. Install cross shaped shear keys in concrete masonry unit wythe with preformed compressible joint filler on each side of shear key. 3. Install filler, backer rod, and sealant on exposed faces.

D. Use standard notched concrete masonry units (sash blocks) made in full and half-length units where shear keys are used to create a continuous vertical joint. E. Interrupt steel joint reinforcement at expansion and control joints unless otherwise shown. F. Fill opening in exposed face of expansion and control joints with sealant as specified in Section, SEALANTS AND CAULKING.

3.7 BUILDING EXPANSION AND SEISMIC JOINTS

A. Keep joint free of mortar. Remove mortar and other debris. B. Install non-combustible, compressible type joint filler to fill space completely except where sealant is shown on joints in exposed finish work. C. Where joints are on exposed faces, provide depth for backer rod and sealant as specified in Section, SEALANTS AND CAULKING, unless shown otherwise.

231 3.8 ISOLATION SEAL

A. Where full height walls or partitions lie parallel or perpendicular to and under structural beams or shelf angles, provide a separation between walls or partitions and bottom of beams or shelf angles not less than the masonry joint thickness unless shown otherwise. B. Insert in the separation, a continuous full width strip of noncombustible type compressible joint filler. C. Where exposed in finish work, cut back filler material in the joint enough to allow for the joint to be filled with sealant material specified in Section, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. 3.9 BRICKWORK

A. Lay clay brick in accordance with BIA Technical Note 11 series. B. Laying: 1. Lay brick in running bond with course of masonry bonded at corners unless shown otherwise. Match bond of existing building on alterations and additions. 2. Maintain bond pattern throughout. 3. Do not use brick smaller than half-brick at any angle, corner, break or jamb. 4. Where length of cut brick is greater than one half but less than a whole brick, maintain the vertical joint location of such units. 5. Lay exposed brickwork joints symmetrical about center lines of openings. 6. Do not structural bond multi wythe brick walls unless shown. 7. Before starting work, lay facing brick on foundation wall and adjust bond to openings, angles, and corners. 8. Lay brick for sills with wash and drip. 9. Build solid brickwork as required for anchorage of items.

C. Joints: 1. Exterior and interior joint widths: Lay for three equal joints in 200 mm (eight inches) vertically, unless shown otherwise. 2. Rake joints for pointing with colored mortar when colored mortar is not full depth. 3. Arches: a. Flat arches (jack arches) lay with camber of 1 in 200 (1/16 inch per foot) of span.

232 b. Face radial arches with radial brick with center line of joints on radial lines. c. Form Radial joints of equal width. d. Bond arches into backing with metal ties in every other joint.

D. Weep Holes: 1. Install weep holes at 600 mm (24 inches) on center in bottom of vertical joints of exterior masonry veneer or cavity wall facing over foundations, bond beams, and other water stops in the wall. 2. Form weep holes using wicks made of mineral fiber insulation strips turned up 200 mm (8 inches) in cavity. Anchor top of strip to backup to securely hold in place. 3. Install sand or pea gravel in cavity approximately 75 mm (3 inches) high between weep holes.

E. Solid Exterior Walls: 1. Build with 100 mm (4 inches) of nominal thick facing brick, backed up with concrete masonry units or cast-in-place concrete. 2. Construct solid brick jambs not less than 20 mm (8 inches) wide at exterior wall openings and at recesses, except where exposed concrete unit backup is shown. 3. Do not use full bonding headers. 4. Parging: a. For solid masonry walls, lay backup to height of six brick courses, parge backup with 13 mm (1/2 inch) of mortar troweled smooth; then lay exterior wythe to height of backup. b. Make parging continuous over backup, and extend 150 mm (six inches) onto adjacent concrete or masonry. c. Parge, with mortar, the ends and backs for recesses in exterior walls to a thickness of 13 mm (1/2 inch). d. Parge with mortar to true even surface the inside surface of exterior walls to receive insulation.

F. Cavity Type Exterior Walls: 1. Keep air space clean of mortar accumulations and debris. a. Clean cavity by use of hard rubber, wood or metal channel strips having soft material on sides contacting wythes. b. Lift strips with wires before placing next courses of horizontal joint reinforcement or individual ties. 2. For each lift lay two courses of concrete masonry units, followed by six courses of brick facing.

233 3. Insulated Cavity Type Exterior Walls: a. Install the insulation against the cavity face of inner masonry wythe. b. Place insulation between rows of ties or joint reinforcing or bond to masonry surface with a bonding agent as recommended by the manufacturer of the insulation. c. Lay the outer masonry wythe up with an air space between insulation and masonry units. 4. Veneer Framed Walls: a. Build with 100 mm (4 inches) of face brick over sheathed stud wall with air space. b. Keep air space clean of mortar accumulations and debris. 3.10 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Kind and Users: 1. Provide special concrete masonry shapes as required. Use solid concrete masonry units, where full units cannot be used, or where needed for anchorage of accessories. 2. Provide solid load-bearing concrete masonry units at jambs of openings in walls, where structural members impose loads directly on concrete masonry, and where shown. 3. Provide rounded corner shapes at opening jambs in exposed work and at exterior corners. 4. Do not use brick jambs in exposed finish work. 5. Use concrete building brick only as filler in backup material where not exposed. 6. Use Fire-Resistant Rated Units in fire rated partitions of type and construction that will provide fire rating shown. 7. Structural Clay Tile Units (Option): a. Structural clay tile units load-bearing or non-load bearing as required, may be used in lieu of concrete masonry units, only, but not as an exposed surface, foundation walls or where otherwise noted. b. Set units according to applicable requirements specified for concrete masonry units. c. Use brick or load-bearing structural clay tile units, with cores set vertically, and filled with concrete where structural members impose concentrated load directly on structural clay tile masonry.

234 8. Where lead lined concrete masonry unit partitions terminate below the underside of overhead floor or roof deck, fill the remaining open space between the top of the partition and the underside of the overhead floor or roof deck, with standard concrete masonry units of same thickness as the lead lined units.

B. Laying: 1. Lay concrete masonry units with 10 mm (3/8 inch) joints, with a bond overlap of not less than 1/4 of the unit length, except where stack bond is required. 2. Do not wet concrete masonry units before laying. 3. Bond external corners of partitions by overlapping alternate courses. 4. Lay first course in a full mortar bed. 5. Set anchorage items as work progress. 6. Where ends of anchors, bolts, and other embedded items, project into voids of units, completely fill such voids with mortar or grout. 7. Provide a 6 mm (1/4 inch) open joint for caulking between existing construction, exterior walls, and abutting masonry partitions. 8. Lay concrete masonry units with full face shell mortar beds and fill head joint beds for depth equivalent to face shell thickness. 9. Lay concrete masonry units so that cores of units, that are to be filled with grout, are vertically continuous with joints of cross webs of such cores completely filled with mortar. Unobstructed core openings not less than 50 mm (2 inches) by 75 mm (3 inches). 10. Do not wedge the masonry against the steel reinforcing. Minimum 13 mm (1/2 inch) clear distance between reinforcing and masonry units. 11. Install deformed reinforcing bars of sizes shown. 12. Steel reinforcement, at time of placement, free of loose flaky rust, mud, oil, or other coatings that will destroy or reduce bond. 13. Steel reinforcement in place at the time of grouting. 14. Minimum clear distance between parallel bars: One bar diameter. 15. Hold vertical steel reinforcement in place by centering clips, caging devices, tie wire, or other approved methods, vertically at spacings noted. 16. Support vertical bars near each end and at intermediate intervals not exceeding 192 bar diameters. 17. Set horizontal reinforcement in a full bed of grout or concrete.

235 18. Splice reinforcement or attach reinforcement to dowels by placing in contact and wiring together or by placing the reinforcement within 1/5 of the required bar splice length. 19. Stagger splices in adjacent reinforcing bars. Lap reinforcing bars at splices a minimum of 40 bar diameters. 20. Grout cells of concrete masonry units, containing the reinforcing bars, solid as specified under grouting. 21. Cavity and strip horizontal reinforcement may be placed as the masonry work progresses. 3.10 GROUTING

A. Preparation: 1. Clean grout space of mortar droppings before placing grout. 2. Close cleanouts with masonry units. 3. Install vertical solid masonry dams across grout space for full height of wall at intervals of not more than 9000 mm (30 feet). Do not bond dam units into wythes as masonry headers. 4. Verify reinforcing bars are in cells of units or between wythes as shown.

B. Placing: 1. Place grout by hand bucket, concrete hopper, or grout pump. 2. Consolidate each lift of grout after free water has disappeared but before plasticity is lost. 3. Do not slush with mortar or use mortar with grout. 4. Interruptions: a. When grouting must be stopped for more than an hour, top off grout 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) below top of last masonry course. b. Grout from dam to dam on high lift method. c. A longitudinal run of masonry may be stopped off only by raking back one-half a masonry unit length in each course and stopping grout 100 mm (4 inches) back of rake on low lift method.

C. Low Lift Method: 1. Double wythe masonry constructed grouted in lifts not to exceed 200 mm (8 inches) or less than 50 mm (2 inches) wide. 2. Consolidate by puddling with a grout stick during and immediately after placing. 3. Grout the cores of concrete masonry units containing the reinforcing bars solid as the masonry work progresses.

236 D. High Lift Method: 1. Do not pour grout until masonry wall has properly cured a minimum of 72 hours. 2. Place grout in one continuous operation. 3. Complete in one day with no interruptions greater than one hour sections of a wall between control barriers. 4. Grout double wythe walls in a single continuous pour of grout to the top of the wall in 1200 mm (4 foot) layers or lifts in the same working day, with a minimum waiting period of 10 minutes between each 1200 mm (four foot) layer or lift. Vibrate grout layer or lift thoroughly to fill voids. 5. Grout for cavities of double wythe type walls less than 50 mm (2 inches) wide: Do not pour from a height exceeding 300 mm (1 foot). 6. When vibrating succeeding lifts, extend vibrator 300 to 450 mm (12 to 18 inches) into the preceding lift to close any shrinkage cracks or separation from the masonry units. 3.11 CLEANING AND REPAIR

A. General: 1. Clean exposed masonry surfaces on completion. 2. Protect adjoining construction materials and landscaping during cleaning operations. 3. Cut out defective exposed new joints to depth of approximately 19 mm (3/4 inch) and repoint. 4. Remove mortar droppings and other foreign substances from wall surfaces.

B. Brickwork: 1. First wet surfaces with clean water, then wash down with a solution of soapless detergent. Do not use muriatic acid. 2. Brush with stiff fiber brushes while washing, and immediately thereafter hose down with clean water. 3. Free clean surfaces of traces of detergent, foreign streaks, or stains of any nature.

C. Concrete Masonry Units: 1. Immediately following setting, brush exposed surfaces free of mortar or other foreign matter. 2. Allow mud to dry before brushing.

237 3.12 WATER PENETRATION TESTING

A. Seven days before plastering or painting, in the presence of Resident Engineer, test solid exterior masonry walls for water penetration. B. Direct water on masonry for a period of one hour at a time when wind velocity is less than five miles per hour. C. Should moisture appear on inside of walls tested, make additional tests at other areas as directed by Resident Engineer. D. Correct the areas showing moisture on inside of walls, and repeat test at repaired areas, to insure that moisture penetration has been stopped. E. Make water test at following locations: 1. Sixteen places on Building Number 26.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 04515 MASONRY TUCK POINTING

238 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

This section specifies requirements for tuck pointing of existing masonry and stone work. 1.2 RELATED WORK

Mortars: Section 04100, MORTAR AND GROUT. 1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C67-03...... Brick and Structural Clay Tile, Sampling and Testing C216-04...... Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made From Clay or Shale)

C. International Masonry Institute: Recommended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TUCK POINTING MORTAR

Refer to Section 04100, MORTAR AND GROUT for mortar requirements. 2.2 REPLACEMENT MASONRY UNITS

A. Face Brick: 1. ASTM C216, Grade SW, Type FBS. Brick shall be classified slightly efflorescent or better when tested in accordance with ASTM C67. 2. Face brick shall match facing brick of the existing building(s) that is being tuck pointed.

B. Other Units to match existing. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CUT OUT OF EXISTING MORTAR JOINTS

A. Cut out existing mortar joints (both bed and head joints) and remove by means of a toothing chisel or a special pointer's grinder, to a uniform depth of to 19 mm (3/4-inch), or until sound mortar is reached. Take care to not damage edges of existing masonry units to remain. B. Remove dust and debris from the joints by brushing, blowing with air or rinsing with water. Do not rinse when temperature is below freezing.

239 3.2 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Protection: Protect newly pointed joints from rain, until pointed joints are sufficiently hard enough to prevent damage. B. Cold Weather Protection: 1. Tuck pointing may be performed in freezing weather when methods of protection are utilized. 2. Comply with applicable sections of "Recommended Practices for Cold Weather Construction" as published by International Masonry Industry All Weather Council. 3. Existing surfaces at temperatures to prevent mortar from freezing or causing other damage to mortar. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TUCK POINTING MORTAR

A. Immediately prior to application of mortar, dampen joints to be tuck pointed. Prior to application of pointing mortar, allow masonry units to absorb surface water. B. Tightly pack mortar into joints in thin layers, approximately 6 mm (1/4-inch) thick maximum. C. Allow layer to become "thumbprint hard" before applying next layer. D. Pack final layer flush with surfaces of masonry units. When mortar becomes "thumbprint hard", tool joints. 3.4 TOOLING OF JOINTS

A. Tool joints with a jointing tool to produce a smooth, compacted, concaved joint. B. Tool joints in patch work with a jointing tool to match the existing surrounding joints. 3.5 REPLACEMENT OF MASONRY UNITS

A. Cut out mortar joints surrounding masonry units that are to be removed and replaced. 1. Units removed may be broken and removed, providing surrounding units to remain are not damaged. 2. Once the units are removed, carefully chisel out the old mortar and remove dust and debris. 3. If units are located in exterior wythe of a cavity or veneer wall, exercise care to prevent debris falling into cavity.

B. Dampen surfaces of the surrounding units before new units are placed. 1. Allow existing masonry to absorb surface moisture prior to starting installation of the new replacement units.

240 2. Butter contact surfaces of existing masonry and new replacement masonry units with mortar. 3. Center replacement masonry units in opening and press into position. 4. Remove excess mortar with a trowel. 5. Point around replacement masonry units to ensure full head and bed joints. 6. When mortar becomes "thumbprint hard", tool joints. 3.6 CLEANING

A. Clean exposed masonry surfaces on completion. B. Remove mortar droppings and other foreign substances from wall surfaces. C. First wet surfaces with clean water, then wash down with a solution of soapless detergent specially prepared for cleaning brick. D. Brush with stiff fiber brushes while washing, and immediately thereafter hose down with clean water. E. Free clean surfaces from traces of detergent, foreign streaks or stains. Protect materials during cleaning operations including adjoining construction. F. Use of muratic acid for cleaning is prohibited. - - - E N D - - -

SECTION 06150 CARPENTRY

241 A. Rough carpentry items, miscellaneous wood, nailers, blocking, and other miscellaneous carpentry items as required. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 07220 - Roof & Deck Insulation. B. Section 07532 - EPDM Sheet Roofing. C. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal. D. Section 01569 - Asbestos Abatement. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Lumber to have visible grade stamp, of an Agency certified by NFOPA. 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. AWPB - Standard LP-2 and LP-22 B. PS20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. C. NFOPA National Forest Products Association National Design Specification for Stress Grade Lumber and its Fastening. 1. National Forest Products Association (NFOPA 1001; Supple; Errata/Addenda March 1992 and July 1992) & National Design Specification for Wood Construction. 2. (2001) Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction.

D. Fed. Spec. - TT-W-571 - Wood Preservation Treating Practices. E. Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association (NELMA) Publication: “Standard Grading Rules for Northeastern Lumber.” F. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (SPIB) Publication: “Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber.” G. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (WCLIB) Publication: “Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.” H. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA) Publication: “Western Lumber Grading Rules.” I. AWPA-C20-Structural Lumber Fire-Retardant Pressure Treatment. 1.5 MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD PRODUCTS

Air-dry or kiln-dry lumber. The maximum moisture content of wood products at time of delivery to the job site shall be as follows: A. Exterior treated or untreated finish lumber and trim 4-inch or less in nominal thickness: 15 percent. B. Moisture content of other materials shall be in accordance with the standards under which the products are produced. 1.6 WOOD TREATMENT

242 A. Fire Retardant: Chemically treated and pressure impregnated; conforming to AWPA-C20 capable of providing a maximum flame spread/smoke development rating of 25/50 manufactured by Hoover Treated Wood Products. Fire retardant treat all wood blocking contained within the fire rated systems such as walls and ceilings, etc. Fire treat all roof curbs, nailers, blocking associated with roof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMBER

A. Each piece or each bundle shall be identified by the grade mark of a recognized association or independent inspection agency that specializes in the particular species used. B. Framing lumber PS 20 and graded in accordance with NFPA grading rules; maximum moisture content of 19 percent; Douglas fir species; construction grade. Framing lumber consist of curbs, decking sleepers, nailers and blocking. 2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Nails and Spikes: Hot dipped Galvanized; size and type to suit application. B. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Labs, Pins and Screws: Sized to suit application; stainless steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examine surfaces and conditions to which this work is to be attached or applied, and notify the Contracting Officer if conditions or surfaces exist which are detrimental to the proper and expeditious installation of the work. Starting on the work means acceptance of the surfaces and conditions to perform the work as specified. 3.2 ROUGH CARPENTRY SCHEDULE

A. Embedded Nailers: Embedded nailers shall be 2 by 3 inches with 2-inch sides beveled. Nailers shall be set and anchored to finish flush with the roof deck surface. Nailers shall be fire treated. B. Roof edge strips and nailers shall be provided at perimeter of roof, around openings through roof, and where roofs abut walls, curbs, and other vertical surfaces. Except where indicated otherwise, nailers shall be 6 inches wide and the same thickness as the insulation. Nailers and edge strips shall be fire treated and fastened in

243 accordance with factory mutual requirements as indicated in Section 07530, EPDM Sheet Roofing. C. Wood Blocking: Shall be of proper sizes and shapes and provided at proper locations for the installation and attachment of wood and other finish materials, fixtures, equipment, and items indicated or specified.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION

A. This section specifies thermal and acoustical insulation for buildings.

244 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Insulation in connection with roofing and waterproofing: Section 07220, ROOF AND DECK INSULATION. 1.3 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Insulation, each type used 2. Adhesive, each type used. 3. Tape

C. Certificates: Stating the type, thickness and "R" value (thermal resistance) of the insulation to be installed. 1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING:

A. Store insulation materials in weathertight enclosure. B. Protect insulation from damage from handling, weather and construction operations before, during, and after installation. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C270-03...... Mortar for Unit Masonry C516-02...... Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal Insulation C549-02...... Perlite Loose Fill Insulation C552-2000...... Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation. C553-02...... Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Commercial and Industrial Applications C578-01...... Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation C591-01...... Unfaced Preformed Rigid Cellular Polyisocynurate Thermal Insulation C612-00...... Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation C665-01...... Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing C728-97...... Perlite Thermal Insulation Board C954-00...... Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Base to

245 Steel Studs From 0.033 (0.84 mm) inch to 0.112 inch (2.84 mm) in thickness C1002-01...... Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs D312-00...... Asphalt Used in Roofing E84-03...... Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials F1667-02...... Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes and Staples.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION – GENERAL:

A. Where thermal resistance ("R" value) is specified or shown for insulation, the thickness shown on the drawings is nominal. Use only insulation with actual thickness that is not less than that required to provide the thermal resistance specified. B. Where "R" value is not specified for insulation, use the thickness shown on the drawings. C. Where more than one type of insulation is specified, the type of insulation for each use is optional, except use only one type of insulation in any particular area. D. Insulation Products shall comply with following minimum content standards for recovered materials: Material Type Percent by Weight Perlite composite board 23 percent post consumer recovered paper Polyisocyanurate/polyurethane Rigid foam 9 percent recovered material Foam-in-place 5 percent recovered material Glass fiber reinforced 6 percent recovered material Phenolic rigid foam 5 percent recovered material Rock wool material 75 percent recovered material

The minimum-content standards are based on the weight (not the volume) of the material in the insulating core only.

246 2.2 MASONRY CAVITY WALL INSULATION:

A. Mineral Fiber Board: ASTM C612, Type II, faced with a vapor retarder having a perm rating of not more than 0.5. B. Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate Board: ASTM C591, Type I, faced with a vapor retarder having a perm rating of not more than 0.5. C. Polystyrene Board: ASTM C578, Type X. D. Perlite Board: ASTM C728. E. Cellular Glass Block: ASTM C552, Type I or IV.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Install rigid insulating units with joints close and flush, in regular courses and with cross joints broken. B. Fit insulation tight against adjoining construction and penetrations, unless specified otherwise. 3.2 MASONRY CAVITY WALLS:

A. Mount insulation on exterior faces of inner wythes of masonry cavity walls and brick faced concrete walls. Fill joints with same material used for bonding. B. Bond polystyrene board to surfaces with adhesive or Portland cement mortar mixed and applied in accordance with recommendations of insulation manufacturer. C. Bond mineral fiberboard, polyurethane or polyisocyanurate board, and perlite board to surfaces with adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer. D. Bond cellular glass insulation to surfaces with hot asphalt or adhesive cement.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 07220 ROOF AND DECK INSULATION

A. Installation of roof and deck insulation with DensDeck Prime Boards ready to receive roofing membrane. B. Repairs and alteration work to suit new roof insulation. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Roofing Removals: Section 02070 REMOVALS. B. Wood blocking and edge strips: Section 06150,CARPENTRY. C. EPDM Roofing: Section 07532 EPDM SHEET ROOFING D. Metal cap flashings, copings, fascias and expansion joints: Section 07600, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL.

248 E. Hazardous Material Abatement: Section 01569, ASBESTOS ABATEMENT. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Supervision of work by persons that are knowledgeable and experienced in roofing. See submittals for documentation of supervisors qualification. B. Unless specified otherwise, comply with the recommendations of the NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" applicable to insulation for storage, handling, and application except as modified herein. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Adhesive used to attach insulation to concrete roof deck, to other layers of insulation and to DensDeck Prime Roof Board. 2. Roof insulation, each type 3. Fastening requirements 4. DensDeck Prime Roof Board.

C. Samples: 1. Roof insulation, each type 2. Nails and fasteners, each type

D. Certificates: 1. Indicating type, thickness and thermal conductance of insulation.

E. Laboratory Test Reports: Thermal values of insulation products. F. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings indicating fastener and adhesive patterns for FM wind uplift resistance of FM 1-90. 2. Layout of tapered roof system showing units required.

G. Documentation of supervisors training and experience showing knowledge of roofing procedures. H. Catalog cuts and product data (insulation): 1. Computations used for determining insulation thickness shall be submitted for approval. 2. Provide aged “K” value for isocyanurate insulation. 3. Insulation manufacturer shall furnish the number of pounds of pressure it takes to compress their insulation board when both 2- inch and 3-inch stress plates are used. 4. Insulation manufacturer shall furnish whether or not their product will take a permanent set and at what pounds.

249 5. Insulation manufacturer shall furnish what the effects of aging, moisture and temperature will have on their product. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND MARKING

A. Deliver materials to the site in original sealed packages or containers marked with the name and brand, or trademark of the manufacturer or seller. B. Keep materials dry, and store in dry, weathertight facilities or under canvas tarps. Use of polyethylene or plastic tarps to cover materials is not permitted. Store above ground or deck level on wood pallets. Cover ground under stored materials with plastic tarp. 1. Store rolled materials (felts, base sheets, paper) on end. Do not store materials on top of rolled material. 2. Store foam insulation away from areas where welding is being performed and where contact with open flames is possible.

C. Protect from damage from handling, weather and construction operations before, during, and after installation. D. Storage 1. Polyisocyanurate insulation typically is shipped to job sites and distribution centers protected by plastic wrap, plastic bags or both. This factory packaging is intended for handling the insulation in the manufacturing plant and during transit; it should not be relied on at job sites to protect the polyisocyanurate against the elements. 2. At distribution centers, polyisocyanurate always should be stored indoors in dry, well-ventilated warehouses and loaded onto trucks with proper equipment.

3. Following are steps you shall take to keep insulation protected at job sites: a. Material delivery should be carefully coordinated with the roof application schedule to minimize job-site storage. b. In the event short-term job-site storage is necessary, whether at ground level or on a roof deck, place the package on raised pallets or platforms (at least 4 inches [102 mm] above ground) and store flat. If possible, the pallets should be placed on a finished surface rather than on dirt or grass. In addition,

250 cover the package and pallet with a waterproof, breathable cover such as a canvas tarpaulin. 4. If polyisocyanurate insulation needs to be stored more than two weeks before installation, it should be stored indoors in a dry, well-ventilated warehouse.

E. Handling 1. Whether at job sites or distribution centers, proper handling of polyisocyanurate insulation will ensure a quality installation. a. Exercise care when handling polyisocyanurate insulation to prevent breaking or crushing of the square edges and surfaces. b. Load and remove insulation bundles from trucks with proper equipment, such as a forklift or crane equipped with spreader bars and canvas lifting straps. c. Avoid other means of mishandling, such as pushing pallets off the edge of a truck or “rolling” a pallet across a roof deck or truck bed. d. DensDeck shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions.

F. Construction Traffic 1. You should avoid excessive traffic during roof construction or on a completed roof surface. Although polyisocyanurate insulation is designed to withstand normal foot traffic, protection from damage by construction traffic and/or abuse is important. Roof surface protection, such as plywood, should be used in areas where storage and staging are planned and heavy or repeated traffic is anticipated during or after installation. 2. Ensure a cover board is compatible with all components of a roof system; is acceptable to the membrane manufacturer; and meets specified fire, wind and code requirements.

G. Safety 1. Polyisocyanurate insulation, similar to wood and other organic building materials, is combustible. Therefore, it should not be exposed to an ignition source of sufficient heat and intensity (such as flames, fire, sparks, etc.) during transit, storage or product application.

251 2. Consult the product label and/or material safety data sheets for specific safety instructions. In addition, follow all regulations from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, National Fire Protection Agency and local fire authorities. 1.6 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): UU-B-790A...... Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber: (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water Repellent and Fire Resistant)

C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C1177-04...... Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing C1289-03...... Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board D41-94 (R2000)...... Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing D312-00...... Asphalt Used in Roofing D2178-97...... Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing D2822-91 (R-1997)...... Asphalt Roof Cement F1667-03...... Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples

D. Factory Mutual Global (FM): 1-28...... Winds Loads to Roof Systems and Roof Deck Securement P7825-04...... Approval Guide Approval Standard for Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs Class Number 4450.

E. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual - Fourth Edition.

F. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Fire Resistance Directory (2003) UL 1256 UL 790

252 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

Roof insulation on combustible or steel decks shall have a flame spread rating not greater than 75 and a smoke developed rating not greater than 150, exclusive of covering, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. Insulation bearing the UL label and listed in the UL Building Materials Directory as meeting the flame spread and smoke developed ratings will be accepted in-lieu-of copies of test reports. Compliance with flame spread and smoke developed ratings will not be required when insulation has been tested as part of a roof construction assembly of the type used for this project and the construction is listed as fire- classified in the UL Building Materials Directory or listed as Class I roof deck construction in the FM P7825. Insulation tested as part of a roof construction assembly shall bear UL or FM labels attesting to the ratings specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION

A. Isocyanurate Board: ASTM C1289, Type I, Class 2 or Type III. B. Insulation Board: 1. Insulation: Isocyanurate or urethane conforming to material specifications. 2. Bottom surface faced with felt facers.

C. Tapered Roof Insulation System Segments: 1. Fabricate of isocyanurate for tapered sections. 2. Cut to provide high and low points with crickets and slopes as shown. 3. Minimum thickness of tapered sections; 13 mm (1/2 inch), unless manufacturers allow taper to zero mm (inch). 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS

A. Building Paper (Sheathing Paper): 1. Fed. Spec. UU-B-790, Type I, Barrier paper, Grade D, Water - Vapor permeable, Style 1a, Uncreped, not reinforced; or, Style 1b, Uncreped, not reinforced, red rosin sized. 2. Weighing approximately 3 kg/10 m2 (six pounds per 100 square feet).

B. Tapered Edge Strips: 1. Tapered 1:12 (one inch per foot), from 0 mm (0 inches), 300 mm to 450 mm (12 inches to 18 inches) wide.

253 C. Insulation Adhesive: Two component low rise polyurethane adhesive designed for anchoring acceptable roof insulation to concrete roof deck, and to top layer(s) of insulation; acceptable as part of total system. Conform with requirements of Factory Mutual FM 1A-90. D. Insulation Joint Tape: Duct tape reinforced; 4 to 6 inches wide; self adhering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Do not apply roof insulation if deck will be used for subsequent work platform, storage of materials, or staging or scaffolding will be erected thereon. B. Insulation system materials shall be dry and damage free when applied. Do not use broken insulation or insulation with damaged facings. Remove damaged insulation from the site immediately. C. Dry out surfaces that become wet from any cause during progress of the work before roofing work is resumed. Apply materials only to dry substrates. D. Except for temporary protection specified, do not apply materials during damp or rainy weather, during excessive wind conditions, nor while moisture (dew, fog, snow, ice) or frost is present in any amount in or on the materials when temperature is below 10 C (50 F). Do not apply materials to substrate having temperature of 10 C (50 F) or less. E Phased construction is not permitted. The complete installation of all flashing, insulation, and roofing shall be completed in the same day except for the area where temporary protection is required when work is stopped. F. Application: 1. Polyisocyanurate insulation always should be installed on dry, clean roof decks in dry conditions. In addition, follow manufacturers’ recommendations regarding product application to ensure roof system performance. Make sure to apply only as much polyisocyanurate roof insulation as can be covered by roofing materials the same day. 2. Roof insulation that is wet, damaged, cupped or bowed must be replaced with solid, dry insulation. 3. Insulation Adhesive: Two component low rise polyurethane adhesive designed for anchoring acceptable roof insulation to concrete roof

254 deck, and to top layer(s) of insulation; acceptable as part of total system. Install in strict conformance with roof system manufacturer’s requirements.

3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. Sweep decks to broom clean condition. Remove all dust, dirt or debris. B. Remove projections that might damage materials. C. Concrete Decks, Except Insulating Concrete:

1. When using adhesive for insulation securement directly over a structural concrete roof deck, the deck surface must be cleaned using compressed air, vacuum equipment or hand/ power brooms to remove dust, loose dirt or debris. If excessive dust or dirt is present, a primer may be required prior to application of the adhesive, if required by roofing manufacturer. 3.3 SELECTION OF RIGID INSULATION

A. Insulation Type: 1. Use isocyanurate board over concrete roof deck, as indicated on drawings. 2. Use 1/4-inch thick DensDeck Prime Roof Board as a top layer over isocyanurate board. 3. Where tapered insulation is used, all insulation shall be factory tapered.

B. Insulation Thickness: 1. Thickness of roof insulation shown on drawings is nominal. Actual thickness shall provide the thermal resistance "R" value of not less than 18 for uniform thickness. (Average thickness where tapered insulation is used.) 2. When thickness of insulation to be used is more or less than that shown on the drawings, make adjustments in the alignment and location of roof drains, flashing, fascias and similar items at no additional cost to the Government. 3. Where tapered insulation is used, the thickness of the insulation at high points and roof edges shall be as shown on the drawings; the thickness at the low point (drains) shall be not less than 38 mm (1-1/2 inches). 4. Use not less than two layers of insulation when insulation is 25 mm (one inch) or more in thickness unless specified otherwise.

255 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION

A. Lay insulating units with close joints, in regular courses and with cross joints broken. When laid in more than one layer, break joints of succeeding layers of roof insulation with those in preceding layer. Attach top layer(s) using adhesive as specified. B. Lay units with long dimension perpendicular to the rolled (longitudinal) direction of the roofing membrane. C. Cover all insulation installed on the same day by either: 1. The roofing membrane as specified. 2. Temporary protection as specified.

D. Seal all cut edges at penetrations and at edges against blocking in accordance with EPDM roof system manufacturer’s requirements. E. Cut to fit tight against blocking or penetrations. F. Over Concrete Roof Deck: Lay insulation in adhesive as specified, in accordance with requirements of FM 1A-90.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 07410 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING

PART 1 GENERAL

Applicable requirements of the condition of the contract shall apply to all work of this section.

1.01 WORK INCLUDED

A. Work described in this section includes preformed metal roofing system complete with clips, perimeter and penetration flashing, closures, gutters, downspouts and adapters to cast iron leaders.

1.02 RELATED WORK

A. Section 07415 – Reroofing Adjustable Framing System: Supporting Structure

B. Section 06150 - Carpentry: Blocking

256 C. Section 07600 - Flashing and Sheet Metal: Related Flashing

D. Section 07700 – Roof Accessories: Roof access hatch, clamp to seam snowguards, ladders.

D. Section 15050 - Basic Methods and Requirements (Mechanical): Downspouts

E. Section 16450 – Grounding

F. Section 16670 – Lightning Protection System

1.03 REFERENCES

A. ASTM A-792, Grade 50: ASTM A792/A792M-06a Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process

B. ASTM E283-84 Test Method for Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors.

C. ASTM E330-84 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Window, Curtain Walls, and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference.

D. American Architectural Manufacturer Association (AAMA):

501.1-83 Standard Test Method for Metal Curtain Walls for Water Penetration Using Dynamic Pressure.

E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): 6th Edition, 2003 Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.

F. Factory Mutual Research Corporation: Wind Uplift requirements; Factory Mutual FM 1-90 current standards.

G SSPC PAINT 12 Cold-Applied Asphalt Mastic (Extra Thick Film)

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop drawings: Show roofing system with flashings and accessories in plan and elevation; sections and details at scale of 3" = 1'-0". Include metal thicknesses and finishes, panel lengths, joining details, anchorage details, flashings and special fabrication provisions for termination and penetrations; purlin and girt locations, thermal expansion provisions and special supports. Indicate relationships with adjacent and interfacing work.

B. Product data: Include manufacturer's detailed material and system description, sealant and closure installation

257 instructions, engineering performance data and finish specifications.

C. Design Calculations:

1. Submit design calculations, indicating compliance with specified performance criteria including thermal movement and fastener pullout calculations. Indicate fastener types and spacings.

2. Empirical calculations for roof performance shall only be acceptable for positive loads.

D. Test Reports:

1. Submit reports from a testing laboratory that bears the stamp of a registered New York State P.E. to show compliance with specified performance criteria.

2. Tests shall have been made for identical systems within the ranges of specified performance criteria.

3. If test data is not available or if data does not represent project conditions, Contractor shall be responsible for securing satisfactory tests by an independent testing agency acceptable to Architect, with all costs of such testing borne by the Contractor.

E. Samples:

1. Submit samples of panel section and gutter section, at least 2'-0" in length by full width, indicating thickness, profile, texture and color.

2. Submit samples of panel clips, closures and accessory items.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's unopened containers bearing U.L. labels on each container.

B. Protect components during fabrication, shipment, storage, handling and erection from mechanical abuse, stains, discoloration and corrosion.

C. Provide protective interleaving between contact areas of exposed surfaces to prevent abrasion during shipment, storage and handling.

D. Store materials off ground providing for drainage; under cover providing for air circulation; and protected from wind movement, foreign material contamination, mechanical damage, cement, lime or other corrosive substances.

258 E. Handle materials to prevent damage to surfaces, edges and ends of roofing sheets and sheet metal items. Damaged material shall be rejected and removed from site.

F. Protect panels from wind-related damages.

G. Inspect materials upon delivery. Reject and remove physically damaged or marred material from project site.

1.06 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Determine that work of other trades will not hamper or conflict with necessary fabrication and storage requirements for preformed metal roofing system.

B. Protection:

1. Prohibit traffic on completed roof surfaces.

2. Do not load metal roof with stored materials.

3. Support no equipment directly on roofing system, except ladders as detailed.

C. Ascertain that work of other trades which penetrates the roof or is to be made watertight by the roof is in place and approved prior to installation of roofing.

1.07 FABRICATOR/INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS

A. Fabricator/Installer shall be trained and approved by system manufacturer, with trained supervisory personnel observing and directing work.

B. If required, fabricator/installer shall submit work experience and evidence of adequate financial responsibility. Architect reserves the right to inspect fabrication facilities in determining qualifications.

C. Applicable erection tolerances: Maximum variation from true planes or lines: 1/4" in 20'-0"; 3/8" in 40'-0" or more.

1.08 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

A. Thermal movement:

1. Completed metal roofing and flashing system and gutter system shall be capable of withstanding expansion and contraction of components caused by changes in temperature without buckling, producing excess stress on structure, anchors or fasteners, or reducing performance ability.

259 2. Interface between panel and clip shall provide for minimum 1 1/2 inches of thermal movement in each direction along the longitudinal direction.

3. Location of metal roofing rigid connector shall be designed per job conditions by roof system manufacturer.

B. Uniform wind load capacity

1. Installed roof system shall withstand positive and negative design wind loading pressures complying with New York State Building Code.

2. Capacity shall be determined using pleated airbag method in accord with the principles of ASTM E330, Procedure A, adapted to testing of roof panels as follows:

A. Roof test specimens shall be either full length or representative of the main body of the roof-free from edge restraint of perimeter attachments, continuous over one or more supports, and containing at least five panel modules for standing seam roof.

B. No attachments shall be permitted at sides or end perimeter other than those that occur uniformly through-out roof. Side and end seals shall be flexible and in no way restrain crosswise distortion of panels.

C. Panels and accessories shall be production materials of same type and thickness proposed for use on project.

D. Seals or film shall not span any crevices or cracks that may tend to separate under pressure.

3 Installed roof system shall carry positive uniform design loads with a maximum system deflection of L/140 as measured at the Rib (web) of the panel.

C. Installed system shall meet wind uplift requirements of Factory Mutual FM 1-90; current standards.

D. Concentrated load capacity: System shall withstand a load of 250 lbs. applied to a four square inch area located in the center of the panel between stiffener ribs without buckling of ribs or permanent panel distortion.

E. Static pressure air infiltration: Completed roof system shall have maximum of 0.01 cfm/sq. ft. with 6.24 psf air pressure differential per ASTM E283.

F. Water penetration (dynamic pressure): No. uncontrolled water penetration, other than condensation, when exposed to dynamic

260 rain and 70 mph wind velocities for not less than five minutes duration, when tested in accord with principles of AAMA 501.1.

G. Capacities for gauge, span or loading other than those tested may be determined by interpolation of test results within the range of test data. Extrapolation for conditions outside test range are not acceptable.

1.09 WARRANTIES

A. Endorse and forward to Owner the following warranties:

1. Manufacturer's twenty year finish warranty covering refinishing of fluoropolymer coating due to checking, crazing, peeling, chalking, fading or adhesion.

2 Installer's two year warranty covering roofing system installation and watertightness; including roof hatch and ladder.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 METAL ROOFING SYSTEM

A. Acceptable product: “Nucor VR16” Roof System, as manufactured by Nucor Building Systems Group (717) 735-7766.

B. Materials:

1. Panel material: “Nucor VR16” profile shall be precision roll-formed from 24 gage steel. Galvalume® steel sheeting is aluminum-zinc coated steel alloy coated steel sheet with a minimum yield strength of 50 ksi in accordance with ASTM A-792, Grade 50. It has a coating thickness of .55 oz. per square foot. Roof panels shall be precision roll-formed from pre-painted Galvalume® coils. Coils to receive finish paints shall be subjected to a strenuous cleaning process prior to coating. Coils shall be prime coated and oven cured. The finish coat shall be applied and monitored for proper oven-cure temperature and color uniformity. Finished material shall be subjected to stringent quality control tests including: physical bend and impact resistance, film thickness, hardness, gloss, and color. 2. Panel, trim and gutter finish: 70% Kynar 500® finish, in custom color as selected by V.A. Contracting Officer. C. Panel Clip & Fasteners: 1. Floating panel clips shall be used and shall be self- centering and allow for up to 1-1/2” expansion and/or contraction of total movement from the centered position. The clip design shall insure that movement does not occur between the panel and clip. 2. The panel clips shall have factory-applied mastic to insure a weather-tight installation. 3. Each clip shall be attached to the joist or purlin with two fasteners. Size and type will be recommended by Nucor Building Systems for the specific application.

261 Clip fasteners for retrofit applications are not by Nucor and must be specified by the owner or his agent. 4. Panel endlap fasteners shall be a No. 17 self-tapping carbon steel screw, hex washer head, 1-1/4” long. Fastener shall have a 20-year corrosion resistant coating. D. Trim and Flashing: 1. Color-coated trim and flashing shall be 26 gage. Trim shall be provided at eave, ridge, rake, and where necessary to ensure a properly constructed building.

2. High eave flashing and flashing parallel to the roof panels shall accommodate the thermal expansion and contraction of the roof without damage to the roof panels or flashing. Counter-flashing for parapet conditions and flash to existing buildings are not provided by Nucor Building Systems. 3. All exposed trim and flashing material shall be manufactured from galvanized or Galvalume® steel strip. 4. Exterior gutters and gable flash shall typically be manufactured in 20' lengths wherever possible.

2.02 FABRICATION

A Shop fabricate metal roofing and flashing components to the maximum extent possible, forming metal work with clear, sharp, straight and uniform bends and rises. Hem exposed edges of flashings.

B. Form flashings components from full single width sheet. Provide shop fabricated, mitered corners, joined using closed end pop rivets and joint sealant.

C. Fabricate roofing and related sheet metal work in accord with approved shop drawings and applicable standards.

D. Provide linear sheet metal items in minimum 10'-0" sections except as otherwise noted. Form flashing using single pieces for the full width. Provide shop fabricated, mitered and joined corners.

E. Form gutters and leaders of profiles and sizes indicated on Drawings and as required to properly collect and remove water. Fabricate complete with required connection pieces and hanger straps.

F. Form sections square, true and accurate in size, in maximum possible lengths and free of distortions and defects detrimental to appearance or performance. Hem exposed edges. (Allow for expansion at joints.)

G. Downspouts shall be cast iron pipe. Preformed metal roofing contractor shall install leader adapters and connect to these downspouts.

262 H. Panel Fabrication: Panel shall be factory-punched and notched at ridge, high side, and lap locations. Panel sidelaps shall have factory-applied non-skinning Butyl mastic.

I. Hanging Gutters:

1. Fabricate gutters of not less than 0.051 inch thick Prefinished Aluminum. 2. Fabricate hanging gutters in sections not less than 2400 mm (8 feet) long, except at ends of runs where shorter lengths are required. 3. Building side of gutter shall be not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) higher than exterior side. 4. Gutter Bead: Stiffen outer edge of gutter by folding edge over approximately 19 mm (3/4 inch) toward roof and down approximately19 mm (3/4 inch) unless shown otherwise. 5. Gutter Spacers: a. Fabricate of same material and thickness as gutter. b. Fabricate 25 mm (one inch) wide strap and fasten to gutters not over 900 mm (36 inches) on center. c. Turn back edge up 25 mm (one inch) and lap front edge over gutter bead. d. Rivet and solder to gutter except rivet and seal to aluminum. J. Outlet Tubes: 1. Form outlet tubes to connect gutters to conductors of same metal and thickness as gutters extend into the conductor 75 mm (3 inch). Flange upper end of outlet tube 13 mm (1/2 inch). 2. Lock and solder longitudinal seam except use sealant in lieu of solder with aluminum. 3. Seal aluminum tube to gutter and rivet to gutter. 4. Fabricate basket strainers of same material as gutters.

K. Gutter Brackets: 1. Fabricate of same metal as gutter. Use 6 mm x 25 mm (1/4 by one inch) aluminum. 2. Fabricate to gutter profile. 3. Drill two 5 mm (3/16 inch) diameter holes in anchor leg for countersunk flat head screws. L. Conductors (leaders) 1. Fabricate conductors of same metal and thickness as gutters in sections approximately 3000 mm (10 feet) long with 19 mm (3/4 inch) wide flat locked seams. 2. Fabricate elbows by mitering, riveting, and soldering except seal aluminum in lieu of solder. Lap upper section to the inside of the lower piece. 3. Fabricate conductor brackets or hangers of same material as conductor, 2 mm (1/16 inch) thick by 25 mm (one inch) minimum width. Form to support

263 conductors 25 mm (one inch) from wall surface in accordance with Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Plate 34, Design C for rectangular shapes and E for round shapes. PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Inspection: Examine the alignment and placement of the building structure before proceeding with installation of preformed metal roofing.

B. Pre-roofing conference: Prior to beginning metal roofing work, a preroofing conference shall be held to review work to be accomplished.

1 Contractor, metal roofing subcontractor, metal roofing system manufacturer's representative and all other subcontractors who have equipment penetrating roof or whose work involves access to roof shall be present.

2. Contractor shall notify Architect and other attending parties at least three days prior to time for conference.

3. Contractor shall record minutes of meeting and shall distribute copies of minutes to attending parties.

3.02 ROOFING AND FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Install roofing and flashings in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's product data within specified erection tolerances.

B. Isolate dissimilar metals and masonry or concrete from metals with bituminous coating. Use gasketed fasteners where required to prevent corrosive action between fastener, substrate and panels.

C. Limit exposed fasteners to extent indicated on shop drawings. All exposed fasteners shall be finished in the same coating as the aluminum panels.

D. Anchorage shall allow for temperature expansion/contraction movement without stress or elongation of panels, clips or anchors. Attach clips to structural substrate using fasteners of size and spacing as determined by manufacturer's design analysis to resist specified uplift and thermal movement forces.

E. Seal laps and joints in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's product data.

F. Coordinate flashing and sheet metal work to provide weathertight conditions at roof terminations. Fabricate and install in accordance with standards of SMACNA Manual using continuous cleats at all exposed edges.

264 G. Provide for temperature expansion/contraction movement of panels at roof penetrations and roof mounted equipment in accordance with system manufacturer's product data and design calculations.

H. Installed system shall be true to line and plane and free of dents, and physical defects with a minimum of oil canning.

I Form joints in linear sheet metal to allow for 1/4" minimum expansion at 20'-0" o.c. maximum and 8'-0" from corners. Provide 6" wide back-up plate at intersections. Form plates to profile of sheet metal item.

J. The panel splice shall have a 0.060” galvanized steel back-up plate; factory-punched to ensure proper fit.

K. Panel splice shall be sealed with precut tape mastic.

L. Standard maximum panel length shall be 45’-0”.

M. The use of cutting tools that damage the panel finish shall not be allowed.

N. Panels shall not be marked with any graphite or lead markers.

O. Roof surface should be cleaned daily during construction of all filings, cuttings, screws, pencil markings, and debris to prevent damage due to oxidation of foreign materials.

P. Remove damaged work and replace with new, undamaged components.

Q. Thoroughly clean exposed surfaces of roofing and accessories after completion of installation. Leave in clean condition at Date of Substantial Completion. Touch-up exposed fasteners, minor abrasions and scratches in finish using paint furnished by roofing panel manufacturer and matching exposed panel surface finish.

3.03 HANGING GUTTERS

A. Hang gutters with high points equidistant from leaders. Slope at not less than 1:100 (1/8 inch per foot). B. Lap joints, except for expansion joints, at least 25 mm (one inch) in the direction of flow. Rivet and seal or solder lapped joints. C. Support gutters in brackets spaced not more than 600 mm (24 inch) on centers, brackets attached to facial or wood nailer by at least two screws or nails. 1. For aluminum gutters use aluminum brackets or stainless steel brackets. 2. Use stainless steel screws. D. Secure brackets to gutters in such a manner as to allow free movement of gutter due to expansion and contraction. E. Gutter Expansion Joint: 1. Locate expansion joints midway between outlet tubes.

265 2. Provide at least a 25 mm (one inch) expansion joint space between end baffles of gutters. 3. Install a cover plate over the space at expansion joint. 4. Fasten cover plates to gutter section on one side of expansion joint only. 5. Secure loose end of cover plate to gutter section on other side of expansion joint by a loose-locked slip joint. F. Outlet Tubes: Set bracket strainers loosely into gutter outlet tubes.

3.04 CONDUCTORS (LEADERS)

A. Set conductors plumb and clear of wall, and anchor to wall with two anchor straps, located near top and bottom of each section of conductor. Strap at top shall be fixed to leader, intermediate straps and strap at bottom shall be slotted to allow not less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) movement for each 3000 mm (10 feet) of leader. B. Install elbows, offsets and shoes where shown and required. Slope not less than 45 degrees. C. Apply bituminous paint on surfaces to be in contact with dissimilar materials. D. Ensure leaders are properly connected to storm sewer system.

3.05 COORDINATION REQUIRED

A.. Contractor shall coordinate all roof-mounted items with the work of this section to insure that the metal roof panels have been designed and installed to provide proper and adequate support. Such roof-mounted items include gutters, clamp to seam snow guards, ladders, and roof hatch.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 07415 REROOFING ADJUSTABLE FRAMING SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. This section includes the requirements applicable to the reroofing Adjustable Framing System to be furnished and installed under the contract. All work involved with the furnishing and installation of the reroofing adjustable framing system shall be accomplished in conformance with the requirements specified herein and with related requirements covered by other sections of this specification.

1.2 Related Work

A. 07410 – Preformed Metal Roofing

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Iron and Steel Construction (AISC) - Manual of Steel Construction - Allowable Stress Design, Ninth Edition.

B. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI)- Specifications for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members, 1986 Edition and 1989 Addendum.

C. Metal Building Manufacturer's Association (MBMA) Low Rise Building System Manual.

D. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) 7-02 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures.

E. Metal Roof Manufacturer's Structural Calculations, Product Information and Cautions and Erection Instructions.

267 F. AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.

G. AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel.

H. Federal, State and Local Building Codes have jurisdiction.

I. Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM): Factory Mutual FM1-90.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. The adjustable framing system shall provide support for the new roof system over the existing roof and shall adjust to accommodate the irregularities of the existing precast concrete roof planks and form a uniform structural platform to support the new roof system at the specified slope.

B. The adjustable framing system shall transfer loads from the new roof system to the existing roof structure in such a manner as to not overload the existing structural members.

C. Design the adjustable framing system to resist the forces produced by the following loads:

1. Wind Load: In accordance with ASCE 7-02 Exposure B, Importance Factor = 1.5,

Wind Velocity = 100 mph

2. Wind uplift: Framing system shall be fastened to existing roof structure as required to resist wind uplift forces as defined in accordance with Factory Mutual FM 1-90.

3. Live Load/Snow Load: 45 psf minimum. (ground snow load)

4. Dead Load: Total of all permanently installed material including roofing, structural frame, accessories and all equipment that is fixed in position.

D. Design of the adjustable framing system shall be in accordance with AISC, Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings, Ninth Edition, 1989, and AISI, Specification for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Members, 1986 and 1989 addendum.

1.4 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: Existing roof system and underlying structure on the building consists of precast concrete roof planks on steel truss system

268 1.5 SUBMITTAL

A. Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions.

B. Submit shop drawings showing dimensioned layout and details of adjustable framing system, dimensioned layout of existing roof and underlying structure, attachment requirements to existing structure, bracing, slopes, parts descriptions, top member height chart and a description of how the reroofing shall proceed. Shop drawings shall be sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer registered to practice in the State of New York.

C. Submit a complete set of adjustable framing system structural calculations prepared exclusively for this project. Structural calculations shall be sealed and signed by a Professional Engineer registered to practice in the State of New York.

D. Obtain approval of all submittals prior to fabrication and installation.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: The reroof framing system manufacturer shall have been in the business as a reroof framing system manufacturer for at least five years. The manufacturer shall submit upon request at least ten projects similar in size and scope prior to commencement of work listing the architect, owner, scope, location and name of project. The manufacturer shall employ a licensed Professional Engineer qualified to design these systems as a full time employee.

B. Product: The adjustable framing system shall have demonstrated its suitability for this application in at least one of the following manners:

1. Successful use on similar projects for a minimum of 5 years resulting in National acceptance of the product. 2. Submission of proof of appropriates load testing of the system and detailed engineering analysis.

C. Installer: The installer shall install the adjustable framing system in strict accordance with the manufacturers shop drawings and installation instructions. The installer shall have a minimum of two years experience in the installation of reroof framing systems or be specifically approved by the manufacturer.

D. Approved Products:

1. ReRoof America, Inc., 6711 South Yale Ave., Suite 205, Tulsa, OK write this specification with the CURA® Adjustable Reroof Framing System 74136-3327, (800) 280-2872 as the basis of acceptable performance. Like products of other manufacturer's may be approved providing they meet or

269 exceed all of the requirements specified herein, or VA resident engineer approved equal

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel

1. All hot rolled steel used to fabricate the adjustable frames shall have minimum yield strength of 36,000 psi. All cold-formed steel used to fabricate the adjustable frames shall have minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. Steel shall meet requirements of an appropriate ASTM standard and shall be certifiable.

2. The adjustable frames shall be coated with a red oxide paint or equivalent by either a spray or dip process.

B. Fasteners

1. All fasteners shall be corrosion resistant

2. Field fasteners shall be minimum 1/4 - 14 x 1" HWH #3 self- drilling/self-tapping screws coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Screws shall be manufactured by a recognized manufacturer and shall be marked with manufacturers identification symbol.

3. Field fasteners installed with the head under the roof panel shall be minimum #12 - 14 x 1" Pancake Head #3 self- drilling/self-tapping screws coated with a corrosion resistant coating. Screws shall be manufactured by a recognized manufacturer and shall be marked with manufacturer’s identification symbol.

4. Field fasteners for use in concrete roof deck shall be of adequate length, diameter and quantity to withstand the applied loads in accordance with acceptable Structural Engineering Practice.

2.2 FRAMING SYSTEM DESIGN

A. Provide adjustable framing system with open web construction consisting of steel top, bottom and web members that are sized and selected specifically for this project. Adjustable framing system shall incorporate adjustable height ranges as required by this project but in no case shall total adjustability be less than six inches. Adjustability is required to establish the proper elevation of the top member shall be achieved by an adjustable top clip, by sliding the web member vertically on the top or bottom member, by diagonal web members that rotate up and down or by field cutting any given web member to the precise length required.

270 B. The top member of the adjustable framing system shall be a minimum 16 gage structural shape installed in such a manner that it's top flange lies substantially in the same plane as the new roof. The top flange of the top member shall have sufficient width to accommodate attachment of the new roof system. The top member of the adjustable framing system shall accommodate its longitudinal thermal expansion and contraction by means of a slotted connection designed to satisfy the configuration of this project, but in no case shall the top member exceed 150' in length without an expansion splice.

C. The adjustable framing system web members shall be a structural angle or channel factory pre-cut to the exact length required to allow proper function of adjustable elements. Framing systems without adjustable elements shall have any given web member field cut the precise length required in order to establish the proper top member elevations without adjustable elements. Drawing shall clearly dimension the required overlap relationship between adjoining members to assure proper field cutting of members. Web members and any associated splices or connections shall be designed to resist any moment created by eccentric loading of the member as well as the associated axial and shear loads.

D. Intermittent bottom members shall be factory pre-cut and the bottom flange of the bottom member shall be factory pre-punched for attachment to the existing structure. All bottom members shall be sized and selected to distribute the new roof loads to the existing structure without over stressing the bottom member or exceeding the allowable compressive strength of the roof. Calculations shall demonstrate structural suitability of the bottom member.

E. The adjustable framing system shall be braced both laterally and longitudinally using steel strapping designed to satisfy the design loads and the roof system used. When bracing changes direction, component forces are created which must be taken into consideration in the design and erection of the framing system. The framing design shall include bracing as required to resist the following:

1. Applicable horizontal loads. 2. A minimum of 2% of the vertical load applied laterally. 3. All forces developed in the plane of the roof as a result of vertical roof loads and wind loads.

F. Shop drawings shall clearly state whether the frame was designed for fixed or floating attachment of the roof panels. If designed for floating clips, the shop drawings shall clearly state whether the system was designed for the roof panel to be fixed at the eave, the ridge, or an intermediate location.

G. Framing design shall not rely on the roof panel or flashing to transfer in plane loads across the ridge of the roof.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

271 A. Verify conditions of existing roof systems and structural supports before starting installation of the adjustable framing system. Notify the architect of conditions detrimental to the successful installation before erecting the adjustable framing system.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Provide blocking and shimming as required.

B. If required, replace deteriorated roof, insulation and roof deck as specified in other sections.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Install the adjustable framing system in accordance with manufacturer's shop drawings and installation instructions.

2. Coordinate with installation of roofing and other adjacent work.

B. Fasten bottom members to substrate according to manufacturer's shop drawings and installation instructions.

C. Temporarily waterproof fastener penetrations and other penetrations through existing temporary roof.

D. Establish required top member elevations at the highest and lowest guide frames within a roof area. Attach web members to the bottom members at the highest and lowest guide frames. Adjust and attach top members at the required elevation to the web members at the highest and lowest guide frames. Provide temporary bracing as required. Install string lines between the highest and lowest guide frames. Ensure that string lines are tight and not sagging. Use wire and turnbuckles or other method if necessary to be certain that new roof plane is straight and true. Establish the elevation of intermediate frames according to string lines. Repeat erection sequence as required for continuity.

E. Install permanent bracing as shown on manufacturer's shop drawings.

F. Tolerances:

1. Out-of-Plane: The top members of the adjustable frames shall not vary from the theoretical plane of the new roof

272 bearing by more than + 1/4 inch individually and 1 inch in 180 inches overall slope.

2. The adjustable framing system shall be installed in a plumb and vertical position. Out of plumb tolerance shall not exceed + 1/4 inch in 60".

3. The top support beam surface of the adjustable framing system supporting the new roof shall not be out of plane with the new roof by more than 1/4" in 12".

3.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver adjustable framing system in marked bundles of like sizes and configuration. Deliver top support members, bottom members and factory pre-cut web members bundled separately.

B. Store on supports so as to maintain adjustable framing system in a dry, clean segregated condition.

C. Handle adjustable framing system so that individual members and factory-made joints are not over stressed during shipping, storage and erection.

3.5 COORDINATION REQUIRED

A. Contractor shall coordinate the metal roof and all roof-mounted items with the work of this section to insure that the Adjustable Framing System has been designed and installed to provide proper and adequate support. Such roof-mounted items include gutters, clamp to seam snow guards, ladders, and roof hatch.

END OF SECTION

SECTION 07532 EPDM SHEET ROOFING

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) sheet roofing fully-adhered to roof deck. B. Fire rated roof system. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Removals: Section 02070 B. Roof Insulation: Section 07220, ROOF AND DECK INSULATION. D. Metal cap flashings and copings: Section 07600, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. E. Hazardous Material Abatement: Section 01569, ASBESTOS ABATEMENT F. New roof drains: Section 15400, PLUMBING SYSTEMS. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Approved applicator by the membrane roofing system manufacturer, and certified by the manufacturer as having the necessary expertise to install the specific system. 1. Before starting any part of work submit a letter from roofing materials manufacturer certifying that manufacturer has reviewed the contract specifications and drawings, that the materials are appropriate for the structure.

B. Pre-Roofing Meeting: 1. Prior to any roofing application, hold a pre-roofing meeting arranged by the Contractor and attended by the Roofing Inspector, Material Manufacturers Technical Representative, Roofing Applicator, Contractor, and Resident Engineer. Require every party who is concerned with work, or is required to coordinate with it or to protect it thereafter to attend. 2. Discuss specific expectations and responsibilities, construction procedures, specification requirements, application, environmental conditions, job and surface readiness, material storage, and protection. 3. Inspect roof deck at this time to:

274 a. Verify that work of other trades which penetrates roof deck is completed. b. Examine samples and installation instructions of manufacturer.

c. The roofing system must be installed by the manufacturer’s authorized roofing applicator in strict compliance with the manufacturer’s approved shop drawing. The applicator shall not deviate without the prior written approval of the manufacturer. d. A manufacturer’s technical field representative who authorizes changes to the manufacturer’s published specifications shall provide written documentation to the Contracting Officer as to the reasons he authorized changes. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Catalog Cuts and Product Data containing clear and concise description of each product and assembly for products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, or catalog designation and reference standards. 1. Submit manufacturer’s instructions for surface conditioner compatibility, elastic flashing, joint cover sheet and joint and crack sealants, with temperature range for application of roofing membrane.

C. Manufacturer’s Instructions: 1. Submit copies of manufacturer’s printed instructions for delivery, storage, handling, mixing and application of materials. 2. Submit manufacturer’s written instructions for the installation of the roof system. Identify conflicts between manufacturer’s instructions and contract documents. 3. Submit copies of manufacturer’s final inspection punch list. 4. Submit manufacturer’s recommended maintenance procedures for roofing system.

D. Samples: Contractor shall provide physical samples of approved materials to be kept at the job site. 1. Membrane: 12 inches x 12 inches. A single ply membrane sample shall include factory seams, premolded items, plastic covered metal corners and other accessories.

275 2. Insulation: 12 inches x 12 inches; both panel and tapered. 3. Adhesive. 4. Flashing. 5. Sealants. 6. Fasteners.

E. Manufacturer’s Certificates: 1. When unable to comply with labeling requirements specified under “Product Delivery” submit certificates stating that materials meet specified requirements. 2. Submit certificates stating that materials supplied are compatible with each other. 3. Submit certification that all fasteners used to fasten insulation to the deck and further spacing are acceptable to the membrane manufacturer and will not void the manufacturer’s warranty. 4. Submit letter from roofing materials manufacturer certifying that all adhesives are acceptable to the membrane manufacturer and will not void the manufacturer’s warranty. 5. Submit a recently dated letter from the roofing materials manufacturer certifying that the roofing contractor is an approved applicator of his product and has received training from the manufacturer. Provide dates of when training occurred.

F. Shop Drawings: 1. Contractor shall provide and prepare drawings and details for every condition on the project, particularly corners, location and type of all penetrations, joint and termination, conditions and conditions of interface with other materials. MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DETAILS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO SUIT ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 2. Provide shop drawing for all flashing conditions. Drawings shall be field measured showing actual conditions. MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DETAILS WITHOUT MODIFICATION TO SUIT ACTUAL JOB CONDITIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 3. Submit shop drawings detailing special joint or termination conditions and conditions of interface with other materials. 4. Shop drawings must also include: a. Outline of roof and size (square footage). b. Deck type. c. Roof slope and designated direction slope.

276 d. Location and type of all penetrations. e. Perimeter and penetration details. f. Each flashing condition. g. Each roof related sheet metal fabrication. k. Typical roof drain including sumps and flashing. l. Sheet layout and sizes. m. Insulation brand and thickness. n. Warranty type and period. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle materials as specified by manufacturer. B. Store volatile materials separate from other materials with separation to prevent fire from damaging the work, or other materials. 1.6 WARRANTY

Roofing work subject to the terms of the Article “Warranty of Construction” of Section, GENERAL CONDITIONS, except extend the warranty period to five years. Additionally, roof manufacturer shall provide a “No Dollar Limit” type warranty of not less than twenty (20) years for materials and labor, for the roof system. 1.7 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A167-99...... Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip B209-02...... Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate D751-00...... Coated Fabrics D2103-97...... Polyethylene Film and Sheeting D2240-02...... Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness D3884-01...... Abrasive Resistance of Textile Fabrics (Rotary Platform, Double-Head Method) D4637-96...... EPDM Sheet Used in Single-Ply Roof Membrane D4586-00...... Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos Free E96-00...... Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E108-00...... Fire Tests of Roof Coverings G21-96...... Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi

277 C. National Roofing Contractors Association (NRCA): Sixth Edition (2003)....The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.

D. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.) FF-S-107C(2)...... Screws, Tapping and Drive FF-S-111D(1)...... Screw, Wood UU-B-790A...... Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber (Kraft, Waterproof, Water Repellent and Fire Resistant)

E. Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM): Annual Issue...... Approval Guide Building Materials: FM 1-90: ...... Wind Uplift Requirements.

F. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc (UL): Annual Issue...... Building Materials Directory Annual Issue...... Fire Resistance Directory

G. Warnock Hersey (WH): Annual Issue...... Certification Listings PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EPDM SHEET ROOFING

A. Conform to ASTM D4637, Type II (reinforced), Grade 1, black color. B. Additional Properties: PROPERTY TEST METHOD REQUIREMENT Shore A Hardness ASTM D2240 55 to 75 Durometer Water Vapor Permeance ASTM E96 Minimum 0.14 perms Water Method Fungi Resistance ASTM G21 After 21 days, no sustained growth or discoloration. Fire Resistance ASTM E108 No Combustion Beyond Class A Flame/Heat Source

C. Thickness: 1. Use 1.5 mm (0.060-inch) thick sheet for adhered system.

D. Pipe Boots: 1. Molded EDPM designed for flashing of round penetrations, 200 mm (8 inch) minimum height. 2. Color same as roof membrane. 2.2 EPDM FLASHING SHEET

A. Conform to ASTM D4637, Type II, Grade 1, Class U, unreinforced, color, same as roof membrane modified as specified for flashing.

278 B. Self curing EPDM flashing, adaptable to irregular shapes and surfaces. C. Minimum thickness 1.5 mm (0.060-inch). 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS ROOFING MEMBRANE MATERIALS

A. Sheet roofing manufacturers specified products. B. Splice Adhesive: For roofing and flashing sheet. C. In-Seam Sealant: For providing an additional waterproofing seal for field splice. D. Lap Sealant: Liquid EPDM rubber for roofing sheet exposed lap edge. E. Bonding Adhesives: Neoprene, compatible with roofing membrane, flashing membrane, insulation, metals, concrete, and masonry for bonding roofing and flashing sheet to substrate. F. Water Cut Off Mastic: For making gasket type seals. G. Pourable Sealer: For sealing around pipe clusters or angular shapes. H. Fastener Sealer: One part elastomeric adhesive sealant. I. Temporary Closure Sealers (Night Sealant): Polyurethane two part sealer. J. Primers, Splice Tapes, Cleaners, and Butyl Rubber Seals: As specified by roof membrane manufacturer. K. Asphalt Roof Cement: ASTM D4586. 2.4 FASTENERS

A. Fasteners and washers required for securing sheet roofing to walls: 1. Concrete and Masonry Wall Surfaces: Nail penetration 13 mm (1/2 inch).

B. Surface mounted base flashing clamp strip: 1. Stainless steel strip, ASTM A167, type 302 or 304, dead soft temper, minimum 0.5 mm (0.018-inch) thick. 2. Aluminum strip: ASTM B209 24 mm (.094-inch) thick. 3. For exposed location, form strips with 6 mm (1/4 inch) wide top edge bent out 45 degrees (for sealant) from 40 mm (1-1/2 inch) wide material; 2400 mm (8 feet) maximum length with slotted 6 mm x 10 mm (1/4 by 3/8-inch) holes punched at 200 mm (8 inch) centers, centered between bend and bottom edges. 4. For locations covered by cap flashings, form strips 30 mm (1-1/4 inch) wide, 2400 mm (8 feet) maximum length with slotted holes 6 mm x 10 mm (1/4 by 3/8 inch) punched at 200 mm (8 inch) centers, centered on strip width.

279 2.5 SEPARATION SHEETS

A. Polyethylene film: ASTM D2103, 0.2 mm (6 mils) thick. B. Building Paper: Fed. Spec. UU-B-790. 1. Water vapor resistance: Type I, Grade A, Style 4, reinforced. 2. Water vapor permeable: Type I, Grade D, Style 4, reinforced. 2.6 INSULATION

Insulation shall be installed in accordance with Section 07220, ROOF AND DECK INSULATION. 2.7 WOOD NAILERS

Wood nailers shall be installed in accordance with Section 06150, CARPENTRY. 2.8 TERMINATIONS:

Metal Bars. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Do not apply roof membrane if deck will be used for subsequent work platform, storage of materials, or staging or scaffolding will be erected thereon unless protection provided to distribute loads less than one-half compression resistance of roofing system materials. 1. Curbs, blocking, edge strips, and other components to which roofing and base flashing is attached in place ready to receive insulation and, roofing. 2. Coordinate roof operation with sheet metal work and roof insulation work so that insulation and flashing are installed concurrently to permit continuous roofing operations. 3. Complete installation of flashing, insulation, and roofing in the same day except for the area where temporary protection is required when work is stopped.

B. Phased construction is not permitted. C. Dry out surfaces that become wet from any cause during progress of the work before roofing work is resumed. D. Apply materials only to dry substrates. E. Except for temporary protection specified, do not apply materials during damp or rainy weather, during excessive wind conditions, nor while moisture (dew, snow, fog, ice, or frost) is present in any amount in or on the materials.

280 1. Do not apply materials to substrate having temperature of 4°C (40 degrees F) or less, or when materials applied with the roof require higher application temperature. 2. Do not apply materials when the temperature is below 4°C (40 degrees F).

F. Temporary Protection: 1. Install temporary protection consisting of a temporary seal and water cut-offs at the end of each day's work and when work is halted for an indefinite period or work is stopped when precipitation is imminent. 2. Temporarily seal exposed surfaces of insulation within the roofing membrane. 3. Do not leave insulation surfaces or edges exposed. 4. Use polyethylene film or building paper to separate roof sheet from bituminous materials. 5. Apply the temporary seal and water cut off by extending the roof membrane beyond the insulation and securely embedding the edge of the roof membrane in 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick by 50 mm (2 inches) wide strip of temporary closure sealant (night sealant) and weight edge with sandbags, to prevent displacement; space sandbags not over 2400 mm (8 foot) centers. Check daily to insure temporary seal remains watertight. Reseal open areas and weight down. 6. Before the work resumes, cut off and discard portions of the roof membrane in contact with roof cement or bituminous materials. a. Cut not less than 150 mm (6 inches) back from bituminous coated edges or surfaces. b. Remove temporary polyethylene film or building paper. 7. Remove and discard sandbags contaminated with bituminous products. 8. For roof areas that are to remain intact and that are subject to foot traffic and damage, provide temporary wood walkways with notches in sleepers to permit free drainage. 9. Provide 2 mm (6 mil) polyethylene sheeting or building paper cover over roofing membrane under temporary wood walkways and adjacent areas. Round all edges and corners of wood bearing on roof surface. 3.2 SUBSTRATE INSPECTION/APPROVAL

A proper substrate, as defined by the Single Ply Roofing Industry manufacturer, shall be provided to receive the membrane, fully adhered,

281 roofing system. The roofing contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing of any defects in the substrate. Work shall not proceed until the substrate has been repaired or replaced. 3.3 PREPARATION

A. Remove dirt, debris, and surface moisture. Cover or fill voids greater than 6 mm (1/4 inch) wide to provide solid support for roof membrane. B. The manufacturer’s specifications for substrate reparation shall be satisfied prior to membrane application. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING AND FLASHING

A. Do not allow the membrane to come in contact with surfaces contaminated with asphalt, coal tar, oil, grease, or other substances which are not compatible with EPDM roofing membrane. B. If possible, install the membrane so the sheets run perpendicular to the long dimension of the insulation boards. C. If possible, start at the low point of the roof and work towards the high point. Lap the sheets so the flow of water is not against the edges of the sheet. Coordinate with roof insulation installation. D. Position the membrane so it is free of buckles and wrinkles. E. Roll sheet out on deck; inspect for defects as sheet is being rolled out and remove defective areas. 1. Allow 30 minutes for relaxing before proceeding. 2. Lap edges and ends of sheets 75 mm (3 inches) or more as recommended by the manufacturer. Clean lap surfaces as specified by manufacturer. 3. Adhesively splice laps. Apply pressure as required. Seam strength of laps as required by ASTM D4637. 4. Check seams to ensure continuous adhesion and correct defects. 5. Finish edges of laps with a continuous beveled bead of lap sealant to sheet edges to provide smooth transition as specified by manufacturer. 6. Finish seams as the membrane is being installed (same day). 7. Anchor perimeter to deck or wall as specified.

F. Membrane Perimeter Anchorage: 1. Install batten strip or steel stress plate with fasteners at the perimeter of each roof level, curb flashing, expansion joints and similar penetrations as indicated in accordance with membrane manufacturer's instructions on top of roof membrane to wall or deck.

282 2. Mechanically fastened as follows: a. Top of mechanical fastener set flush with top surface of the nailing strip or stress plate. b. Space mechanical fasteners a maximum 150 mm (6 inches) on center, unless closer spacing is required by Factory Mutual FM 1-90. c. Start 25 mm (1 inch) from the end of the nailing strip when used. d. When strip is cut round edge and corners before installing. e. Set fasteners in lap sealant and cover fastener head with fastener sealer including batten strip or stress plate. f. Stop fastening strip where the use of the nailing strip interferes with the flow of the surface water, separate by a 100 mm (4 inch) space, then start again. g. After mechanically fastening cover and seal with a 225 mm (9 inch) wide strip of flashing sheet. Use splice adhesive on all laps and finish edge with sealant as specified. h. At parapet walls intersecting building walls and curbs, secure the membrane to the structural deck with fasteners 150 mm (6 inches) on center or required by Factory Mutual FM 1-90; whichever is more stringent i. Secure roof system with mechanical fasteners at “corners” as defined by and as required by Factory Mutual FM 1-90

G. Adhered System: 1. Apply bonding adhesive in quantities required by roof membrane manufacturer or as required by Factory Mutual FM 1-90 whichever is more stringent. 2. Fold sheet back on itself, clean and coat the bottom side of the membrane and the top of the deck with adhesive. Do not coat the lap joint area. 3. After adhesive has set according to adhesive manufacturer's application instruction, roll the membrane into the adhesive in manner that minimizes voids and wrinkles. 4. Repeat for other half of sheet. Cut voids and wrinkles to lay flat and clean for repair patch over cut area.

H. Install flashings as the membrane is being installed (same day). If the flashing cannot be completely installed in one day, complete the installation until the flashing is in a watertight condition and provide temporary covers or seals.

283 I. Flashing Roof Drains: 1. Install roof drain flashing as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, generally as follows: a. Coordinate to set the metal drain flashing in asphalt roof cement, holding cement back from the edge of the metal flange. b. Do not allow the roof cement to come in contact with the EPDM roof membrane. c. Adhere the EPDM roof membrane to the metal flashing with the membrane manufacturer's recommended bonding adhesive. 2. Turn down the metal drain flashing and EPDM roof membrane into the drain body and install clamping ring and strainer.

J. Installing EPDM Base Flashing and Pipe Flashing: 1. Install EPDM flashing membranes to pipes, walls or curbs to a height not less than 200 mm (8 inches) above roof surfaces and 100 mm (4 inches) on roof membranes. Install in accordance with NRCA manual. a. Adhere flashing to pipe, wall or curb with bonding adhesive. b. Form inside and outside corners of EPDM flashing membrane in accordance with NRCA manual (Sixth Edition). Form pipe flashing in accordance with NRCA manual (Sixth Edition). c. Lap ends not less than 100 mm (4 inches). d. Adhesively splice flashing membranes together and flashing membranes to roof membranes. Finish exposed edges with sealant as specified. 2. Anchor top of flashing to walls or curbs with fasteners spaced not over 150 mm (6 inches) on center. Use surface mounted fastening strip with sealant on ducts. Use pipe clamps on pipes or other round penetrations. 3. Apply sealant to top edge of flashing. K. Install roofing system on the interior surfaces of existing overflow scuppers as required for a watertight installation, in accordance with roof warranty requirements.

L. Repairs to membrane and flashings: 1. Remove sections of EPDM sheet roofing or flashing that is creased wrinkled or fishmouthed. 2. Cover removed areas, cuts and damaged areas with a patch extending 100 mm (4 inches) beyond damaged, cut, or removed area. Adhesively splice to roof membrane or flashing. Finish edge of lap with sealant as specified.

284 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Examine and probe seams in the membrane and flashing in the presence of the Resident Engineer and Membrane Manufacturer's Inspector. B. Probe the edges of welded seams with a blunt tipped instrument. Use sufficient hand pressure to detect marginal bonds, voids, skips, and fishmouths. C. Cut 100 mm (4 inch) wide by 300 mm (12 inch) long samples through the seams where directed by the Resident Engineer. 1. Cut one sample for every 450 m (1500 linear feet) of seams. 2. Cut the samples perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the seams. 3. Failure of the samples to maintain the standard of quality within a reasonable tolerance of the approved samples will be cause for rejection of the work.

D. Repair areas of welded seams where samples have been taken or marginal bond voids or skips occur. E. Repair fishmouths and wrinkles by cutting to lay flat and installing patch over cut area extending 100 mm (4 inches) beyond cut. 3.6 TEMPORARY ROOF

A. Install temporary roof when sequences of work or weather does not permit installation of a completed permanent roof system or roof would be subject to phasing of roof work, construction traffic, scaffolds, and work over roof area. B. Use of 1.15 mm (0.045-inch) thick non-reinforced EPDM membrane or other temporary membrane as approved. C. Repair cuts, tears, and punctures with patches to keep system watertight. E. Install permanent roof system within one year. - - E N D - -

SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL

Formed sheet metal work for flashing is specified in this section. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Single ply base flashing system: Section 07532, EPDM SHEET ROOFING, B. Sealant compound and installation: Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. C. Flashing of Roof Drains: Section 15400, PLUMBING SYSTEMS. D. Metal Fascia, metal soffit and metal roof system: 07410 Preformed Metal Roofing 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Shop Drawings: Flashings Copings C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Copings D. Certificates: Stating that aluminum has been given specified finish. Coating formulators approvals as specified. 1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below for a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A167-99(R 2004)...... Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip A653/A653M-05...... Steel Sheet Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc Alloy Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process B32-04...... Solder Metal B209-04...... Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate B370-03...... Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction

286 D173-03...... Bitumen-Saturated Cotton Fabrics Used in Roofing and Waterproofing D412-98 (R2002)...... Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers- Tension D1187-97 (R2002)...... Asphalt Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal

C. American National Standards Institute/Single Ply Roofing Institute (ANSI/SPRI): ES-1-2003...... Wind Design Standard for Edge Systems Used with Low Slope Roofing Systems

D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA): Architectural Sheet Metal Manual (Fifth Edition, 1993). E. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): AMP 500 Series...... Metal Finishes Manual

F. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 605-98...... Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions Panels

G. Federal Specification (Fed. Spec): A-A-1925A...... Shield, Expansion; (Nail Anchors) UU-B-790A...... Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber

H. International Building Code (IBC): 2003 Edition I. Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Corporation (FM): FM 1-90 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Certifications: Manufacturer of coping and fascia shall certify that coping and fascias, as manufactured and as installed, shall comply with Factory Mutual requirements for FM 1-90 wind uplift protection B. Qualification: 1. Fabricator: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified with minimum 5 years documented experience.

2. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with a minimum 5 years documents experience.

287 PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Solder: ASTM B32; flux type and alloy composition as required for use with metals to be soldered. B. Copper ASTM B370, cold-rolled temper. C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy 3003-H14. D. Galvanized Sheet: ASTM, A653.

E. Nonreinforced, Elastomeric Sheeting: Elastomeric substances reduced to thermoplastic state and extruded into continuous homogenous sheet (0.056 inch) thick. Sheeting shall have not less than 7 MPa (1,000 psi) tensile strength and not more than seven percent tension-set at 50 percent elongation when tested in accordance with ASTM D412. Sheeting shall show no cracking or flaking when bent through 180 degrees over a 1 mm (1/32 inch) diameter mandrel and then bent at same point over same size mandrel in opposite direction through 360 degrees at temperature of -30°C (-20 °F). F. Rosin Paper: Fed-Spec. UU-B-790, Type I, Grade D, Style 1b, Rosin-sized sheathing paper, weighing approximately 3 Kg/10 m²( 6 lbs/100 sf). G. Bituminous Paint: ASTM D1187, Type I. H. Fasteners: 1. Use copper, copper alloy, bronze, brass, or stainless steel for copper and copper clad stainless steel, and stainless steel for stainless steel and aluminum alloy. Use galvanized steel or stainless steel for galvanized steel. 2. Nails: a. Minimum diameter for copper nails: 3 mm (0.109 inch). b. Minimum diameter for aluminum nails 3 mm (0.105 inch). c. Minimum diameter for stainless steel nails: 2 mm (0.095 inch) and annular threaded. d. Length to provide not less than 22 mm (7/8 inch) penetration into anchorage. 3. Rivets: Not less than 3 mm (1/8 inch) diameter. 4. Expansion Shields: Fed Spec A-A-1925A.

288 I. Sealant: As specified in Section SEALANTS AND CAULKING for exterior locations. J. Roof Cement: ASTM D4586. 2.2 SHEET METAL THICKNESS

A. Except as otherwise shown or specified use thickness or weight of sheet metal as follows: B. Concealed Locations (Built into Construction): 1. Copper: 30g (10 oz) minimum 0.33 mm (0.013 inch thick). 2. Galvanized steel: 0.5 mm (0.021 inch) thick.

C. Exposed Locations: 1. Copper: 0.4 Kg (16 oz).

D. Thickness of aluminum or galvanized steel is specified with each item. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Jointing: 1. In general, copper, stainless steel and copper clad stainless steel joints, except expansion and contraction joints, shall be locked and soldered. 2. Jointing of copper over 0.5 Kg (20 oz) weight or stainless steel over 0.45 mm (0.018 inch) thick shall be done by lapping, riveting and soldering. 3. Joints shall conform to following requirements: a. Flat-lock joints shall finish not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch) wide. b. Lap joints subject to stress shall finish not less than 25 mm (one inch) wide and shall be soldered and riveted. c. Unsoldered lap joints shall finish not less than 100 mm (4 inches) wide. 4. Flat and lap joints shall be made in direction of flow. 5. Edges of bituminous coated copper, copper covered paper, nonreinforced elastomeric sheeting and polyethylene coated copper shall be jointed by lapping not less than 100 mm (4 inches) in the direction of flow and cementing with asphalt roof cement or sealant as required by the manufacturer's printed instructions. 6. Soldering: a. Pre tin both mating surfaces with solder for a width not less than 38 mm (1 1/2 inches) of uncoated copper, stainless steel, and copper clad stainless steel.

289 b. Wire brush to produce a bright surface before soldering lead coated copper. c. Treat in accordance with metal producers recommendations other sheet metal required to be soldered. d. Completely remove acid and flux after soldering is completed.

B. Cleats: 1. Fabricate cleats to secure flashings and sheet metal work over 300 mm (12 inches) wide and where specified. 2. Provide cleats for maximum spacing of 300 mm (12 inch) centers unless specified otherwise. 3. Form cleats of same metal and weights or thickness as the sheet metal being installed unless specified otherwise.

4. Fabricate cleats from 50 mm (2 inch) wide strip. Form end with not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch) wide loose lock to item for anchorage. Form other end of length to receive nails free of item to be anchored and end edge to be folded over and cover nail heads.

C. Edge Strips or Continuous Cleats: 1. Fabricate continuous edge strips where shown and specified to secure loose edges of the sheet metal work. 2. Except as otherwise specified, fabricate edge strips of minimum 1.25 mm (0.050 inch) thick aluminum. 3. Use material compatible with sheet metal to be secured by the edge strip. 4. Fabricate in 3000 mm (10 feet) maximum lengths with not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch) loose lock into metal secured by edge strip. 5. Fabricate Strips for fascia anchorage to extend below the supporting wood construction to form a drip and to allow the flashing to be hooked over the lower edge at least 19 mm (3/4-inch). 6. Fabricate anchor edge maximum width of 75 mm (3 inches) or of sufficient width to provide adequate bearing area to insure a rigid installation using 1.6 mm (0.0625 inch) thick aluminum.

D. Drips: 1. Form drips at lower edge of sheet metal counter-flashings (cap flashings), fascias, gravel stops, wall copings, by folding edge back 13 mm (1/2 inch) and bending out 45 degrees from vertical to carry water away from the wall.

290 2. Form drip to provide hook to engage cleat or edge strip for fastening for not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch) loose lock where shown.

E. Edges: 1. Edges of flashings concealed in masonry joints opposite drain side shall be turned up 6 mm (1/4 inch) to form dam, unless otherwise specified or shown otherwise. 2. Finish exposed edges of flashing with a 6 mm (1/4 inch) hem formed by folding edge of flashing back on itself when not hooked to edge strip or cleat. Use 6 mm (1/4 inch) minimum penetration beyond wall face with drip for through-wall flashing exposed edge. 3. All metal roof edges shall meet requirements of IBC 2003. 2.4 FINISH

A. Use same finish on adjacent metal or components and exposed metal surfaces unless specified or shown otherwise. B. In accordance with NAAMM Metal Finishes Manual, unless otherwise specified. C. Finish exposed metal surfaces as follows, unless specified otherwise: 1. Copper: Mill finish. 2. Aluminum: a. Colored Finish: Fluorocarbon Finish: AAMA 605.2, high performance organic coating, on copings. Custom color as selected by VA Contracting Officer 4. Steel and Galvanized Steel: a. Colored Finish: Fluorocarbon Finish: AAMA 605.2, high performance organic coating, on copings. Custom color as selected by VA Contracting Officer. 2.5 BASE FLASHING

A. Use metal base flashing at vertical surfaces intersecting built-up roofing cant strips or where shown. 1. Use either copper, or stainless steel, thickness specified unless specified otherwise. 2. When flashing is over 250 mm (10 inches) in vertical height or horizontal width use either 0.5 Kg (20 oz) copper or 0.5 mm (0.018 inch) stainless steel. 3. Use stainless steel at aluminum roof curbs where flashing contacts the aluminum. 4. Use either copper, or stainless steel at pipe flashings.

291 B. Fabricate metal base flashing up vertical surfaces not less than 200 mm (8 inch) nor more than 400 mm (16 inch). C. Fabricate roof flange not less than 100 mm (4 inches) wide unless shown otherwise. When base flashing length exceeds 2400 mm (8 feet) form flange edge with 13 mm (1/2 inch) hem to receive cleats. D. Form base flashing bent from strip except pipe flashing. Fabricate ends for riveted soldered lap seam joints. Fabricate expansion joint ends as specified. 2.6 COUNTERFLASHING (CAP FLASHING OR HOODS)

A. Either copper or stainless steel, unless specified otherwise. B. Fabricate to lap base flashing a minimum of 100 mm (4 inches) with drip. 1. Form lock seams for outside corners. Allow for lap joints at ends and inside corners. 2. In general, form flashing in lengths not less than 2400 mm (8 feet) and not more than 3000 mm (10 feet). 3. Two-piece, lock in type flashing may be used in lieu of one piece counter-flashing. 4. Manufactured assemblies may be used. 5. Where counterflashing is installed at new work use an integral flange at the top designed to be extended into the masonry joint or reglet in concrete. 6. Where counterflashing is installed at existing work use surface applied type, formed to provide a space for the application of sealant at the top edge.

C. One-piece Counterflashing. 1. Back edge turned up and fabricate to lock into reglet in concrete. 2. Upper edge formed to extend full depth of masonry unit in mortar joint with back edge turned up 6 mm (1/4 inch).

D. Two-Piece Counterflashing: 1. Receiver to extend into masonry wall depth of masonry unit with back edge turned up 6 mm (1/4 inch) and exposed edge designed to receive and lock counterflashing upper edge when inserted. 2. Counterflashing upper edge designed to snap lock into receiver.

E. Surface Mounted Counterflashing; one or two piece: 1. Use at existing or new surfaces where flashing can not be inserted in vertical surface.

292 2. One piece fabricate upper edge folded double for 65 mm (2 1/2 inches) with top 19 mm (3/4 inch) bent out to form "V" joint sealant pocket with vertical surface. Perforate flat double area against vertical surface with horizontally slotted fastener holes at 400 mm (16 inch) centers between end holes. Option: One piece surface mounted counter-flashing (cap flashing) may be used. Fabricate as detailed on Plate 51 of SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. 3. Two pieces: Fabricate upper edge to lock into surface mounted receiver. Fabricate receiver joint sealant pocket on upper edge and lower edge to receive counterflashing, with slotted fastener holes at 400 mm (16 inch) centers between upper and lower edge. 2.7 REGLETS

A. Fabricate reglets of the following material: 0.4 Kg (16 ounce) copper. B. Fill open-type reglets with fiberboard or other suitable separator, to prevent crushing of the slot during installation, C. Bend edges of reglets for setting into concrete to an angle of not less than 45 degrees and make wide enough to provide firm anchorage in the concrete. D. Fabricate reglets for building into horizontal masonry mortar joints not less than 19 mm (3/4 inch) deep, nor more that 25mm (one inch) deep. E. Fabricate mitered corners, fittings and special shape as may be required by details. 2.8 COPINGS

A. Fabricate of 0.063 inch thick aluminum sheets 2400 mm to 3000 mm (8 to 10 feet) long. B. Fabricate coping to profile shown. C. Use continuous cleats and edge strips with drips at bottom edges. D. Form joints between sections with either alternate 4 or 5 as shown on plate 68, SMACNA, unless shown otherwise. E. Fabricate corners with mitered joints, locked and sealed. F. Fabricate ends of coping terminating at vertical building surfaces to form a slot for the installation of sealant. G. Fabricate exterior ends of coping closures of same appearance as exterior wall side.

293 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: 1. Install flashing and sheet metal items as shown in Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., publication, ARCHITECTURAL SHEET METAL MANUAL, except as otherwise shown or specified. 2. Apply Sealant as specified in Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. 3. Apply sheet metal and other flashing material to surfaces which are smooth, sound, clean, dry and free from defects that might affect the application. 4. Remove projections which would puncture the materials and fill holes and depressions with material compatible with the substrate. Cover holes or cracks in wood wider than 6 mm (1/4 inch) with sheet metal compatible with the roofing and flashing material used. 5. Coordinate with masonry work for the application of a skim coat of mortar to surfaces of unit masonry to receive flashing material before the application of flashing. 6. Confine direct nailing of sheet metal to strips 300 mm (12 inch) or less wide. Nail flashing along one edge only. Space nail not over 100 mm (4 inches) on center unless specified otherwise. 7. Install bolts, rivets, and screws where indicated, specified, or required in accordance with the SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual. Space rivets at 75 mm (3 inch) on centers in two rows in a staggered position. Use neoprene washers under fastener heads when fastener head is exposed. 8. Coordinate with roofing work for the installation of metal base flashings and other metal items having roof flanges for anchorage and watertight installation. 9. Nail continuous cleats on 75 mm (3 inch) on centers in two rows in a staggered position. 10. Nail individual cleats with two nails and bend end tab over nail heads. Lock other end of cleat into hemmed edge. 11. Install flashings in conjunction with other trades so that flashings are inserted in other materials and joined together to provide a water tight installation.

294 12. Where required to prevent galvanic action between dissimilar metal isolate the contact areas of dissimilar metal with sheet lead, waterproof building paper, or a coat of bituminous paint. 13. Isolate aluminum in contact with dissimilar metals others than stainless steel, white bronze or other metal compatible with aluminum by: a. Paint dissimilar metal with a prime coat of zinc-chromate or other suitable primer, followed by two coats of aluminum paint. b. Paint dissimilar metal with a coat of bituminous paint. c. Apply an approved caulking material between aluminum and dissimilar metal. 14. Paint aluminum in contact with or built into mortar, concrete, plaster, or other masonry materials with a coat of bituminous paint. 15. Paint aluminum in contact with absorptive materials that may become repeatedly wet with two coats of bituminous paint or two coats of aluminum paint.

3.2 COPINGS

A. General: 1. Install a continuous edge strip on the front and rear edges of the existing cast stone coping/ wood blocking as indicated on details. Lock the coping to the edge strip with a 19 mm (3/4 inch) loose lock seam. 2. Where shown turn down roof side of coping and extend down over base flashing as specified for counter-flashing. Secure counter-flashing to lock strip in coping at continuous cleat. 3. Install ends adjoining existing construction so as to form space for installation of sealants. Sealant is specified in Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING.

B. Aluminum Coping: 1. Install with 6 mm (1/4 inch) joint between ends of coping sections. 2. Install joint covers, centered at each joint, and securely lock in place. 3.3 REGLETS A. Install reglets in a manner to provide a watertight installation.

295 B. Locate reglets not less than 225 mm (9 inches) nor more that 400 mm (16 inches) above roofing, and not less than 125 mm (5 inches) nor more than 325 mm (13 inches) above cant strip. C. Butt and align end joints or each section of reglet and securely hold in position until concrete or mortar are hardened. 1. Coordinate reglets for anchorage into concrete with formwork construction. 2. Coordinate reglets for masonry to locate horizontally into mortar joints.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 07700 ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES

This section specifies roof hatch, roof ladders, “ladder-up” safety post, and clamp to seam snow guards. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Color and texture of finish: Section 07410: Metal Roofing B. Sealant material and installation: Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL

A. All roof accessories shall be the products of manufacturers regularly engaged in producing the kinds of products specified. B. Each accessory type shall be the same and be made by the same manufacturer. C. Each accessory shall be completely assembled to the greatest extent possible before delivery to the site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Samples: Representative sample panel of kynar finished aluminum not less than 100 mm X 100 mm (four by four inches). Sample shall show coating with integral color and texture and shall include manufacturer's identifying label. C. Shop Drawings: Each item specified showing design, details of construction, installation and fastenings. D. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Each item specified. E. Certificates: Stating that aluminum has been given specified thickness of paint. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extend referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM):

297 A653/A653M-02...... Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) By the Hot-Dip Process B209/209M-02...... Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy-Sheet and Plate B221/221M-02...... Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes C612-00...... Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation D1187-97...... Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Metal

D. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM): AMP 500 Series...... Metal Finishes Manual

E. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA): 605-98...... High Performance Organic Coatings on Architectural Extrusions and Panels. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. Aluminum, Extruded: ASTM B221/B221M. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209/B209M. C. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A526/A526M; G-90 coating. D. Asphalt Coating: ASTM D 1187, Type I, quick setting. 2.2 ROOF HATCH

A. Provide roof hatch (with custom-fabricated curb specified in (2.3) below), to coordinate with metal roofing. 1. Metal type, gauge and finish for roof hatch, shall match that specified for custom, prefabricated roof curb. 2. Form roof hatch to lap curb and cap flashing. 3. Size opening as indicated on drawings.

B. Hardware: 1. Provide weatherproof key-operated lock on exterior side of roof hatch. 2. Provide emergency release handle on the interior side of the roof hatch which retracts lock and permits hatch to open. 3. Provide pintle hinges. 4. Provide automatic hold open with enclosed torsion or compression spring lifting mechanism. Provide weatherproof-attached lifting handle on exterior of roof hatch.

298 5. Cover shall automatically lock in the open position at not less than 120 degrees. 6. Provide weatherstripping at cover closure. 7. Galvanize all hardware items.

C. Assembly: 1. Completely shop assemble roof hatch. 2. Fully weld all joints exposed to the weather and built into the roofing. 3. Finish weld smooth where exposed. 4. Operation with minimum force to open and close.

2.3 CUSTOM, PREFABRICATED METAL ROOF CURB A. Custom, prefabricated metal roof curb shall be manufactured by LMCurbs, or V.A. Contracting Officer-approved equal. LMCurbs: 827 Fisher Road, Longview, Texas 75604, 1-903-759-1331, 1-800-284-1412, Fax #1-903-759- 0879. B. Submittals: 1. Contractor shall submit shop drawings of custom, prefabricated metal roof curb to V.A. Contracting Officer for review, prior to fabrication. Shop drawings shall indicate not only details of the manufactured roof curb, but shall also show plans and section of its installed location on the metal roof, including metal cricket, standing seam locations, roof ladder, etc. Contractor shall also indicate roof hatch panel on shop drawings. C. Construction: 1. Curbs shall be constructed using minimum .080, 3003H14 aluminum, with fully mitered and heli-arc welded corners, integral base plates, with metal water diverter cricket. 2. Provide metal water diverter cricket on uphill side of roof curb. Metal type and finish shall match that specified in Section 07410: Metal Roofing. Minimum height of Curb shall be 12" above finished roof. 3. Curb shall be constructed to match slope of roof and provide a sloping top surface.

299 4. Curb flange shall be constructed to match configuration of roof panel. Side flange shall extend to the next natural seam in the roof panels and conform to seam configurations. D. Coordination: 1. Upon completion of fabrication of custom fabricated roof curb, contractor shall coordinate installation of hardware required for roof hatch specified in (2.2) above. 2. Size of curb shall be as indicated on drawings. Required options shall be coordinated by curb manufacturer and general contractor prior to fabrication. 3. Fabrication shall not commence until submitted shop drawings have been reviewed.

2.4 LADDERS

A. Provide shop drawings, indicating fabrication and details of metal ladders. Also provide coordination drawing showing metal roof system, gutters, standing seams, roof hatch, etc. B. Metal ladders shall be “Type 1” aluminum ladder with non-slip rungs with integral aluminum oxide grit. C. Metal ladders shall include all necessary stand-off brackets to insure that they clear standing seams on the roof as indicated on drawings, and provide adequate foot clearances to insure safety. Provide all necessary anchor brackets to secure interior ladder to roof curb and to attic floor structure. D. Metal ladders shall receive fluorocarbon finish as specified in Section 07410: Metal Roofing. E. Fabrication of metal ladders shall not commence until shop drawings have been submitted and reviewed. 2.5 LADDER-UP SAFETY POST

A. Provide safety access post extension, attached to rungs of new interior steel ladder. Provide "Bilco" Ladder-up Safety Post, model LU-1, or V.A. Contracting Officer-approved equal. Device shall be steel w/black enamel finish. It shall be designed with a

300 telescoping tubular section that locks automatically when fully extended. Upward and downward movement shall be controlled by a stainless steel spring balancing mechanism. Unit shall be completely assembled with fasteners for securing to the ladder rungs in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. 2.6 CLAMP TO SEAM SNOW GUARDS

A. Clamp to seam snow guards shall be #4000 Snowguard System as manufactured by “Alpine Snowguards” A Division of Vermont Slate & Copper Services, Inc., or V.A. Contracting Officer approved equal. B. Work includes 1. Clamp to seam snow guards which do not penetrate the metal roof system. 2. Provide appropriate snowguard and fasteners for the roof system. C. Related sections 1. Section 07410: Metal Roofing 2. Section 07600: Flashing and Sheet Metal.

D. System description: Components: 1. #4000 Snowguard system consists of snowguard block and flag assembly and set screws. 2. Aluminum tubing. 3. Couplings. 4. End Plugs. 5. Ice Flags. 6. End Collars. E. Design requirements: 1. Quantity and spacing to be recommended by manufacturer. 2. Minimum 3 set screws per snowguard. 3. General Contractor shall coordinate metal roof system it can withstand retained snow loads. F. Submittal - Submit manufacturer's specifications, standard detail drawings, recommended layout and installation instructions. G. Quality assurance - Installer to be experienced in the installation of specified roofing material and snowguards for not less than 5 years in the area of the project.

301 H. Delivery / storage / handling - Inspect material upon delivery and order replacements for any missing or defective items. Keep material dry, covered and off the ground until installed. I. Materials: 1. Snowguard Block and Flag shall be extruded and milled 6061-T6 and 6005-T5 Aluminum 2. Tubing shall be 6061-T6 and 6005-T5, 1” outside diameter and 1/8” wall thickness extruded Aluminum. 3. Threaded Couplings shall be 6061-T6 Aluminum 5” long. 4. End Caps shall be 302 stainless steel. 5. Ice Flags shall be 5052-H32 Aluminum 3” x _” (as needed). 6. End Collars shall be 6061-T6 Aluminum. 7. Fasteners shall be 302 or 304 Stainless Steel. J. Finish - Fluorocarbon Finish: as specified in Section 07410: Metal Roofing K. Substrate: Inspect roof system to be properly attached and installed to withstand additional loading incurred. L. Do not fabricate, nor install, Alpine Snowguards until shop drawings have been submitted and reviewed. M. Notify General Contractor of any deficiencies before installing Alpine SnowGuards. 2.7 FINISH A. All roof accessories and specialties shall receive fluorocarbon finish as specified in Section 07410: Metal Roofing.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install roof specialties and accessories where shown. B. Secure with fasteners in accordance with manufacture's printed installation instructions and approved shop drawings unless shown otherwise. C. Comply with section on SEALANTS AND CAULKING to install sealants where manufactures installation instructions require sealant. D. Coordinate with roofing work for installation of items in sequence to prevent water infiltration.

302 3.2 PROTECTION OF ALUMINUM

A. Provide protection for aluminum against galvanic action wherever dissimilar materials are in contact, by painting the contact surfaces of the dissimilar material with two coats of asphalt coating (complete coverage), or by separating the contact surfaces with a preformed neoprene tape having pressure sensitive adhesive coating on side. B. Paint aluminum in contact with wood, concrete and masonry, or other absorptive materials, that may become repeatedly wet, with two coats of asphalt coating. 3.3 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust roof hatch hardware to operate freely and so that cover will operate without binding, close tightly at perimeter, and latch securely. 3.4 PROTECTION

Protect roof accessories from damage during installation and after completion of the work from subsequent construction.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 07920 SEALANTS AND CAULKING

Section covers all sealant and caulking materials and their application, wherever required for complete installation of building materials or systems. 1.2 RELATED WORK:

A. Flashing and Sheet Metal: Section 07600 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL:

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint- sealant installations with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.4 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Manufacturer's installation instructions for each product used. C. Cured samples of exposed sealants for each color where required to match adjacent material. D. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Caulking compound 2. Primers 3. Sealing compound, each type, including compatibility when different sealants are in contact with each other. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS:

A. Environmental Limitations: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under following conditions: a. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 4.4 C (40 F).

304 b. When joint substrates are wet.

B. Joint-Width Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated.

C. Joint-Substrate Conditions: 1. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.6 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE:

A. Deliver materials in manufacturers' original unopened containers, with brand names, date of manufacture, shelf life, and material designation clearly marked thereon. B. Carefully handle and store to prevent inclusion of foreign materials. C. Do not subject to sustained temperatures exceeding 5 C (90 F) or less than 32 C (40 F). 1.7 DEFINITIONS:

A. Definitions of terms in accordance with ASTM C717 and as specified. B. Back-up Rod: A type of sealant backing. C. Bond Breakers: A type of sealant backing. D. Filler: A sealant backing used behind a back-up rod. 1.8 WARRANTY:

A. Warranty exterior sealing against leaks, adhesion, and cohesive failure, and subject to terms of "Warranty of Construction" Article specified in Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS, except that warranty period shall be extended to two years.

305 B. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Government of other rights Government may have under other provisions of Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of Contract Documents. 1.9 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS:

A. Publications listed below form a part of this specification to extent referenced. Publications are referenced in text by basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C509-00...... Elastomeric Cellular Preformed Gasket and Sealing Material. C612-00...... Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation. C717-03...... Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants. C834-00...... Latex Sealants. C919-02...... Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. C920-02...... Elastomeric Joint Sealants. C1021-01...... Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants C1193-00...... Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants. C1330-02...... Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid Applied Sealants. D1056-00...... Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials— Sponge or Expanded Rubber. E84-03...... Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

C. Sealant, Waterproofing and Restoration Institute (SWRI). The Professionals’ Guide PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SEALANTS:

A. S-1: 1. ASTM C920, polyurethane or polysulfide. 2. Type M. 3. Class 25. 4. Grade NS.

306 5. Shore A hardness of 20-40

B. S-2: 1. ASTM C920, polyurethane or polysulfide. 2. Type M. 3. Class 25. 4. Grade P. 5. Shore A hardness of 25-40.

C. S-6: 1. ASTM C920, silicone, neutral cure. 2. Type S. 3. Class: Joint movement range of plus 100 percent to minus 50 percent. 4. Grade NS. 5. Shore A hardness of 15-20. 6. Minimum elongation of 1200 percent.

2.2 CAULKING COMPOUND:

A. C-1: ASTM C834, acrylic latex. B. C-2: One component acoustical caulking, non drying, non hardening, synthetic rubber. 2.3 COLOR:

A. Sealants used with exposed masonry shall match color of mortar joints. B. Sealants used with unpainted concrete shall match color of adjacent concrete. C. Color of sealants for other locations shall be light gray or aluminum, unless specified otherwise. D. Caulking shall be light gray or white, unless specified otherwise. 2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING:

A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, of type indicated below and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: 1. Type C: Closed-cell material with a surface skin.

307 C. Elastomeric Tubing Sealant Backings: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to minus 32 C (minus 26 F). Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth, and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 FILLER:

A. Mineral fiber board: ASTM C612, Class 1. B. Thickness same as joint width. C. Depth to fill void completely behind back-up rod. 2.6 PRIMER:

A. As recommended by manufacturer of caulking or sealant material. B. Stain free type. 2.7 CLEANERS-NON POUROUS SURFACES:

A. Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturer of sealants and sealant backing material, free of oily residues and other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent non-pourous surfaces and formulated to promote adhesion of sealant and substrates. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION:

A. Inspect substrate surface for bond breaker contamination and unsound materials at adherent faces of sealant. B. Coordinate for repair and resolution of unsound substrate materials. C. Inspect for uniform joint widths and that dimensions are within tolerance established by sealant manufacturer. 3.2 PREPARATIONS:

A. Prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and SWRI. B. Clean surfaces of joint to receive caulking or sealants leaving joint dry to the touch, free from frost, moisture, grease, oil, wax, lacquer paint, or other foreign matter that would tend to destroy or impair adhesion.

308 1. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. 2. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. a. Metal. b. Glass. c. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile.

C. Do not cut or damage joint edges.

D. Apply masking tape to face of surfaces adjacent to joints before applying primers, caulking, or sealing compounds. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.

E. Apply primer to sides of joints wherever required by compound manufacturer's printer instructions. 1. Apply primer prior to installation of back-up rod or bond breaker tape. 2. Use brush or other approved means that will reach all parts of joints.

F. Take all necessary steps to prevent three sided adhesion of sealants. 3.3 BACKING INSTALLATION:

A. Install back-up material, to form joints enclosed on three sides as required for specified depth of sealant.

309 B. Where deep joints occur, install filler to fill space behind the backup rod and position the rod at proper depth. C. Cut fillers installed by others to proper depth for installation of back-up rod and sealants. D. Install back-up rod, without puncturing the material, to a uniform depth, within plus or minus 3 mm (1/8 inch) for sealant depths specified. E. Where space for back-up rod does not exist, install bond breaker tape strip at bottom (or back) of joint so sealant bonds only to two opposing surfaces. F. Take all necessary steps to prevent three sided adhesion of sealants.

3.4 SEALANT DEPTHS AND GEOMETRY:

A. At widths up to 6 mm (1/4 inch), sealant depth equal to width. B. At widths over 6 mm (1/4 inch), sealant depth 1/2 of width up to 13 mm (1/2 inch) maximum depth at center of joint with sealant thickness at center of joint approximately 1/2 of depth at adhesion surface. 3.5 INSTALLATION:

A. General: 1. Apply sealants and caulking only when ambient temperature is between 5 degrees C and 38 degrees C (40 and 100 degrees F). 2. Do not use polysulfide base sealants where sealant may be exposed to fumes from bituminous materials, or where water vapor in continuous contact with cementitious materials may be present. 3. Do not use sealant type listed by manufacture as not suitable for use in locations specified. 4. Apply caulking and sealing compound in accordance with manufacturer's printer instructions. 5. Avoid dropping or smearing compound on adjacent surfaces. 6. Fill joints solidly with compound and finish compound smooth. 7. Tool joints to concave surface unless shown or specified otherwise. 8. Finish paving or floor joints flush unless joint is otherwise detailed. 9. Apply compounds with nozzle size to fit joint width. 10. Test sealants for compatibility with each other and substrate. Use only compatible sealant.

310 B. For application of sealants, follow requirements of ASTM C1193 unless specified otherwise. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:

A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field-test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as recommended by sealant manufacturer: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed elastomeric sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for first 300 m (1000 feet) of joint length for each type of elastomeric sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 300 m (1000 feet) of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation.

B. Inspect joints for complete fill, for absence of voids, and for joint configuration complying with specified requirements. Record results in a field adhesion test log. C. Inspect tested joints and report on following: 1. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each type of product and joint substrate. 2. Compare these results to determine if adhesion passes sealant manufacturer’s field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 3. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free from voids. 4. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements.

D. Record test results in a field adhesion test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant fill, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. E. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used to originally seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and new sealant contacts original sealant.

311 F. Evaluation of Field-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.7 CLEANING:

A. Fresh compound accidentally smeared on adjoining surfaces: Scrape off immediately and rub clean with a solvent as recommended by the caulking or sealant manufacturer. B. After filling and finishing joints, remove masking tape. C. Leave adjacent surfaces in a clean and unstained condition.

3.8 LOCATIONS:

A. Exterior Building Joints, Horizontal and Vertical: 1. Metal to Metal: Type S-1, S-2 2. Metal to Masonry or Stone: Type S-1

B. Metal Reglets and Flashings: 1. Flashings to Wall: Type S-6 2. Metal to Metal: Type S-6 - - - E N D - - -

SECTION 15050 BASIC METHODS AND REQUIREMENTS (MECHANICAL)

A. Basic methods and requirements for Division 15, MECHANICAL, applies to all sections of Division 15. B. Definitions: 1. Exposed: Piping and fittings exposed to view in finished rooms. 2. Option or optional: Contractor's choice of an alternate material or method. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS. B. Section 01010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. C. Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS.

D. Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. E. Roof drains - Section 15400, PLUMBING SYSTEM. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Products Criteria: 1. Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years. See other specification sections for any exceptions. 2. Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbestos shall not be used.

B. Guaranty: Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS. C. Plumbing Systems: NAPHCC National Standard Plumbing Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit under the pertinent section rather than under this section. 1. Materials identification. 2. Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. C. Coordination Drawings: In accordance with Section 01001, GENERAL CONDITIONS, Article, SUBCONTRACTS AND WORK COORDINATION. Provide

313 detailed layout drawings of all piping systems. In addition provide details of the following. 1. Hangers, inserts, supports, and bracing. 2. Pipe sleeves. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36/A36M-2001...... Carbon Structural Steel A575-96...... Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M-Grades R (2002) E84-2003...... Standard Test Method for Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E119-2000...... Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials

C. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc: SP-58-93...... Pipe Hangers and Supports-Materials, Design and Manufacture SP-69-96...... Pipe Hangers and Supports-Selection and Application

D. National Association of Plumbing - Heating - Cooling Contractors (NAPHCC): 1996...... National Standard Plumbing Code PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS

A. For Attachment to Concrete Construction: 1. Concrete insert: Type 18, MSS SP-58. 2. Self-drilling expansion shields and machine bolt expansion anchors: Permitted in concrete not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition. 3. Power-driven fasteners: Permitted in existing concrete or masonry not less than 102 mm (four inches) thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition.

B. For Attachment to Steel Construction: MSS SP-58.

314 1. Welded attachment: Type 22. 2. Beam clamps: Types 20, 21, 28 or 29. Type 23 C-clamp may be used for individual copper tubing up to 23mm (7/8-inch) outside diameter.

C. Hanger Rods: Hot-rolled steel, ASTM A36 or A575 for allowable load listed in MSS SP-58. For piping, provide adjustment means for controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turn-buckles shall provide 38 mm (1-1/2 inches) minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. All-thread rods are acceptable. D. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. General Types (MSS SP-58): a. Standard clevis hanger: Type 1; provide locknut. b. Riser clamps: Type 8. c. Wall brackets: Types 31, 32 or 33. d. Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15. 2. Plumbing Piping (Other Than General Types): a. Horizontal piping: Type 1, 5, 7, 9, and 10. b. Blocking, stays and bracing: Angle iron or preformed metal channel shapes, 1.3 mm (18 gage) minimum. 2.2 PIPE PENETRATIONS

A. Install sleeves through existing masonry walls prior to installation of the cast iron roof leader piping. B. Cast Iron or Zinc Coated Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through exterior walls. Make space between sleeve and pipe watertight with a modular or link rubber seal. Seal shall be applied at both ends of sleeve. C. Sleeve Clearance: Sleeve through walls shall be one inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe. D. Sealant and Adhesives: Shall be as specified in Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate location of piping, sleeves, and hangers. Locate piping, sleeves, and hangers clear of windows, doors, openings, light outlets,

315 and other services and utilities. Follow manufacturer's published recommendations for installation methods not otherwise specified. B. Protection and Cleaning: 1. Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stored, and adequately protected to prevent damage before and during installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by the Resident Engineer. Damaged or defective items in the opinion of the Resident Engineer, shall be replaced. 2. Protect all exposed exterior surfaces of cast iron pipes and cast iron fittings from rust by means of a coat of rust-inhibitive primer compatible with the finish paint system.

D. Work in Existing Building: 1. Perform as specified in Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, Article, ALTERATIONS, and Article, RESTORATION of the Section 01010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS for relocation of existing equipment, alterations and restoration of existing building(s). 2. As specified in Section 01010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, OPERATIONS AND STORAGE AREAS, make alterations to existing service piping at times that will least interfere with normal operation of the facility. 3. Cut required openings through existing masonry and reinforced concrete using diamond core drills. Use of pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electric drills, and hand or manual hammer type drills, will be permitted only with approval of the Resident Engineer. Locate openings that will least effect columns or structural members. Refer to the Resident Engineer for determination of proper design for openings through structural sections and opening layouts approval, prior to cutting or drilling into structure. After Resident Engineer's approval, carefully cut opening through construction no larger than absolutely necessary for the required installation. 3.2 PIPE SUPPORTS

A. Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend the equipment and piping from the channels. Drill or burn holes in structural steel only with the prior approval of the Resident Engineer.

316 B. Use of chain, wire or strap hangers; wood for blocking, stays and bracing; or, hangers suspended from piping above will not be permitted. Replace or thoroughly clean rusty products and paint with zinc primer. C. Use hanger rods that are straight and vertical. Turnbuckles for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents use. Provide a minimum of 15 mm (1/2-inch) clearance between pipe or piping covering and adjacent work. D. Plumbing horizontal and vertical pipe supports, refer to the NAPHCC National Standard Plumbing Code. 3.3 PERFORMANCE TESTS

A. Prior to the final inspection, perform required tests for watertightness as specified in Section 01010, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, TESTS and submit the test reports and records to the Resident Engineer. B. Should evidence of leakage in tested drainage system, or component part thereof, occur during or as a result of tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat tests at no additional cost to the Government. - - - E N D - - -

SECTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS

Roof Drains and all necessary piping and accessories as designated in this section or required to provide a complete system. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 07532, EPDM Sheet Roofing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with Section 01340, SAMPLES AND SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: 1. Piping. 2. Roof Drains. 3. All items listed in Part 2 - Products. C. Detailed shop drawings for water proofing membrane. 1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. Federal Specifications (Fed. Spec.): L-T-1512A...... Tape, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive, Pipe Wrapping A-A-1427C...... Sodium Hypochlorite Solution A-A-59617...... Unions, Brass or Bronze Threaded, Pipe Connections and Solder-Joint Tube Connections

C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): (Copyrighted Society) A13.1-96...... Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems B16.3-98...... Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings ANSI/ASME B16.4-98...... Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 ANSI/ASME B16.9-01...... Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings ANSI/ASME B16.11-01...... Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded ANSI/ASME B16.12-98...... Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings ANSI/ASME

318 D. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A47-99...... Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings Revision 1989 A53-02...... Pipe, Steel, Black And Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless A74-03...... Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings A536-84(R1999) E1...... Ductile Iron Castings C564-03...... Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings D2000...... Standard Classification System for Rubber Products

E. American Water Works Association (AWWA): C110-03/ A21.10-03...... Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings - 75 mm thru 1200 mm (3 inch thru 48 inches) for Water and other liquids AWWA/ ANSI C151-00/ A21.51-02...... Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids AWWA/ ANSI C203-02...... Coal-Tar Protective Coatings and Linings for Steel Water Pipelines - Enamel and Tape - Hot Applied AWWA/ ANSI C651-99...... Disinfecting Water Mains C701-02...... Cold Water Meters-Turbine Type, for Customer Service AWWA/ ANSI

F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 54-92...... National Fuel Gas Code

G. American Welding Society (AWS): A5.8-92...... Filler Metals for Brazing

H. National Association of Plumbing - Heating - Cooling Contractors (PHCC): National Standard Plumbing Code - 1996

I. Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI): 301-04...... Hubless Cast Iron Soil and Fittings

J. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO): Uniform Plumbing Code - 2000 IS6-93...... Installation Standard

K. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS):

319 SP-67-02...... Butterfly Valve of the Single flange Type (Lug Wafer) SP-70-98...... Cast Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. SP-72-99...... Ball Valves With Flanged or Butt Welding For General Purpose SP-80-03...... Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. SP-110-96...... Ball Valve Threaded, Socket Welding, Solder Joint, Grooved and Flared Ends

L. American Society of Sanitary Engineers (ASSE): 1001-02...... Pipe Applied Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers 1013-99...... Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers 1015-99...... Double Check Backflow Prevention Assembly 1018-01...... Performance for trap seal primer valve-water supply fed 1020-04...... Vacuum Breakers, Anti-Siphon, Pressure Type

M. Factory Mutual (FM): a. Coupling Used in Hubless Cast Iron Systems for Drains, Waste and Vent Systems.

N. Plumbing and Drainage Institute (PDI): PDI WH-201...... Water Hammer Arrestor

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STORM WATER DRAIN

A. Steel Pipe and Fittings: May be used for storm water piping above grade. 1. Pipe Galvanized: ASTM A53, standard weight. 2. Fittings: a. Drain Piping: Cast iron, ANSI B16.12, threaded, galvanized. b. Unions: Tucker connection or equivalent type throughout. c. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Shall consist of ductile iron (ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12), or malleable iron (ASTM A47, Grade 32510) housings, a pressure responsive elastomeric gasket (ASTM D2000), and steel track head bolts. Shall be for use on pipe and fittings grooved to the manufacturer's specifications. Couplings and fittings to be of the same manufacturer.

320 2.2 ROOF DRAINS AND CONNECTIONS

A. Roof Drains: Cast iron with clamping device for making watertight connection. Free openings through strainer shall be twice area of drain outlet. Strainer shall be cast aluminum. Provide integral no-hub, soil pipe gasket or threaded outlet connection, type, adapter/ diameter to suit existing roof leader (verify in field). 1. Flat Roofs: Beehive or dome shaped strainer with integral flange not less than 300 mm (12 inches) in diameter. For insulated roofs, provide a roof drain with an adjustable drainage collar, which can be raised or lowered to meet required insulation heights, sump receiver and deck clamp. Bottom section shall serve as roof drain during construction before insulation is installed. 2. Downspout Nozzle: The nozzle fitting shall be of brass, unfinished, with internal pipe thread/ connection as required to suit existing downspout.

B. Downspout Nozzle: The nozzle fitting shall be of brass, unfinished, with internal pipe thread for connection to downspout. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the PHCC National Standard Plumbing Code and the following: 1. Pipe shall be round and straight. Cutting shall be done with proper tools. Pipe, except for plastic and glass, shall be reamed to full size after cutting. 2. All pipe runs shall be laid out to avoid interference with other work. 3. Pipe Hangers, Supports and Accessories: 1. All piping shall be supported per of the National Standard Plumbing Code, Chapter No. 8. 2. Shop Painting and Plating: Hangers, supports, rods, inserts and accessories used for Pipe supports shall be shop coated with red lead or zinc Chromate primer paint. 3. Wall and Ceiling Plates, Supports, Hangers: a. Solid or split unplated cast iron. b. All plates shall be provided with set screws. c. Pipe Hangers: Height adjustable clevis type.

321 d. Concrete Inserts: "Universal" or continuous slotted type. e. Hanger Rods: Mild, low carbon steel, fully threaded or Threaded at each end with two removable nuts at each end for positioning rod and hanger and locking each in place. f. Riser Clamps: Malleable iron or steel. g. Self-drilling type expansion shields shall be "Phillips" type, with case hardened steel expander plugs. h. Hangers and supports utilized with insulated pipe and tubing shall have 180 degree (min.) metal protection shield Centered on and welded to the hanger and support. The shield shall be 4 inches in length and be 16 gauge steel. The shield shall be sized for the insulation. i. Miscellaneous Materials: As specified, required, directed or as noted on the drawings for proper installation of hangers, supports and accessories. If the vertical distance exceeds 6 m (20 feet) for cast iron pipe additional support shall be provided in the center of that span. Provide all necessary auxiliary steel to provide that support. 9. Install cast escutcheon with set screw at each wall, floor and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 10. Penetrations: a. Waterproofing: At penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and make watertight with sealant as specified in Section 07920, SEALANTS AND CAULKING.

B. Piping shall conform to the following: 1. Storm Water Drain to main stacks:

Pipe Size Minimum Pitch 80 mm (3 inches) and 1 : 50 (1/4" to the foot). smaller 80 mm (4 inches) and 1 : 100 (1/8" to the foot). larger

3.2 TESTS

A. General: Test system either in its entirety or in sections. B. Storm Water Drain: Conduct water test or air test, as directed. 1. Water Test: If entire system is tested, tightly close all openings in pipes except highest opening, and fill system with water to point

322 of overflow. If system is tested in sections, tightly plug each opening except highest opening of section under test, fill each section with water and test with at least a 3 m (10 foot) head of water. In testing successive sections, test at least upper 3 m (10 feet) of next preceding section so that each joint or pipe except upper most 3 m (10 feet) of system has been submitted to a test of at least a 3 m (10 foot) head of water. Keep water in system, or in portion under test, for at least 15 minutes before inspection starts. System shall then be tight at all joints. 2. Air Test: Maintain air pressure of 35 kPa (5 psi) gage for at least 15 minutes without leakage. Use force pump and mercury column gage. 3. Final Tests: Either one of the following tests may be used. a. Smoke Test: After fixtures are permanently connected and traps are filled with water, fill entire drainage and vent systems with smoke under pressure of 1.3 kPa (one inch of water) with a smoke machine. Chemical smoke is prohibited. b. Peppermint Test: Introduce (two ounces) of peppermint into each line or stack.

C. All Other Piping Tests: Test new installed piping under 1 1/2 times actual operating conditions and prove tight.

- - - E N D - - -

SECTION 16450 GROUNDING

A. This section specifies general grounding and bonding requirements of electrical installations for personnel safety, equipment operations and to provide a low impedance path for possible ground fault currents. B. “Grounding electrode system” refers to all electrodes required by NEC, as well as including made, supplementary, lightning protection system and telecommunications system grounding electrodes. C. The terms “connect” and “bond” are used interchangeably in this specification and have the same meaning. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 16670, LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM: Requirements for a lightning protection system. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: 1. Sufficient information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine compliance with drawings and specifications. 2. Include the location of system grounding electrode connections and the routing of aboveground and underground grounding electrode conductors.

C. Test Reports: Provide certified test reports of ground resistance. D. Certifications: Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit four copies of the following to the Resident Engineer: 1. Certification that the materials and installation is in accordance with the drawings and specifications. 2. Certification, by the Contractor, that the complete installation has been properly installed and tested. 1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

Publications listed below (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): B1-2001...... Standard Specification for Hard-Drawn Copper Wire

324 B8-2004...... Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft

B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE): 81-1983...... IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Ground System

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70-2005...... National Electrical Code (NEC) 99-2005...... Health Care Facilities D. Telecommunications Industry Association, (TIA) J-STO-607-A-2002...... Commercial Building Grounding (Earthing) and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications

E. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 44-2005 ...... Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables 83-2003 ...... Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables 467-2004 ...... Grounding and Bonding Equipment 486A-486B-2003 ...... Wire Connectors PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BONDING CONDUCTORS

A. Bonding conductors shall be ASTM B8 bare stranded copper, except that sizes 6 mm² (10 AWG) and smaller shall be ASTM B1 solid bare copper wire. 2.2 GROUND RODS

A. Copper clad steel, 19 mm (3/4-inch) diameter by 3000 mm (10 feet) long, conforming to UL 467. B. Quantity of rods shall be as required to obtain the specified ground resistance. 2.3 SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS

Components shall meet or exceed UL 467 and be clearly marked with the manufacturer, catalog number, and permitted conductor size(s). 2.4 GROUND CONNECTIONS

A. Below Grade: Exothermic-welded type connectors. B. Above Grade: 1. Bonding Jumpers: compression type connectors, using zinc-plated fasteners and external tooth lockwashers.

325 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL

A. Ground in accordance with the NEC, as shown on drawings, and as hereinafter specified. 3.2 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

Bond the lightning protection system to the electrical grounding electrode system. 3.3 GROUND RESISTANCE

A. Grounding system resistance to ground shall not exceed 5 ohms. Make necessary modifications or additions to the grounding electrode system for compliance without additional cost to the Government. Final tests shall assure that this requirement is met. B. Resistance of the grounding electrode system shall be measured using a four-terminal fall-of-potential method as defined in IEEE 81. Ground resistance measurements shall be made before the electrical distribution system is energized and shall be made in normally dry conditions not less than 48 hours after the last rainfall. Resistance measurements of separate grounding electrode systems shall be made before the systems are bonded together below grade. The combined resistance of separate systems may be used to meet the required resistance, but the specified number of electrodes must still be provided. C. Below-grade connections shall be visually inspected by the Resident Engineer prior to backfilling. The Contractor shall notify the Resident Engineer 24 hours before the connections are ready for inspection. 3.4 GROUND ROD INSTALLATION

A. Drive each rod vertically in the earth, not less than 3000 mm (10 feet) in depth. B. Where permanently concealed ground connections are required, make the connections by the exothermic process to form solid metal joints. Make accessible ground connections with mechanical pressure type ground connectors. C. Where rock prevents the driving of vertical ground rods, install angled ground rods or grounding electrodes in horizontal trenches to achieve the specified resistance. - - - E N D - - -

SECTION 16670 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

This section specifies the furnishing and installation of a complete master labeled lightning protection system, complying with NFPA 780, UL 96 and UL 96A. 1.2 RELATED WORK

A. Section 16450, GROUNDING: Requirements for personal safety and to provide a low impedance path to ground for possible ground faults. 1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: 1. Isometric and plan views showing layout and connections to the required metal surfaces. 2. Show the methods of mounting the system to the adjacent construction.

B. Qualifications: Submit proof that the installer of the lightning protection system has had suitable and adequate experience installing other lightning protection systems, and is capable of installing the system as recommended by the manufacturer of the equipment. C. Certification: Two weeks prior to final inspection, submit four copies of the following certifications to the Resident Engineer: 1. Certification that the lightning protection system has been properly installed and tested. 2. Certification that the lightning protection system has been inspected by a UL representative and has been approved by UL without variation. 1.4 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS

A. Publications listed below (including amendments, addenda, revisions, supplements, and errata) form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. Publications are referenced in the text by designation only. B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70-02...... National Electrical Code (NEC) 780-00...... Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems

C. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 96-94...... Lightning Protection Components

328 96A-01...... Installation Requirements for Lightning Protection Systems PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. Attach master labels "A" or "B" to each item by its manufacturer as evidence that the materials have been manufactured in conformance with the UL Standards for master label lightning protection materials. B. In additional to conformance to UL 96, the component material requirements are as follows: 1. Conductors: Electrical grade copper. 2. Air terminals: Solid copper, not less than 9 mm (3/8 inch) diameter, with sharp nickel-plated points. 3. Ground rods: Copper clad steel, not less than 13 mm (1/2 inch) diameter by 3000 mm (10 feet) long. 4. Ground plates: Solid copper, not less than 2 mm (1/16 inch) thick. 5. Tubing: Stiff copper or brass.

C. Anchors and fasteners: Bolt type which are most suitable for the specific anchor and fastener installations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install the conductors as inconspicuously as practical and with the proper bends. B. Install the vertical conductors exposed on the exterior of the building, plumb and in neat workmanlike manner to elevations below the finished grade and make the ground connections to the earth outside of the building perimeter. C. Make connections of dissimilar metal with bimetallic type fittings to prevent electrolytic action. D. Use the exothermic welding type connections that form solid metal joints in the main vertical and horizontal conductors, and for connections that are not exposed in the finish work. E. Protect copper conductors with stiff copper or brass tubing, which enclose the conductors from the top to the bottom of the tubing, between 300 mm (one foot) below and 2100 mm (seven feet) above the finished grade.

329 F. Copper conductors, which pass over cast stone, cut stone, architectural concrete and masonry surfaces, shall have plastic insulation to prevent staining of the exterior finish surfaces.

G. For the earth connections, install ground rods and ground plates, and the conductor connections to them and the main water pipes in the presence of the Resident Engineer. For the conductors located outside of the building or stack, install the conductors not less than 600 mm (two feet) below the finished grade. H. Connect exterior metal surfaces, located within 900 mm (three feet) of the lightning protection system conductors, to the lightning protection system conductors to prevent flashovers. J. Grounding: Test the ground resistance to earth by standard methods and conform to the ground resistance requirements specified in Section, GROUNDING. K. Where shown, use the structural steel framework or reinforcing steel as the main conductor: 1. Weld or bond the non-electrically-continuous sections together and make them electrically continuous. 2. Verify the electrical continuity by measuring the ground resistances to earth at the ground level, at the top of the building or stack, and at intermediate points with a sensitive ohmmeter. Compare the resistance readings. 3. Connect the air terminals together with an exterior conductor connected to the structural steel framework at not more than 18000 mm (60 foot) intervals. 4. Install ground connections to earth at not more than 18000 mm (60 foot) intervals around the perimeter of the building. 5. Weld or braze bonding plates, not less than 200 mm (eight inches) square, to cleaned sections of the steel and connect the conductors to the plates. 6. Do not pierce the structural steel in any manner. Connections to the structural steel shall conform to UL Publication No. 96A.

L. When the lightning protection systems have been installed, have the systems inspected by a UL representative. Obtain and install a UL

330 numbered master label "C" for each of the lightning protection systems at the location directed by the UL representative and the Resident Engineer.

- - - E N D - - -

4.55 OSHA Standards

Part Number: 1910 • Part Title: Occupational Safety and Health Standards

331 • Subpart: D • Subpart Title: Walking-Working Surfaces • Standard Number: 1910.28 • Title: Safety requirements for scaffolding.

"General requirements for all scaffolds."

1910.28(a)(1) Scaffolds shall be furnished and erected in accordance with this standard for persons engaged in work that cannot be done safely from the ground or from solid construction, except that ladders used for such work shall conform to 1910.25 and 1910.26.

1910.28(a)(2) The footing or anchorage for scaffolds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum intended load without settling or displacement. Unstable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks.

1910.28(a)(3) [Reserved]

1910.28(a)(4) Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure at least four times the maximum intended load.

1910.28(a)(5) Scaffolds and other devices mentioned or described in this section shall be maintained in safe condition. Scaffolds shall not be altered or moved horizontally while they are in use or occupied. ..1910.28(a)(6)

1910.28(a)(6) Any scaffold damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately repaired and shall not be used until repairs have been completed.

1910.28(a)(7) Scaffolds shall not be loaded in excess of the working load for which they are intended.

1910.28(a)(8) All load-carrying timber members of scaffold framing shall be a minimum of 1,500 f. (Stress Grade) construction grade lumber. All dimensions are nominal sizes as provided in the American Lumber Standards, except that where rough sizes are noted, only rough and undressed lumber or the size specified will satisfy minimum requirements. (Note: Where nominal sizes of lumber are used in place of rough sizes, the nominal size lumber shall be

332 such as to provide equivalent strength to that specified in tables D-7 through D-12 and D-16.

1910.28(a)(9) All planking shall be Scaffold Grade as recognized by grading rules for the species of wood used. The maximum permissible spans for 2- X 9-inch or wider planks are shown in the following table: ______| Material |______| | | Full thickness | Nominal | undressed lumber | thickness |______| lumber | | | |______|_____|_____|______|______|______| | | | | Working load (p.s.f.)...... | 25 | 50 | 75 | 25 | 50 Permissible span (ft.)...... | 10 | 8 | 6 | 8 | 9 ______|_____|_____|______|______|______

The maximum permissible span for 1 1/4 x 9-inch or wider plank of full thickness is 4 feet with medium loading of 50 p.s.f.

1910.28(a)(10) Nails or bolts used in the construction of scaffolds shall be of adequate size and in sufficient numbers at each connection to develop the designed strength of the scaffold. Nails shall not be subjected to a straight pull and shall be driven full length. ..1910.28(a)(11)

1910.28(a)(11) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 12 inches) or secured from movement.

1910.28(a)(12) An access ladder or equivalent safe access shall be provided.

1910.28(a)(13) Scaffold planks shall extend over their end supports not less than 6 inches nor more than 18 inches.

1910.28(a)(14) The poles, legs, or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement.

1910.28(a)(15)

333 Materials being hoisted onto a scaffold shall have a tag line.

1910.28(a)(16) Overhead protection shall be provided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead hazards.

1910.28(a)(17) Scaffolds shall be provided with a screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extending along the entire opening, consisting of No. 18 gauge U.S. Standard Wire one-half-inch mesh or the equivalent, where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffolds.

1910.28(a)(18) Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds. ..1910.28(a)(19)

1910.28(a)(19) Employees shall not work on scaffolds which are covered with ice or snow, unless all ice or snow is removed and planking sanded to prevent slipping.

1910.28(a)(20) Tools, materials, and debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in quantities to cause a hazard.

1910.28(a)(21) Only treated or protected fiber rope shall be used for or near any work involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals.

1910.28(a)(22) Wire or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable of supporting at least six times the intended load.

1910.28(a)(23) When acid solutions are used for cleaning buildings over 50 feet in height, wire rope supported scaffolds shall be used.

1910.28(a)(24) The use of shore scaffolds or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited.

1910.28(a)(25) Lumber sizes, when used in this section, refer to nominal sizes except where otherwise stated.

1910.28(a)(26) Scaffolds shall be secured to permanent structures, through use of anchor bolts, reveal bolts,

334 or other equivalent means. Window cleaners' anchor bolts shall not be used. ..1910.28(a)(27)

1910.28(a)(27) Special precautions shall be taken to protect scaffold members, including any wire or fiber ropes, when using a heat-producing process.

1910.28(b) "General requirements for wood pole scaffolds."

1910.28(b)(1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation of sufficient size and strength to spread the load from the poles over a sufficient area to prevent settlement. All poles shall be set plumb.

1910.28(b)(2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the upper section shall rest squarely on the lower section. Wood splice plates shall be provided on at least two adjacent sides and shall not be less than 4 feet 0 inches in length, overlapping the abutted ends equally, and have the same width and not less than the cross-sectional area of the pole. Splice plates of other materials of equivalent strength may be used.

1910.28(b)(3) Independent pole scaffolds shall be set as near to the wall of the building as practicable.

1910.28(b)(4) All pole scaffolds shall be securely guyed or tied to the building or structure. Where the height or length exceeds 25 feet, the scaffold shall be secured at intervals not greater than 25 feet vertically and horizontally. ..1910.28(b)(5)

1910.28(b)(5) Putlogs or bearers shall be set with their greater dimensions vertical, long enough to project over the ledgers of the inner and outer rows of poles at least 3 inches for proper support.

1910.28(b)(6) Every wooden putlog on single pole scaffolds shall be reinforced with a 3/16 x 2-inch steel strip or equivalent secured to its lower edge throughout its entire length.

1910.28(b)(7) Ledgers shall be long enough to extend over two pole spaces. Ledgers shall not be spliced between the poles. Ledgers shall be reinforced by bearing blocks securely nailed to the side of the pole to form a support for the ledger.

335 1910.28(b)(8) Diagonal bracing shall be provided to prevent the poles from moving in a direction parallel with the wall of the building, or from buckling.

1910.28(b)(9) Cross bracing shall be provided between the inner and outer sets of poles in independent pole scaffolds. The free ends of pole scaffolds shall be cross braced.

1910.28(b)(10) Full diagonal face bracing shall be erected across the entire face of pole scaffolds in both directions. The braces shall be spliced at the poles. ..1910.28(b)(11)

1910.28(b)(11) Platform planks shall be laid with their edges close together so the platform will be tight with no spaces through which tools or fragments of material can fall.

1910.28(b)(12) Where planking is lapped, each plank shall lap its end supports at least 12 inches. Where the ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt joint shall be at the centerline of a pole. The abutted ends shall rest on separate bearers. Intermediate beams shall be provided where necessary to prevent dislodgment of planks due to deflection, and the ends shall be nailed or cleated to prevent their dislodgment.

1910.28(b)(13) When a scaffold turns a corner, the platform planks shall be laid to prevent tipping. The planks that meet the corner putlog at an angle shall be laid first, extending over the diagonally placed putlog far enough to have a good safe bearing, but not far enough to involve any danger from tipping. The planking running in the opposite direction at right angles shall be laid so as to extend over and rest on the first layer of planking.

1910.28(b)(14) When moving platforms to the next level, the old platform shall be left undisturbed until the new putlogs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. ..1910.28(b)(15)

1910.28(b)(15) Guardrails not less than 2 x 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1 x 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

336 1910.28(b)(16) All wood pole scaffolds 60 feet or less in height shall be constructed and erected in accordance with tables D-7 through D-12 of this section. If they are over 60 feet in height they shall be designed by a registered professional engineer and constructed and erected in accordance with such design. A copy of the typical drawings and specifications shall be made available to the employer and for inspection purposes.

TABLE D-8 - MINIMUM NOMINAL SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF SINGLE POLE SCAFFOLDS - MEDIUM DUTY ______| Uniformly distributed load...... | Not to exceed 50 pounds | per square foot. Maximum height of scaffold...... | 60 ft. Poles or uprights...... | 4 by 4 in. Pole spacing (longitudinal)...... | 8 ft. 0 in.

339 All members except planking are used on edge.

______| | | Additional planked | Working levels| levels | Maximum height ______|______|______| | 1 | 8 | 125 ft. 2 | 4 | 125 ft. 3 | 0 | 91 ft. 0 in. ______|______|______

______| | | Additional planked | Working levels| levels | Maximum height ______|______|______| | 1 | 6 | 125 ft. 2 | 0 | 78 ft. 0 in. ______|______|______

______| | | Additional planked | Working levels| levels | Maximum height ______|______|______| | 1 | 6 | 125 ft. ______|______|______

340 1910.28(c) "Tube and coupler scaffolds."

1910.28(c)(1) A light-duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, bearers, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. The posts shall be spaced no more than 6 feet apart by 10 feet along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an equivalent load. ..1910.28(c)(2)

1910.28(c)(2) A medium-duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2 1/2-inch O.D. steel tubing. Posts spaced not more than 5 feet apart by 8 feet along the length of the scaffold shall have bearers of nominal 2-inch O.D. steel tubing. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an equivalent load.

1910.28(c)(3) A heavy-duty tube and coupler scaffold shall have all posts, runners, and bracing of nominal 2-inch O.D steel tubing, with the posts spaced not more than 6 feet apart by 6 feet 6 inches along the length of the scaffold. Other structural metals when used must be designed to carry an equivalent load.

1910.28(c)(4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shall be limited in heights and working levels to those permitted in tables D-13, 14, and 15, of this section. Drawings and specification of all tube and coupler scaffolds above the limitations in tables D-13, 14, and 15 of this section shall be designed by a registered professional engineer and copies made available to the employer and for inspection purposes.

1910.28(c)(5) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall be constructed and erected to support four times the maximum intended loads as set forth in tables D-13, 14, and 15 of this section, or as set forth in the specifications by a registered professional engineer, copies which shall be made available to the employer and for inspection purposes.

1910.28(c)(6) All tube and coupler scaffolds shall be erected by competent and experienced personnel. ..1910.28(c)(7)

1910.28(c)(7)

341 Posts shall be accurately spaced, erected on suitable bases, and maintained plumb.

1910.28(c)(8) Runners shall be erected along the length of the scaffold located on both the inside and the outside posts at even height. Runners shall be interlocked to form continuous lengths and coupled to each post. The bottom runners shall be located as close to the base as possible. Runners shall be placed not more than 6 feet 6 inches on centers.

1910.28(c)(9) Bearers shall be installed transversely between posts and shall be securely coupled to the posts bearing on the runner coupler. When coupled directly to the runners, the coupler must be kept as close to the posts as possible.

1910.28(c)(10) Bearers shall be at least 4 inches but not more than 12 inches longer than the post spacing or runner spacing. Bearers may be cantilevered for use as brackets to carry not more than two planks.

1910.28(c)(11) Cross bracing shall be installed across the width of the scaffold at least every third set of posts horizontally and every fourth runner vertically. Such bracing shall extend diagonally from the inner and outer runners upward to the next outer and inner runners. ..1910.28(c)(12)

1910.28(c)(12) Longitudinal diagonal bracing shall be installed at approximately a 45-degree angle from near the base of the first outer post upward to the extreme top of the scaffold. Where the longitudinal length of the scaffold permits, such bracing shall be duplicated beginning at every fifth post. In a similar manner longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also be installed from the last post extending back and upward toward the first post. Where conditions preclude the attachment of this bracing to the posts, it may be attached to the runners.

1910.28(c)(13) The entire scaffold shall be tied to and securely braced against the building at intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically.

1910.28(c)(14) Guardrails not less than 2 x 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1 x 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(d)

342 "Tubular welded frame scaffolds."

1910.28(d)(1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds, including accessories such as braces, brackets, trusses, screw legs, ladders, etc., shall be designed and proved to safely support four times the maximum intended load.

1910.28(d)(2) Spacing of panels or frames shall be consistent with the loads imposed. ..1910.28(d)(3)

1910.28(d)(3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing or diagonal braces, or both, for securing vertical members together laterally, and the cross braces shall be of such length as will automatically square and aline vertical members so that the erected scaffold is always plumb, square, and rigid. All brace connections shall be made secure.

1910.28(d)(4) Scaffold legs shall be set on adjustable bases or plain bases placed on mud sills or other foundations adequate to support the maximum intended load.

1910.28(d)(5) The frames shall be placed one on top of the other with coupling or stacking pins to provide proper vertical alinement of the legs.

1910.28(d)(6) Where uplift may occur, panels shall be locked together vertically by pins or other equivalent suitable means.

1910.28(d)(7) Guardrails not less than 2 x 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- x 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(d)(8) All tubular metal scaffolds shall be constructed and erected to support four times the maximum intended loads. ..1910.28(d)(9)

1910.28(d)(9)

343 To prevent movement, the scaffold shall be secured to the building or structure at intervals not to exceed 30 feet horizontally and 26 feet vertically.

1910.28(d)(10) Maximum permissible spans of planking shall be in conformity with paragraph (a)(9) of this section.

1910.28(d)(11) Drawings and specifications for all frame scaffolds over 125 feet in height above the base plates shall be designed by a registered professional engineer and copies made available to the employer and for inspection purposes.

1910.28(d)(12) All tubular welded frame scaffolds shall be erected by competent and experienced personnel.

1910.28(d)(13) Frames and accessories for scaffolds shall be maintained in good repair and every defect, unsafe condition, or noncompliance with this section shall be immediately corrected before further use of the scaffold. Any broken, bent, excessively rusted, altered, or otherwise structurally damaged frames or accessories shall not be used.

1910.28(d)(14) Periodic inspections shall be made of all welded frames and accessories, and any maintenance, including painting, or minor corrections authorized by the manufacturer, shall be made before further use. ..1910.28(e)

1910.28(e) "Outrigger scaffold."

1910.28(e)(1) Outrigger beams shall extend not more than 6 feet beyond the face of the building. The inboard end of outrigger beams, measured from the fulcrum point to the extreme point of support, shall be not less than one and one-half times the outboard end in length. The beams shall rest on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and the edges shall be horizontal. The fulcrum point of the beam shall rest on a secure bearing at least 6 inches in each horizontal dimension. The beam shall be secured in place against movement and shall be securely braced at the fulcrum point against tipping.

1910.28(e)(2) The inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be securely supported either by means of struts bearing against sills in contact with the overhead beams or ceiling, or by means of tension members secured to the floor joists underfoot, or by both if necessary. The inboard ends of

344 outrigger beams shall be secured against tipping and the entire supporting structure shall be securely braced in both directions to prevent any horizontal movement.

1910.28(e)(3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are designed by a licensed professional engineer, they shall be constructed and erected in accordance with table D-16. Outrigger scaffolds designed by a registered professional engineer shall be constructed and erected in accordance with such design. A copy of the detailed drawings and specifications showing the sizes and spacing of members shall be kept on the job.

1910.28(e)(4) Planking shall be laid tight and shall extend to within 3 inches of the building wall. Planking shall be nailed or bolted to outriggers.

1910.28(e)(5) Where there is danger of material falling from the scaffold, a wire mesh or other enclosure shall be provided between the guardrail and the toeboard. ..1910.28(e)(6)

1910.28(e)(6) Where additional working levels are required to be supported by the outrigger method, the plans and specifications of the outrigger and scaffolding structure shall be designed by a registered professional engineer.

1910.28(f) "Masons' adjustable multiple-point suspension scaffolds."

1910.28(f)(1) The scaffold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 50 pounds per square foot and shall not be loaded in excess of that figure.

1910.28(f)(2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Refer to 1910.7 for definition of nationally recognized testing laboratory. TABLE D-16 - MINIMUM NOMINAL SIZE AND MAXIMUM SPACING OF MEMBERS OF OUTRIGGER SCAFFOLDS ______| | | Light duty | Medium duty ______|______|______| | Maximum scaffold load...... | 25 p.s.f...... | 50 p.s.f. Outrigger size...... | 2 x 10 in...... | 3 x 10 in. Maximum outrigger spacing...| 10 ft. 0 in....| 6 ft. 0 in.

345 Planking...... | 2 x 9 in...... | 2 x 9 in. Guardrail...... | 2 x 4 in...... | 2 x 4 in. Guardrail uprights...... | 2 x 4 in...... | 2 x 4 in. Toeboards (minimum)...... | 4 in...... | 4 in. ______|______|______

1910.28(f)(3) The platform shall be supported by wire ropes in conformity with paragraph (a)(22) of this section, suspended from overhead outrigger beams.

1910.28(f)(4) The scaffold outrigger beams shall consist of structural metal securely fastened or anchored to the frame or floor system of the building or structure.

1910.28(f)(5) Each outrigger beam shall be equivalent in strength to at least a standard 7-inch, 15.3-pound steel I-beam, be at least 15 feet long, and shall not project more than 6 feet 6 inches beyond the bearing point. ..1910.28(f)(6)

1910.28(f)(6) Where the overhang exceeds 6 feet 6 inches, outrigger beams shall be composed of stronger beams or multiple beams and be installed in accordance with approved designs and instructions.

1910.28(f)(7) If channel iron outrigger beams are used in place of I-beams, they shall be securely fastened together with the flanges turned out.

1910.28(f)(8) All outrigger beams shall be set and maintained with their webs into vertical position.

1910.28(f)(9) A stop bolt shall be placed at each end of every outrigger beam.

1910.28(f)(10) The outrigger beam shall rest on suitable wood-bearing blocks.

1910.28(f)(11) All parts of the scaffold such as bolts, nuts, fittings, clamps, wire rope, and outrigger beams and their fastenings, shall be maintained in sound and good working condition and shall be inspected before each installation and periodically thereafter.

1910.28(f)(12)

346 The free end of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles and be secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of rope shall at all times remain on the drum. ..1910.28(f)(13)

1910.28(f)(13) Where a single outrigger beam is used, the steel shackles or clevises with which the wire ropes are attached to the outrigger beams shall be placed directly over the hoisting drums.

1910.28(f)(14) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent in strength to at least 2-inch planking. (For maximum planking spans see paragraph (a)(9) of this section.

1910.28(f)(15) Guardrails not less than 2 x 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1 x 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(f)(16) Overhead protection shall be provided on the scaffold, not more than 9 feet above the platform, consisting of 2-inch planking or material of equivalent strength laid tight, when men are at work on the scaffold and an overhead hazard exists.

1910.28(f)(17) Each scaffold shall be installed or relocated in accordance with designs and instructions, of a registered professional engineer, and supervised by a competent, designated person. ..1910.28(g)

1910.28(g) "Two-point suspension scaffolds (swinging scaffolds)."

1910.28(g)(1) Two-point suspension scaffold platforms shall be not less than 20 inches no more than 36 inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or by other equivalent means.

1910.28(g)(2) The hangers of two-point suspension scaffolds shall be made of wrought iron, mild steel, or other equivalent material having a cross-sectional area capable of sustaining four times the maximum intended load, and shall be designed with a support for guardrail, intermediate rail,

347 and toeboard.

1910.28(g)(3) When hoisting machines are used on two-point suspension scaffolds, such machines shall be of a design tested and approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Refer to 1910.7 for definition of nationally recognized testing laboratory.

1910.28(g)(4) The roof irons or hooks shall be of wrought iron, mild steel, or other equivalent material of proper size and design, securely installed and anchored. Tie-backs of three-fourth inch manila rope or the equivalent shall serve as a secondary means of anchorage, installed at right angles to the face of the building whenever possible and secured to a structurally sound portion of the building. ..1910.28(g)(5)

1910.28(g)(5) Guardrails not less than 2 x 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- x 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(g)(6) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be suspended by wire or fiber ropes. Wire and fiber ropes shall conform to paragraph (a)(22) of this section.

1910.28(g)(7) The blocks for fiber ropes shall be of standard 6-inch size, consisting of at least one double and one single block. The sheaves of all blocks shall fit the size of rope used.

1910.28(g)(8) All wire ropes, fiber ropes, slings, hangers, platforms, and other supporting parts shall be inspected before every installation. Periodic inspections shall be made while the scaffold is in use.

1910.28(g)(9) On suspension scaffolds designed for a working load of 500 pounds no more than two men shall be permitted to work at one time. On suspension scaffolds with a working load of 750 pounds, no more than three men shall be permitted to work at one time. Each workman shall be protected by a safety lifebelt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to substantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the workman in case of a fall.

1910.28(g)(10)

348 Where acid solutions are used, fiber ropes are not permitted unless acid-proof. ..1910.28(g)(11)

1910.28(g)(11) Two-point suspension scaffolds shall be securely lashed to the building or structure to prevent them from swaying. Window cleaners' anchors shall not be used for this purpose.

1910.28(g)(12) The platform of every two-point suspension scaffold shall be one of the following types:

1910.28(g)(12)(i) The side stringer of ladder-type platforms shall be clear straight-grained spruce or materials of equivalent strength and durability. The rungs shall be of straight-grained oak, ash, or hickory, at least 1 1/8 inch in diameter, with seven-eighth inch tenons mortised into the side stringers at least seven-eighth inch. The stringers shall be tied together with the tie rods not less than one-quarter inch in diameter, passing through the stringers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. The flooring strips shall be spaced not more than five-eighth inch apart except at the side rails where the space may be 1 inch. Ladder-type platforms shall be constructed in accordance with table D-17.

1910.28(g)(12)(ii) Plank-type platforms shall be composed of not less than nominal 2 x 8-inch unspliced planks, properly cleated together on the underside starting 6 inches from each end; intervals in between shall not exceed 4 feet. The plank-type platform shall not extend beyond the hangers more than 18 inches. A bar or other effective means shall be securely fastened to the platform at each end to prevent its slipping off the hanger. The span between hangers for plank-type platforms shall not exceed 10 feet. ..1910.28(g)(12)(iii)

1910.28(g)(12)(iii) Beam platforms shall have side stringers of lumber not less than 2 x 6 inches set on edge. The span between hangers shall not exceed 12 feet when beam platforms are used. The flooring shall be supported on 2- and 6-inch crossbeams, laid flat and set into the upper edge of the stringers with a snug fit, at intervals of not more than 4 feet, securely nailed in place. The flooring shall be of 1- x 6-inch material properly nailed. Floorboards shall not be spaced more than one-half inch apart.

TABLE D-17 - SCHEDULE FOR LADDER-TYPE PLATFORMS ______

Length of platform (feet) ______

12 14 & 16 18 & 20 ______

349 Side stringers, minimum cross section (finished sizes): At ends (in.)...... 1 3/4 x 2 3/4 1 3/4 x 2 3/4 1 3/4 x 3 At middle (in.).... 1 3/4 x 3 3/4 1 3/4 x 3 3/4 1 1/4 x 4 Reinforcing strip (minimum)(1)...... Rungs(2)...... Tie rods: Number (minimum)... 3 4 4 Diameter (minimum). 1/4 in 1/4 in 1/4 in Flooring, minimum finished size (in.).. 1/2 x 2 3/4 1/2 x 2 3/4 1/2 x 2 3/4 ______

TABLE D-17 - SCHEDULE FOR LADDER-TYPE PLATFORMS

[CONTINUED] ______

Length of platform (feet) ______

22 & 24 28 & 30 ______

Side stringers, minimum cross section (finished sizes): At ends (in.)...... 1 3/4 x 3 1 3/4 x 3 1/2 At middle (in.).... 1 3/4 x 4 1/4 1 3/4 x 5 Reinforcing strip (minimum)(1)...... Rungs(2)...... Tie rods: Number (minimum)... 5 6 Diameter (minimum). 1/4 in 1/4 in Flooring, minimum finished size (in.).. 1/2 x 3/4 1/2 x 2 3/4 ______

Footnote(1) A 1/8 x 7/8-in, steel reinforcing strip or its equivalent shall be attached to the side or underside full length. Footnote(2) Rungs shall be 1 1/8-in. minimum, diameter with at least 7/8-in. diameter tenons, and the maximum spacing shall be 12 in. center to center.

1910.28(h)

350 "Stone setters' adjustable multiple-point suspension scaffolds."

1910.28(h)(1) The scaffold shall be capable of sustaining a working load of 25 pounds per square foot and shall not be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be used for storage of stone or other heavy materials.

1910.28(h)(2) The hoisting machine and its supports shall be of a type tested and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Refer to 1910.399(a)(77) for definition of listed, and 1910.7 for nationally recognized testing laboratory.

1910.28(h)(3) The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by U-bolts or other equivalent means.

1910.28(h)(4) The scaffold unit shall be suspended from metal outriggers, iron brackets, wire rope slings, or iron hooks which will safely support the maximum intended load.

1910.28(h)(5) Outriggers when used shall be set with their webs in a vertical position, securely anchored to the building or structure and provided with stop bolts at each end. ..1910.28(h)(6)

1910.28(h)(6) The scaffold shall be supported by wire rope conforming with paragraph (a)(22) of this section, suspended from overhead supports.

1910.28(h)(7) The free ends of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper size thimbles, secured by splicing or other equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of rope shall remain on the drum at all times.

1910.28(h)(8) Guardrails not less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(h)(9) When two or more scaffolds are used on a building or structure they shall not be bridged one to the other but shall be maintained at even height with platforms butting closely.

351 1910.28(h)(10) Each scaffold shall be installed or relocated in accordance with designs and instructions of a registered professional engineer, and such installation or relocation shall be supervised by a competent designated person. ..1910.28(i)

1910.28(i) "Single-point adjustable suspension scaffolds."

1910.28(i)(1) The scaffolding, including power units or manually operated winches, shall be a type tested and listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory. Refer to 1910.399(a)(77) for definition of listed, and 1910.7 for nationally recognized testing laboratory.

1910.28(i)(2) [Reserved]

1910.28(i)(3) All power-operated gears and brakes shall be enclosed.

1910.28(i)(4) In addition to the normal operating brake, all-power driven units must have an emergency brake which engages automatically when the normal speed of descent is exceeded.

1910.28(i)(5) Guards, mid-rails, and toeboards shall completely enclose the cage or basket. Guardrails shall be no less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent installed no less than 36 inches nor more than 42 inches above the platform. Mid-rails shall be 1 by 6 inches or the equivalent; installed equidistant between the guardrail and the platform. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height.

1910.28(i)(6) The hoisting machines, cables, and equipment shall be regularly serviced and inspected after each installation and every 30 days thereafter.

1910.28(i)(7) The units may be combined to form a two-point suspension scaffold. Such scaffold shall comply with paragraph ( g) of this section. ..1910.28(i)(8)

1910.28(i)(8) The supporting. cable shall be straight for its entire length, and the operator shall not sway

352 the basket and fix the cable to any intermediate points to change his original path of travel.

1910.28(i)(9) Equipment shall be maintained and used in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.

1910.28(i)(10) Suspension methods shall conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (f) and (g) of this section.

1910.28(j) "Boatswain's chairs."

1910.28(j)(1) The chair seat shall be not less than 12 by 24 inches, and of 1-inch thickness. The seat shall be reinforced on the underside to prevent the board from splitting.

1910.28(j)(2) The two fiber rope seat slings shall be of 5/8-inch diameter, reeved through the four seat holes so as to cross each other on the underside of the seat.

1910.28(j)(3) Seat slings shall be of at least 3/8-inch wire rope when a workman is conducting a heat producing process such as gas or arc welding.

1910.28(j)(4) The workman shall be protected by a safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to substantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the worker in case of a fall. ..1910.28(j)(5)

1910.28(j)(5) The tackle shall consist of correct size ball bearing or bushed blocks and properly spliced 5/8-inch diameter first-grade manila rope.

1910.28(j)(6) The roof irons, hooks, or the object to which the tackle is anchored shall be securely installed. Tiebacks when used shall be installed at right angles to the face of the building and securely fastened to a chimney

1910.28(k) "Carpenters' bracket scaffolds."

1910.28(k)(1)

353 The brackets shall consist of a triangular wood frame not less than 2 by 3 inches in cross section, or of metal of equivalent strength. Each member shall be properly fitted and securely joined.

1910.28(k)(2) Each bracket shall be attached to the structure by means of one of the following:

1910.28(k)(2)(i) A bolt no less than five-eighths inch in diameter which shall extend through the inside of the building wall.

1910.28(k)(2)(ii) A metal stud attachment device

1910.28(k)(2)(iii) Welding to steel tanks

1910.28(k)(2)(iv) Hooking over a well-secured and adequately strong supporting member. The brackets shall be spaced no more than 10 feet apart. ..1910.28(k)(3)

1910.28(k)(3) No more than two persons shall occupy any given 10 feet of a bracket scaffold at any one time. Tools and materials shall not exceed 75 pounds in addition to the occupancy.

1910.28(k)(4) The platform shall consist of not less than two 2- by 9-inch nominal size planks extending not more than 18 inches or less than 6 inches beyond each end support.

1910.28(k)(5) Guardrails not less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards. shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(l) "Bricklayers' square scaffolds."

1910.28(l)(1) The squares shall not exceed 5 feet in width and 5 feet in height.

354 1910.28(l)(2) Members shall be not less than those specified in Table D-18.

1910.28(l)(3) The squares shall be reinforced on both sides of each corner with 1- by 6-inch gusset pieces. They shall also have braces 1 by 8 inches on both sides running from center to center of each member, or other means to secure equivalent strength and rigidity. ..1910.28(l)(4)

1910.28(l)(4) The squares shall be set not more than 5 feet apart for medium duty scaffolds, and not more than 8 feet apart for light duty scaffolds. Bracing 1 x 8 inches, extending from the bottom of each square to the top of the next square, shall be provided on both front and rear sides of the scaffold. TABLE D-18 - MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR BRICKLAYERS' SQUARE SCAFFOLD MEMBERS ______| Members | Dimensions | (Inches) ______|______| Bearers or horizontal members...... | 2 by 6 Legs...... | 2 by 6 Braces at corners...... | 1 by 6 Braces diagonally from center frame..| 1 by 8 ______|______

1910.28(l)(5) Platform Planks shall be at least 2- by 9-inch nominal size. The ends of the planks shall overlap the bearers of the squares and each plank shall be supported by not less than three squares.

1910.28(l)(6) Bricklayers' square scaffolds shall not exceed three tiers in height and shall be so constructed and arranged that one square shall rest directly above the other. The upper tiers shall stand on a continuous row of planks laid across the next lower tier and be nailed down or otherwise secured to prevent displacement.

1910.28(l)(7) Scaffolds shall be level and set upon a firm foundation.

1910.28(m) "Horse scaffolds."

355 1910.28(m)(1) Horse scaffolds shall not be constructed or arranged more than two tiers or 10 feet in height.

1910.28(m)(2) The members of the horses shall be not less than those specified in Table D-19.

1910.28(m)(3) Horses shall be spaced not more than 5 feet for medium duty and not more than 8 feet for light duty. ..1910.28(m)(4)

1910.28(m)(4) When arranged in tiers, each horse shall be placed directly over the horse in the tier below.

1910.28(m)(5) On all scaffolds arranged in tiers the legs shall be nailed down to the planks to prevent displacement or thrust and each tier shall be substantially cross braced. TABLE D-19 - MINIMUM DIMENSIONS FOR HORSE SCAFFOLD MEMBERS ______| | Dimensions Members | (Inches) ______|______| Horizontal members or bearers ...... | 3 by 4 Legs ...... | 1 1/4 by 4 1/2 Longitudinal brace between legs ...... | 1 by 6 Gusset brace at top of legs ...... | 1 by 8 Half diagonal braces ...... | 1 1/4 by 4 1/2 ______|______

1910.28(m)(6) Horses or parts which have become weak or defective shall not be used.

1910.28(m)(7) Guardrails not less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch lumber or equivalent and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(n) "Needle beam scaffold."

1910.28(n)(1)

356 Wood needle beams shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) and (9) of this section, and shall be not less than 4 by 6 inches in size, with the greater dimension placed in a vertical direction. Metal beams or the equivalent conforming to paragraph (a)(4) and (8) of this section may be used. ..1910.28(n)(2)

1910.28(n)(2) Ropes or hangers shall be provided for supports. The span between supports on the needle beam shall not exceed 10 feet for 4- by 6-inch timbers. Rope supports shall be equivalent in strength to 1-inch diameter first-grade manila rope.

1910.28(n)(3) The ropes shall be attached to the needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a properly made eye splice. The loose end of the rope shall be tied by a bowline knot or by a round turn and one- half hitch.

1910.28(n)(4) The platform span between the needle beams shall not exceed 8 feet when using 2-inch scaffold plank. For spans greater than 8 feet, platforms shall be designed based on design requirements for the special span. The overhang of each end of the platform planks shall be not less than 1 foot and not more than 18 inches.

1910.28(n)(5) When one needle beam is higher than the other or when the platform is not level the platform shall be secured against slipping.

1910.28(n)(6) All unattached tools, bolts, and nuts used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept in suitable containers.

1910.28(n)(7) One end of a needle beam scaffold may be supported by a permanent structural member conforming to paragraphs (a)(4) and (8) of this section. ..1910.28(n)(8)

1910.28(n)(8) Each man working on a needle beam scaffold 20 feet or more above the ground or floor and working with both hands, shall be protected by a safety life belt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to substantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the workman in case of a fall.

1910.28(o)

357 "Plasterers', decorators', and large area scaffolds."

1910.28(o)(1) Plasterers', decorators', lathers'; and ceiling workers' inside scaffolds shall be constructed in accordance with the general requirements set forth for independent wood pole scaffolds.

1910.28(o)(2) Guardrails not less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(o)(3) All platform planks shall be laid with the edges close together.

1910.28(o)(4) When independent pole scaffold platforms are erected in sections, such sections shall be provided with connecting runways equipped with substantial guardrails.

1910.28(p) "Interior hung scaffolds." ..1910.28(p)(1)

1910.28(p)(1) [Reserved]

1910.28(p)(2) The suspended steel wire rope shall conform to paragraph (a)(22) of this section. Wire may be used providing the strength requirements of paragraph (a)(22) of this section are met.

1910.28(p)(3) For hanging wood scaffolds, the following minimum nominal size material is recommended:

1910.28(p)(3)(i) Supporting bearers 2 by 9 inches on edge.

1910.28(p)(3)(ii) Planking 2 by 9 inches or 2 by 10 inches, with maximum span 7 feet for heavy duty and 10 feet for light duty or medium duty.

1910.28(p)(4) Steel tube and coupler members may be used for hanging scaffolds with both types of

358 scaffold designed to sustain a uniform distributed working load up to heavy duty scaffold loads with a safety factor of four.

1910.28(p)(5) When a hanging scaffold is supported by means of wire rope, such wire rope shall be wrapped at least twice around the supporting members and twice around the bearers of the scaffold, with each end of the wire rope secured by at least three standard wire-rope clips. ..1910.28(p)(6)

1910.28(p)(6) All overhead supporting members shall be inspected and checked for strength before the scaffold is erected.

1910.28(p)(7) Guardrails not less than 2 by 4 inches or the equivalent and not less than 36 inches or more than 42 inches high, with a mid-rail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be installed at all open sides on all scaffolds more than 10 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches in height. Wire mesh shall be installed in accordance with paragraph (a)(17) of this section.

1910.28(q) "Ladder-jack scaffolds."

1910.28(q)(1) All ladder-jack scaffolds shall be limited to light duty and shall not exceed a height of 20 feet above the floor or ground.

1910.28(q)(2) All ladders used in connection with ladder-jack scaffolds shall be heavy-duty ladders and shall be designed and constructed in accordance with 1910.25 and 1910.26.

1910.28(q)(3) The ladder jack shall be so designed and constructed that it will bear on the side rails in addition to the ladder rungs, or if bearing on rungs only, the bearing area shall be at least 10 inches on each rung. ..1910.28(q)(4)

1910.28(q)(4) Ladders used in conjunction with ladder jacks shall be so placed, fastened, held, or equipped with devices so as to prevent slipping.

1910.28(q)(5)

359 The wood platform planks shall be not less than 2 inches nominal in thickness. Both metal and wood platform planks shall overlap the bearing surface not less than 12 inches. The span between supports for wood shall not exceed 8 feet. Platform width shall be not less than 18 inches.

1910.28(q)(6) Not more than two persons shall occupy any given 8 feet of any ladder-jack scaffold at any one time.

1910.28(r) "Window-jack scaffolds."

1910.28(r)(1) Window-jack scaffolds shall be used only for the purpose of working at the window opening through which the jack is placed.

1910.28(r)(2) Window jacks shall not be used to support planks placed between one window jack and another or for other elements of scaffolding.

1910.28(r)(3) Window-jack scaffolds shall be provided with suitable guardrails unless safety belts with lifelines are attached and provided for the workman. Window-jack scaffolds shall be used by one man only. ..1910.28(s)

1910.28(s) "Roofing brackets."

1910.28(s)(1) Roofing brackets shall be constructed to fit the pitch of the roof.

1910.28(s)(2) Brackets shall be secured in place by nailing in addition to the pointed metal projections. The nails shall be driven full length into the roof. When rope supports are used, they shall consist of first-grade manila of at least three-quarter-inch diameter, or equivalent.

1910.28(s)(3) A substantial catch platform shall be installed below the working area of roofs more than 20 feet from the ground to eaves with a slope greater than 3 inches in 12 inches without a parapet. In width the platform shall extend 2 feet beyond the projection of the eaves and shall be provided with a safety rail, mid-rail, and toeboard. This provision shall not apply where employees engaged in work upon such roofs are protected by a safety belt attached to a

360 lifeline.

1910.28(t) "Crawling board or chicken ladders."

1910.28(t)(1) Crawling boards shall be not less than 10 inches wide and 1 inch thick, having cleats 1 x 1 1/2 inches. The cleats shall be equal in length to the width of the board and spaced at equal intervals not to exceed 24 inches. Nails shall be driven through and clinched on the underside. The crawling board shall extend from the ridge pole to the eaves when used in connection with roof construction, repair, or maintenance. ..1910.28(t)(2)

1910.28(t)(2) A firmly fastened lifeline of at least three-quarter-inch rope shall be strung beside each crawling board for a handhold.

1910.28(t)(3) Crawling boards shall be secured to the roof by means of adequate ridge hooks or equivalent effective means.

1910.28(u) "Float or ship scaffolds."

1910.28(u)(1) Float or ship scaffolds shall support not more than three men and a few light tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, and welding. They shall be constructed in accordance with paragraphs (u)(2) through (6) of this section, unless substitute designs and materials provide equivalent strength, stability, and safety.

1910.28(u)(2) The platform shall be not less than 3 feet wide and 6 feet long, made of three-quarter-inch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Grade B-B, Group I, Exterior.

1910.28(u)(3) Under the platform, there shall be two supporting bearers made from 2- x 4-inch, or 1- x 10- inch rough, selected lumber, or better. They shall be free of knots or other flaws and project 6 inches beyond the platform on both sides. The ends of the platform shall extend about 6 inches beyond the outer edges of the bearers. Each bearer shall be securely fastened to the platform. ..1910.28(u)(4)

1910.28(u)(4)

361 An edging of wood not less than 3/4 x 1 1/2 inches, or equivalent, shall be placed around all sides of the platform to prevent tools from rolling off.

1910.28(u)(5) Supporting ropes shall be 1-inch diameter manila rope or equivalent, free from deterioration, chemical damage, flaws, or other imperfections. Rope connections shall be such that the platform cannot shift or slip. If two ropes are used with each float, each of the two supporting ropes shall be hitched around one end of a bearer and pass under the platforms to the other end of the bearer where it is hitched again, leaving sufficient rope at each end for the supporting ties.

1910.28(u)(6) Each workman shall be protected by a safety lifebelt attached to a lifeline. The lifeline shall be securely attached to substantial members of the structure (not scaffold), or to securely rigged lines, which will safely suspend the workman in case of a fall.

1910.28(v) "Scope." This section establishes safety requirements for the construction, operation, maintenance, and use of scaffolds used in the maintenance of buildings and structures. [39 FR 23502, June 27, 1974, as amended at 43 FR 49746, Oct. 24, 1978; 49 FR 5321, Feb. 10, 1984; 53 FR 12121, Apr. 12, 1988]